# mir-titles

btih: 47d13ec0d51eb669448084d3cc6fbdc5d33fcf51
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-cirkazz
creator: Yulian Semyonov
date: 1962-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: yulian-semyonov-in-the-performance-of-duty-flph-1955
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-01-11T14:53:34Z,2026-02-06T02:10:31Z
publicdate: 2025-01-11T14:53:34Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Publishing House
subject: soviet literature,russian literature
title: ... In The Performance Of Duty
year: 1962
description:
A member of the Youth magazine circle, Yulian Semyonov was destined to become the major writer of Soviet novels and thrillers. His second novel and first success was "…in the Performance of Duty," published in 1962, an arctic aviation thriller complete with propeller planes, ice flows, and ever lurking danger. Here is the earliest display of Semyonov's genius at achieving success and popularity by "having it both ways," by synthesizing old and new - the Soviet and the not-so-Soviet. The tale is strongly reminiscent of the polar adventures of the 1930s, but the pilot hero is the son of a victim wrongly executed in the Stalinist purges. Translated from the Russian by Robert Daglish Designed by A. P. Belyukin


btih: 1fc929cdc92e3f31c5c071df7aba92407c674434
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: युरी रिबाकोव (Yuri Rybakov)
date: 1968-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: yuri-rybakov-soviet-theatre-in-marathi-soviet-booklet-1968
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: mar
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-02-07T15:05:37Z,2026-02-06T02:10:37Z
publicdate: 2025-02-07T15:05:37Z
publisher: सोविएत देश पुस्तिका
title: सोविएत रंगभूमी ( Soviet Theatre In Marathi Soviet Booklet )
year: 1968
description:
A small booklet describing Soviet theatre its productions and personas. सोव्हिएत रंगभूमी, तिची निर्मिती आणि कलाकार यांचे वर्णन करणारी एक लहान पुस्तिका. संपादक : जी. एल्. कोलोकोलोव व्यवस्था-संपादक : ए. जी. कालुगिन सहसंपादक : रॉक काहूलो तंत्र-संयोजक : महेश मेहता Many thanks to Shankar Brahme Samaj Vigyan Granthalaya, Pune for providing access to the book.

subject:
soviet literature,russian literature,सोव्हियेत साहित्य,रशियन साहित्य,drama,theatre,ballet,Bolshoi theatre


btih: b0c5e1a5bc7e2edcd60e8290401d765ddeca7ab2
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-ellie_swekla,fav-nikemaul,fav-sticky_pepsi
creator: James Bowen
date: 1965-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: james-bowen-soviet-education-anton-makarenko-and-years-of-experiment-1965
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-03-11T05:24:04Z,2026-02-04T22:30:37Z
publicdate: 2025-03-11T05:24:04Z
title: Soviet Education - Anton Makarenko And Years Of Experiment
year: 1965
description:
Immediately after the Bolshevik Revolution and the First World War, the Russians faced many grave problems, one of the most serious being the condition into which some seven million war orphans had fallen. Leading lives marked by crime, vice, and depravity, they roamed the streets of the major cities of Russia. Rejecting the notion that these children were inherently bad, an obscure teacher in Ukraine, Anton Makarenko, set out to reclaim some of these lost lives. He used methods of love, humanity, and useful work to build bonds with the children he was educating. Before long, he developed his system of educational collectives, directly opposing contemporary Soviet educators who were imitating American progressive educational methods. His theories would later become a model for Soviet education under Stalin, and his experiments would lay the foundations of Soviet educational orthodoxy. Anton Makarenko was to Soviet education what John Dewey was to education in America. Both believed education to be a group process, but they interpreted the individual’s role in society differently. Dewey emphasized the importance of individual diversity as essential to strengthening society’s growth, whereas Makarenko believed that the individual’s role should be subordinate to the collective needs of the group. He sought to educate children according to environmental psychology, in which social conditioning and habituation played a prominent role. It is essential that the West understand the direction of Soviet education today, and this book greatly aids in achieving that understanding.

subject:
soviet education,soviet schools,soviet pedagogy,western perspectives,anton makarenko,soviet philosophy


btih: 1d28b2b6bd4424dd0b25d7e018470b4a66e10802
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: अन्तोन चेखव (Anton Chekhov)
identifier: anton-chekhov-eight-stories-marathi
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: mar
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-11-02T07:42:42Z,2025-11-02T08:01:30Z
publicdate: 2025-11-02T07:42:42Z
subject: soviet literature,russian literature
title: अन्तोन चेखव आठ दीर्घकथा ( Eight Stories Marathi)
description:
चेखवच्या दीर्घकथा एकोणिसाव्या शतकाच्या शेवटी होऊन गेलेल्या अन्तोन चेखवला आधुनिक-लघुकथेचा जनक मानले जाते. रशियन माणसांची सुखदु:खे आणि मने अत्यंत तरल, काव्यमय पण सडेतोड शेलीत चित्रित करणाऱ्या चेखवने लघुकथेला आंतरराष्ट्रीय प्रतिष्ठा प्राप्त करून दिली आणि तो विश्वविख्यात रशियन कवी पुष्किन ब कांदबरीकार दस्तयेवस्की, टॉलस्टॉय, गॉर्की यांच्या पंक्तीत जाऊन बसला. चेखवच्या निवडक लघुकथांचा एक संग्रह प्रा. सुमती कानिटकरांनी यापूर्वीच सिद्ध केला आहे. त्या जोडीला येत आहे हा चेखवच्या दीर्घकथांचा संग्रह. चेखबची एकेक दीर्घकथा एकेका कादंबरी एवढा आवाका व सामर्थ्य घेऊन अवतरते. त्यातील पात्रे वाचकाच्या मनाला जाऊन भिडतात आणि मनात सहजपणे घर करून राहातात. रशियातील अनेक निसर्ग दृश्येही अविस्मरणीय ठसा उमटवून जातात. चेखवच्या दीर्घकथा वाचून झाल्यावर वाचकाला एक गोष्ट पक्की जाणवते ती ही की अशा श्रेष्ठ साहित्यकृती वाचून जो अनुभव येतो, जो आनंद मिळतो तो केवळ विलक्षण असतो आणि त्याची सर दुसऱ्या कशालाही येत नाही. अनुवाद प्रा. सुमती कानिटकर


btih: 0e878d71f42424d110186dac01400364ceddf5bc
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-roberto_mart_nez718
creator: Anton Makarenko
date: 1977-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: anton-makarenko-la-colectividad-y-la-educacion-de-la-personalidad-progreso-1977
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: spa
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-07-24T14:01:32Z,2025-08-22T10:29:31Z
publicdate: 2025-07-24T14:01:32Z
publisher: Progress Publishers,Progreso
subject: literatura soviética,educación soviética,maestros soviéticos,escuelas soviéticas
title: La Colectividad Y La Educación De La Personalidad
year: 1977
description:
 La obra del conocido pedagogo y escritor soviético Antón Makárenko goza del reconocimiento general en la Unión Soviética y despierta sumo interés en el extranjero. Su exigente amor hacía los niños, el exquisito conocimiento de su psicología y el desvelo por su futuro permitieron a Makárenko convertirse en un brillante pedagogo. El fruto de sus investigaciones resultó la creación de un sistema educacional en colectividad para los niños. El lector de habla española conoce ya, por otras ediciones, los libros de Makárenko Poema pedagógico, Banderas en las torres y Libro para los padres. El propósito de la presente recopilación consiste en ofrecer al lector los postulados básicos de la teoría educacional en colectividad, elaborada por Makárenko, y mostrar algunos métodos y procedimientos pedagógicos. “Para trabajar con una sola persona, _hay que conocerla y cultivarla. Si para mi fuero interno las personas son como  escala de la colectividad, si las abordo sin tener en cuenta que son parte de la colectividad, no estaré en condiciones de trabajar con ellas”. Traducido del ruso por Castul Pérez Compilador y autor del prefacio, V. Kumarin Todos los créditos a los uploaders originales.

external-identifier:
urn:lcp:Anton Makarenko - La colectividad y la educación de la personalidad -Progreso - 1977:epub:1522d92d-a28b-4c12-8522-038a822f6cc8


btih: 2ee288f6e561843ea81c9efed90ab6ab37ef6681
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-roberto_mart_nez718,fav-service_fool
creator: Anton Makarenko
date: 1960-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: anton-makarenko-problema-de-la-educacion-escolar-sovietica-progreso-1960
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: spa
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-08-25T15:16:14Z,2025-11-06T03:57:18Z
publicdate: 2025-08-25T15:16:14Z
publisher: Progreso
title: Problema De La Educacion Escolar Sovietica
year: 1960
description:
Una colección de ensayos sobre la educación soviética y sus problemas, escrita por el pedagogo soviético A. Makarenko. Compilación e introducción de V. ARANSKI y A. PISKUNOV, candidatos a doctor en ciencias pedagógicas Traducción del ruso de J RODRIGUEZ Todos los créditos a los uploaders originales.

subject:
literatura soviética,pedagogía,educación,escuelas,maestros,padres,estudiantes,educación soviética,debate entre naturaleza y crianza,educación socialista


btih: 74bd9b91303a77ac6bf4e20006577d24cfa4fe3e
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-emember,fav-goguoksana,fav-lukas_korso223,fav-teanster1,fav-yoshiyamadeep
creator: Agnia Barto
date: 1980-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: agnia-barto-merry-rhymes-progress-1980
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-09-25T12:18:21Z,2026-02-03T21:25:41Z
publicdate: 2024-09-25T12:18:21Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
title: Merry Rhymes
year: 1980
description:
A collection of poems for children. Drawings by V. Goryaev All credits to Guptaji TOYS   BABY BROTHER   TWO SISTERS LOOKING AT BABY BROTHER   THE TERRIBLE BIRD   THE RATTLE   SVETA THINKS   SHOES   MASHA   MY BALL   HOW VOVA CHANGED HIS WAYS   KNITTING   MUMMY’S LITTLE HELPER   THE ANGLER   THE BULLFINCH   MY SEA-SHELL   THE LANTERN   PLAYING AT CATTLE   THEY WENT AWAY   SPOT THE WATCH-DOG   THE DEFENDER   FOUR AND FORTY GRANDCHILDREN   THE PAINTER   THE SKIPPING-ROPE   I’M A BIG GIRL NOW   TO SCHOOL   ARITHMETIC   THE DOORBELL   THE CROQUET PLAYERS   THE CHATTERBOX   AUNTIE’S COUNTRY-HOUSE   THE SWINGS   THE BAD LITTLE BEAR-CUB

subject:
soviet,literature,children's literature,picture story book,illustrated books,children's songs,children's poems


btih: deb8ff4be6f115a41b6236bd42e7147f75eadecd
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-mike_petrik
creator: ఆగ్నియా బర్తో (Agnia Barto )
date: 1988-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: agnia-barto-the-bear-cub-with-bad-manners-in-telugu-raduga-1985
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: tel
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-02-19T03:34:49Z,2026-02-19T03:42:12Z
publicdate: 2026-02-19T03:34:49Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
subject: soviet literature,children's literature,story books,illustrated books,animal stories
title: చెడ్డభడవ ఎలుగుబిడ్డ (The Bear Cub With Bad Manners In Telugu)
year: 1988
description:
A story of a naughty little bear cub. చిత్రాలు: వి.సుతేయెవ్ అనువాదం: ఆర్వియార్ Many thanks to Anil Battula garu for the scans.


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: ಅನತೋಲಿ ತೊಮಾಲಿನ್ (Anatoly Tomilin)
date: 1987-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: anatoly-tomilin-how-did-we-find-shape-of-the-earth-in-kannda
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: kan
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-05-21T16:35:40Z,2026-02-03T21:48:08Z
publicdate: 2023-05-21T16:35:40Z
title: ಭೂಮಿಯ ಆಕಾರವನ್ನು ಜನ ಹೇಗೆ ಕಂಡುಹಿಡಿದರು ( How Did We Find Shape Of The Earth In Kannada)
year: 1987
description:
ಭೂಮಿಯ ಗಾತ್ರ ಎಷ್ಟು? ವಿಚಿತ್ರ ಪ್ರಶ್ನೆ, ಸರಿ? ವಿಶ್ವದ ಒಂದು ಗ್ಲೋಬ್. ಇದು ಸುತ್ತಿನಲ್ಲಿ. ನನಗೂ ನಿನಗೂ ಸ್ಪಷ್ಟ.  ನಾವು 20 ನೇ ಶತಮಾನದ ಜನರು .  ಹುಲ್ಲು ಹಸಿರು, ಆಕಾಶ ನೀಲಿ ಮತ್ತು ಪ್ರಪಂಚವು ದುಂಡಾಗಿರುತ್ತದೆ.  'ನಾವು ಬಾಲ್ಯದಿಂದಲೂ ಇದನ್ನು ಬಲ್ಲೆವು.  ಆದರೆ ಇದು ನಿಜವಾಗಿಯೂ ಸ್ಪಷ್ಟವಾಗಿದೆಯೇ? ದೇಶಕ್ಕೆ ಹೋಗಿ.  ದೂರದ ದಿಗಂತದವರೆಗೆ ಹುಲ್ಲು ಮತ್ತು ಹೂವುಗಳು ಇವೆ ಎಂದು ನೀವು ನೋಡುವ ತನಕ ಅತಿದೊಡ್ಡ ಪ್ರದೇಶದ ಮಧ್ಯದಲ್ಲಿ ನಡೆಯಿರಿ.  ಇದು ಸುತ್ತಿನಲ್ಲಿ ಕಾಣುತ್ತದೆಯೇ? ನೀವು ಬಲ್ಬ್ ನೋಡಬಹುದೇ? ಇಲ್ಲ.. ಇದು ನಿಮ್ಮ ಮುಂದೆ ಹಾರಿಜಾನ್ಗೆ ಪ್ಯಾನ್ಕೇಕ್ನಂತೆ ಸಮತಟ್ಟಾಗಿದೆ.  ಪ್ರತಿ ಪೊದೆ ಮತ್ತು ಮರ, ಪ್ರತಿ ಸಣ್ಣ ಬೆಟ್ಟವು ಸ್ಪಷ್ಟವಾಗಿ ಎದ್ದು ಕಾಣುತ್ತದೆ.  "ಪ್ರಪಂಚವು ಸುತ್ತಿನಲ್ಲಿದೆ ಎಂದು ಯಾರು ಹೇಳುತ್ತಾರೆ? ಉಪಗ್ರಹಗಳ ಮಾಹಿತಿಯಿಂದ ಭೂಮಿಯ ಮೇಲ್ಮೈಯನ್ನು ಲೆಕ್ಕಾಚಾರ ಮಾಡಲು ಕಂಪ್ಯೂಟರ್ಗಳನ್ನು ಬಳಸಿದಾಗ, ನಮ್ಮ ಗ್ರಹದ ಗಾತ್ರವು ಅಷ್ಟು ಸುಲಭವಲ್ಲ ಎಂದು ಕಂಡುಬಂದಿದೆ.  ಇದು ಸ್ವಲ್ಪ ಪಿಯರ್ ಆಕಾರದಲ್ಲಿದೆ .  ಉತ್ತರ ಗೋಳಾರ್ಧವು ಧ್ರುವದ ಕಡೆಗೆ ಸ್ವಲ್ಪ ಮೇಲಕ್ಕೆ ವಿಸ್ತರಿಸುತ್ತದೆ ಮತ್ತು ದಕ್ಷಿಣ ಗೋಳಾರ್ಧದಲ್ಲಿದೆ.  ಅದರ ಮೇಲ್ಮೈಯಲ್ಲಿ ಡೆಂಟ್ಗಳು ಮತ್ತು ಉಬ್ಬುಗಳು ಇವೆ.  ಮತ್ತು ನೀವು ಸಮಭಾಜಕದಲ್ಲಿ ಮಧ್ಯದ ಮೂಲಕ ಭೂಮಿಯನ್ನು ಕತ್ತರಿಸಬಹುದಾದರೆ, ಫಲಿತಾಂಶವು ಸ್ವಲ್ಪ ಸತ್ಯದಿಂದ ಹೊರಬರುವ ವೃತ್ತವಾಗಿರುತ್ತದೆ.  ಸರಿ, ಅದರ ಮೇಲೆ ಸ್ವಲ್ಪ ಗೊಂದಲವಿದೆ.  ಈ ಅಂಕಿ ಏನು ಕರೆಯಬೇಕು? ವಿಜ್ಞಾನಿಗಳು ಎಲ್ಲಾ ರೀತಿಯ ಹೆಸರುಗಳನ್ನು ಪ್ರಯತ್ನಿಸಿದರು.  ಕೊನೆಯಲ್ಲಿ ಅವರು "ಜಿಯೋಯಿಡ್"ಅನ್ನು ಆಯ್ಕೆ ಮಾಡಿದರು.  ಇದು" ಜಿಯೋ", ಗ್ರೀಕ್ "ಭೂಮಿ" ಮತ್ತು"ಈಡೋಸ್", ಗ್ರೀಕ್" ವೀಕ್ಷಣೆ"ನಿಂದ ಕೂಡಿದೆ.  ಆದ್ದರಿಂದ ಇದೆಲ್ಲವೂ ನಿಜವಾಗಿಯೂ ಅರ್ಥ ಭೂಮಿಯಂತೆ .  ವಾಸ್ತವವಾಗಿ, ಭೂಮಿಯು ಸ್ವಲ್ಪ ಅಪೂರ್ಣ ಪ್ರದೇಶವಾಗಿದೆ .  ಜನರು ಇದನ್ನು ಹೇಗೆ ತಿಳಿದುಕೊಂಡರು ಎಂಬುದು ದೀರ್ಘ ಮತ್ತು ಆಸಕ್ತಿದಾಯಕ ಕಥೆ.  ಮತ್ತು ಈ ಪುಸ್ತಕದ ಬಗ್ಗೆ.  ಈ ಪುಸ್ತಕವನ್ನು ಡಯಾನಾ ಮಿಲ್ಲರ್ ರಷ್ಯನ್ ಭಾಷೆಯಿಂದ ಇಂಗ್ಲಿಷ್ಗೆ ಅನುವಾದಿಸಿದ್ದಾರೆ.  ಅದ್ಭುತ ರೇಖಾಚಿತ್ರಗಳನ್ನು ಯೂರಿ ಸ್ಮೋಲ್ನಿಕೋವ್ ಚಿತ್ರಿಸಿದ್ದಾರೆ .  ಇಂಗ್ಲಿಷ್ ಆವೃತ್ತಿಯ ಪುಸ್ತಕವನ್ನು ರಾಡುಗಾ 1984 ರಲ್ಲಿ ಪ್ರಕಟಿಸಿದರು.  ಹಿಂದಿ ಆವೃತ್ತಿಯನ್ನು ಯೋಗೇಂದ್ರ ನಾಗಪಾಲ್ ಅನುವಾದಿಸಿದ್ದಾರೆ ಮತ್ತು ರಾಡುಗಾ ಪ್ರಕಟಿಸಿದ್ದಾರೆ. ಚಿತ್ರಗಳು: ಯೂರಿ ಸ್ಕೋಕೊವ್ ಅನುವಾದ: ಕೆ.ಎಲ್ ಗೋಪಾಲಕೃಷ್ಣರಾವ್ ಮೂಲ ಸ್ಕ್ಯಾನ್ ಮಾಡಿದ್ದಕ್ಕೆ ಗುಪ್ತಾಜಿಗೆ ತುಂಬಾ ಧನ್ಯವಾದಗಳು. Many thanks to Guptaji for the original scan.

subject:
history of science,earth,shape,measurement,geography,maps,travel,stone,greek,geology,flat,geoid,people,ವಿಜ್ಞಾನ,ಭೂಮಿಯ,ಆಕಾರ,ಮಾಪನ,ಭೂಗೋಳ,ನಕ್ಷೆಗಳು,ಪ್ರಯಾಣ,ಕಲ್ಲು,ಗ್ರೀಕ್,ಭೂವಿಜ್ಞಾನ,ಫ್ಲಾಟ್,ಜನರು ಇತಿಹಾಸ


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-marcelo_dominguez,fav-name_nom95,fav-peele_peprt,fav-pio07
creator: M. Y. Zaitchik
date: 1980-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: m.-y.-zaitchik-problemes-et-exercices-d-electrotechnique-generale-mir-1980
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: fre
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-02-22T08:50:13Z,2026-02-05T20:11:58Z
publicdate: 2023-02-22T08:50:13Z
publisher: Éditions Mir
title: Problèmes Et Exercices D’ Électrotechnique Générale
year: 1980
description:
Ce recueil, que l’on doit à l’agrégé ès sciences pédagogiques M. Zaïtchik se propose de mettre à la portée des élèves des écoles techniques secondaires les méthodes de solution des problèmes d’électrotechnique générale. En s’appuyant sur l ’explication de solutions typiques de ces problèmes on y examine simultanément la théorie et la pratique de l’électrotechnique générale. En exposant la solution des problèmes on explique les lois et formules appliquées. Tous les problèmes résolus comportent des questions supplémentaires avec leur réponse, afin de démontrer diverses méthodes de solutions de ces problèmes et d’expliquer la nature physique des phénomènes examinés. Chaque chapitre se termine par un certain nombre de problèmes que les élèves doivent résoudre eux-mêmes. Ce manuel à l’usage des spécialités électrotechniques des écoles techniques secondaires sera également utile aux autodidactes. Traduit du russe Par V. Granovski Un grand merci à Henri Leveque pour le scan original.

subject:
circuit electrique,courant continu,les quadripôles,circuits electriques non lineaires,champ magnetique,induction magnétique,capacité electrique,circuit ramifié,circuit triphasé,courants non sinusoïdaux,phenomenes transitoires,lignes longues


btih: b7669b42f680d290c3bdf1a3ef511d281430eee0
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: M. Prishvin
date: 1950-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: m.-prishvin-natures-diary-flph-1950
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-07-23T03:56:43Z,2025-07-23T04:51:44Z
publicdate: 2025-07-23T03:56:43Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Publishing House
stripped_tags: em
subject: soviet literature,nature,nature writings,animals,popular science,children's literature
title: Nature's Diary
year: 1950
description:
Mikhail Prishvin’s  Nature’s Diary  is a lyrical and reflective collection of diary entries that document the natural world of early 20th-century Russia. Written in an intimate, daily format, the book combines detailed scientific observations with poetic language, creating a vivid and immersive account of changing seasons, animal behaviour, and plant life. Prishvin approaches the landscape with both the precision of a naturalist and the sensitivity of a poet, turning everyday phenomena into moments of wonder and reflection. Each entry is carefully crafted, often revealing how the natural world stirs emotional and philosophical insights. The diary serves as both a personal chronicle and a broader celebration of nature. Through meticulous attention to detail, Prishvin captures fleeting occurrences—birdsong, forest shadows, the rustling of leaves—and imbues them with symbolic and emotional meaning. His writing exemplifies how scientific curiosity and artistic expression can coexist, offering readers not just information but a deeper appreciation of nature’s rhythms and mysteries.  Nature’s Diary  stands as a quiet but powerful testament to the richness of close observation and the enduring bond between humans and the environment. Translated from the Russian by L. Navrozov Edited by O. Shartse Designed by G. Nikolsky


btih: 75757a150e2dacd522fc34f30f8ea1483d958bef
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: M. I. Kireyev,A. I. Kovarsky
date: 1982-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: m.-i.-kireyev-a.-i.-kovarsky-switchgear-installation-mir-1982
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-03-01T12:58:23Z,2026-03-01T13:36:55Z
publicdate: 2026-03-01T12:58:23Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: Switchgear Installation
year: 1982
description:
This book provides a comprehensive guide to the installation, operation, and maintenance of power system equipment used in stations, substations, and overhead lines. The first part examines the principles of electric power generation and distribution, the design and arrangement of switchgear, and the installation of primary circuit equipment for indoor and outdoor substations. Detailed procedures are given for mounting insulators, circuit breakers, transformers, busbars, protective earthing networks, and control circuits. The text also addresses the erection of overhead power lines, including conductors, supports, and lightning protection, with systematic attention to safety regulations during installation. The second part focuses on the organisation of operation and maintenance activities. It outlines management structures, switching operations, preventive maintenance schedules, inspection and testing procedures, and the overhaul of switchgear, transformers, alternators, and overhead lines. Special emphasis is placed on accident prevention, technical and organisational safety measures, and first aid in cases of electric shock. Combining practical instructions with technical foundations, the book serves as a structured manual for engineers, technicians, and students engaged in power system installation and service. Translated from the Russian by Boris A. Nikolayev

subject:
soviet literature,electrical engineering,power system equipment,substation installation,switchgear maintenance,power transformer operation,overhead line erection,electrical safety procedures


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-ashutosh_jha324,fav-elaangv,fav-yaylab
creator: व्लादिमीर शतलोव (Vladimir Shatslov)
date: 1983-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: vladimir-shatslov-a-men-in-outer-space-in-hindi-progress-1983
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-02-28T17:21:17Z,2026-02-06T01:52:28Z
publicdate: 2024-02-28T17:21:17Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
title: अंतरिक्ष की कठिन राहें (A Men In Outer Space In Hindi)
year: 1983
description:
A book decribing various aspects of Soviet Space programme written by Soviet cosmonaut Vladimir Shatslov.  Translated from Russian by Yogendra Nagpal. सोवियत अंतरिक्ष कार्यक्रम के विभिन्न पहलुओं का वर्णन करने वाली एक पुस्तक जो सोवियत कॉस्मोनॉट व्लादिमीर शतसलोव द्वारा लिखी गई है ।   योगेंद्र नागपाल द्वारा रूसी से अनुवादित। All credits to Guptaji.

subject:
soviet literature,popular science,space travel,cosmonauts,rockets,soviet technology,history of space travel,सोवियत साहित्य,लोकप्रिय विज्ञान,अंतरिक्ष यात्रा,अंतरिक्ष यात्री,रॉकेट,सोवियत प्रौद्योगिकी,अंतरिक्ष यात्रा का इतिहास


btih: c00912c4b2d94e9682643d1b587c60914f93c502
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-sureshpal360
creator: Vladimir Korolenko (व्लादिमीर कोरोलेन्को)
date: 1976-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: vladimir-korolenko-the-blind-musician-in-hindi-progress-1976
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: hin
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-09-28T13:44:10Z,2026-02-06T01:52:29Z
publicdate: 2024-09-28T13:44:10Z
publisher: Progress Publishers,प्रगति प्रकाशन
stripped_tags: strong
title: अंधा संगीतज्ञ (The Blind Musician In Hindi)
year: 1976
description:
व्लादिमीर कोरोलेन्को की "अंधा संगीतज्ञ"  एक संवेदनशील और प्रेरणादायक कहानी है, जो जन्म से अंधे  पीटर  नामक लड़के के जीवन पर केंद्रित है। पीटर एक संपन्न परिवार में जन्म लेता है, लेकिन उसकी विकलांगता उसके परिवार के लिए चिंता का विषय बन जाती है। कहानी उसके आंतरिक संघर्षों और मानसिक विकास की यात्रा का चित्रण करती है। हालांकि अंधापन उसे बाहरी दुनिया से अलग करता है, लेकिन संगीत में उसकी गहरी रुचि और उसकी चाची और संगीत शिक्षक का मार्गदर्शन उसे एक महान संगीतज्ञ बनने की प्रेरणा देता है।  "अंधा संगीतज्ञ"  मानव आत्मा की क्षमता और संगीत के प्रति उसकी आत्मीयता को दर्शाता है, जो जीवन के कठिन संघर्षों को भी पार कर सकता है। अनुवाद डा. नारायणदास खन्ना सम्पादक योगेन्द्र नागपाल


btih: 5f046d1dde1028fc678246cf1d125582ea171b90
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: Aleksandr I. Kuprin
date: 2026-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: aleksandr-i.-kuprin-the-little-red-christmas-tree-1927
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
licenseurl: https://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/mark/1.0/
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-05-23T11:21:51Z,2026-05-23T11:34:56Z
publicdate: 2026-05-23T11:21:51Z
publisher: The Mir Titles Project
subject: russian literature,classics of russian literature,russian short stories
title: The Little Red Christmas Tree
year: 2026
description:
A sentimental seasonal narrative contrasting childhood innocence with hardship. It uses a festive setting to highlight vulnerability and emotional warmth. Translated from Russian by Malcolm W. Davis  Originally published in 1927


creator: Ma Da
date: 1991-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: ma-da-chinese-fables-flp-1991
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-02-02T10:05:59Z,2026-02-05T20:12:13Z
publicdate: 2024-02-02T10:05:59Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Press
subject: children's stories,animal stories,illustrated books,cat story,chinese fables,chinese folk tales
title: Chinese Fables
year: 1991
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-aomory_zero,fav-artursz,fav-carson_main,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-nef_fbnp,fav-nikemaul,fav-olirayyy,fav-pratishthan,fav-samuel_watterson_sam_,fav-sugar_puss,fav-sureshpal360,fav-tom_ryasko

description:
CHINESE FABLES Animals, worms and insects are the protagonists of these 118 fables, dating from the fourth century B.C. to the eighteenth century A.D. With their sophisticated philosophy and vivid images, these fables have long been widely quoted and read by the Chinese. They are particularly suitable for teenagers. The illustrations in this book, by renowned Chinese artists, are in distinctive ethnic styles. Compiled by Ma Da All credits to Guptaji. Contents King Lion and the Jackal 1 Liang Yang Raises Tigers 1 Tiger Versus Tiger 3 How a Tiger Saved Its Life 4 The Tiger and the Hedgehog 5 A Tiger Dummy in a Tiger Skin 7 A Taoist Priest Saves a Tiger 8 Ruo Shi Guards Against the Tiger 8 A Tiger Is Urged to Perform Charitable Acts 9 Burning a Tiger in a Cave 10 Keeping a Leopard to Catch Rats 11 The Brown Bear 13 The Bears in Yangdu Mountains 14 Hooking a Wolf 14 The Wolves’ Nature 15 The Fox Borrows the Tiger’s Terror 16 Asking a Fox for Its Skin 16 The Orangutans 17 A Show-Off Monkey 18 Three for Breakfast and Four for Supper 18 Yang Youji Hits the White Ape 20 The Monkeys Drink Spirits 20 The Monkey Raiser and the Monkeys 21 A Caged Ape 22 A Yellow-Haired Monkey Eats Tiger Brains 22 An Ox-Tailed Fox 24 How the Deer Was Caught 25 A David’s Deer in Linjiang 25 The Musk Deer Casts Away Its Musk in an Emergency 26 Standing by a Stump Waiting for Hares 26 Jiu Fanggao Looks for Fine Horses 27 The Old Horses Know the Way 28 Bo Le and the Horse That Covers a Thousand Li a Day 29 Tenfold Price for a Horse 29 A Donkey in Ancient Guizhou Exhausts Its Tricks 31 Playing the Lute to a Cow 32 Butting Ox and Neighing Horse 32 A Sheep in a Tiger’s Skin 33 Yang Bu Beats His Dog 34 Ferocious Dog and Sour Liquor 34 Hound Kills Falcon 36 Cats Afraid of Mice 37 The Cat Catches Both Mice and Chickens 38 Cat Congratulates Mouse on Its Birthday 38 Vegetarian Cat 40 Lion Cat and Huge Rat 40 Leopard Cat Steals a Chicken 41 Mouse-Infested House in Yongzhou 42 Drowning Rats 44 Burning Rats and a House Too 44 One Can Gnaw and the Other Can Sting 45 Neither Bird nor Beast 46 A Bird of Moods 47 Lu Ban Carves a Phoenix 47 A Yuanchu Bird and an Owl 49 Sparrow Laughts at Roc 50 A Peacock That Loved Its Tail 50 The Vulture Feeds Its Young 52 The Owl Moves House 52 Falcon 53 Eagle Turned Turtledove 54 A Sparrow Chased by a Hawk 54 Strange Magpie 56 Magpie Nests and Low Boughs 57 Magpie and Myna 57 The Marquis of Lu Greets a Sea Bird 58 Seagull 58 A Bird Startled by the Mere Twang of a Bowstring 60 White Geese Caught 60 A Snipe Grapples with a Clam 61 The Stork Moves Its Nest 62 The Captured Egret 62 Turtledove 64 The Crow’s Lesson 64 Imitating the Cry of the Magpie 65 Parrot Fights Fire 66 A Parrot and a Myna 67 The Myna Imitates Human Speech 67 The Feicui Bird Moves Her Nest 69 The Carefree Swallows 69 An Argument Between Swallow and Bat 69 Sparrow Gives a Banquet 70 Pigeons and a Wildcat 70 How the Zhouzhou Bird Drinks Water 71 The Bird with Nine Heads 71 Bamboo Partridges 72 A Hen and a Crow 72 Taking a Wild Duck for a Hawk 73 Lord Ye’s Love for Dragons 74 The White Dragon 74 The Flood Dragon on South Mountain 76 Ci Fei Kills the Flood Dragons 76 Big Snake and Small Snake 77 Drawing a Snake and Adding Feet to It 78 A Zhen Bird and a Snake 78 Eating Snake 79 A Pheasant and a Snake 81 The Gaoting Snake 81 Giving a Turtle Water 82 Turtle Crossing the Bridge 82 Taking a Soft-Shelled Turtle for a Tortoise 83 Toad, Frog, Fly and Rooster 83 A Frog in the Well and a Sea Turtle 85 The Small Official 86 Helping Each Other 87 A Fish Lover in the State of Zheng 87 The Crucian Carp in the Rut 88 How the Gan Fish Was Caught 88 Globefish 89 Inkfish 89 The snail of Zhongzhou 90 A Gecko and a Scorpion 90 A Spider and a Snake 91 A Centipede and an Earthworm 91 A Greedy Dung Beetle 92 A Mantis Tries to Stop a Chariot 92 A Mantis Tries to Catch a Cicada 94 Killing His Father by Hitting a Fly 95


btih: 1619a73a02ef20292f032a8efbcfdf7b6087a5dc
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-lukas_korso223
creator: M. Chudnovsky
date: 1959-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: m.-chudnovsky-dancing-to-fame-flph-1959
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-05-21T08:19:32Z,2026-05-21T09:16:41Z
publicdate: 2026-05-21T08:19:32Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Publishing House
subject: soviet literature,soviet arts,dance,folk dances,dance troupes,soviet artists,dancers,dance ensemble
title: Dancing To Fame
year: 1959
description:
It is not likely that anyone who has seen Igor Moiseyev’s Ensemble will ever forget it. Its youth, beauty, superb technique, and extraordinary idiom never fail to captivate the onlooker. They fill him with the joy of living and affirm the ideal of man’s beauty. It is this that lies behind the triumphant successes of Moiseyev’s dancers abroad. The joyful and lyrical dances of nations, and the dances of fiery passion or lofty reserve, reveal the spiritual world of man, his urge for light and progress. The humanistic spirit of Moiseyev’s dance arrangements conquers the hearts of men. It rouses the enthusiasm of the optimist, convinces the pessimist of the beauty of living, and disarms the sceptic. Igor Moiseyev is an enthusiastic and ardent seeker of new paths in dancing. At the same time, he is a connoisseur of classical ballet and a gifted student of folk dancing. The more than twenty-year history of his ensemble offers food for deep thought about the development of folk dance. The author does not intend to embrace exhaustively all the diverse facets of Moiseyev’s technique. He trusts, however, that his account of the splendid dancing that has conquered hearts in many countries will arouse interest among people who are fond of the ensemble and its splendid dancers. “The performers were anonymous, but it would be difficult to single out any individual for excellence. They are a magnificent team and dance non-stop as joyously and apparently effortlessly as they breathe.” – The Daily Telegraph and Morning Post, Nov. 9, 1955 “It is the kind of dancing and music calculated to fire the blood of the coldest fish. Doubtless one should clear one’s mind of all thought of politics and enjoy the Moiseyev company as the highly enjoyable company it is.” – Wall Street Journal, April 16, 1958 “...it is a superb organization, talented, trained to the last notch, full of a genuine joy of performing, and with a vitality that is just this side of superhuman.” – The New York Times, June 21, 1958 “La renommée de son ensemble incomparable par le dynamisme, la variété, et une exceptionnelle fraîcheur dans l’inspiration poétique, a eu déjà en France des échos dans la presse. Nous avons gré à Moïsseïev d’avoir su traduire, à travers la danse populaire, un sentiment poétique, un rêve d’amour, qui conserve la fraîcheur de celui d’un adolescent.” – Combat, 29 septembre 1955 Art Director - Igor Molseyev Translated from the Russian by S. Rosenberg Edited by H. Perham Designed by Y. Krasny Contents The Folk Dance Igor Moiseyev Twenty-Two Years Igor Moiseyev Tackles Problems Of The Folk Dance Aesthetic Principles And Technique Blazing New Trails The Dancers Musical Accompaniment Costume, Ornament, Lighting Touring Soviet Towns The Cities Of The World

stripped_tags:
div class="text-base my-auto mx-auto pb-10 [--thread-content-margin:var(--thread-content-margin-xs,calc(var(--spacing)*4))] @w-sm/main:[--thread-content-margin:var(--thread-content-margin-sm,calc(var(--spacing)*6))] @w-lg/main:[--thread-content-margin:var(--thread-content-margin-lg,calc(var(--spacing)*16))] px-(--thread-content-margin)",div class="[--thread-content-max-width:40rem] @w-lg/main:[--thread-content-max-width:48rem] mx-auto max-w-(--thread-content-max-width) flex-1 group/turn-messages focus-visible:outline-hidden relative flex w-full min-w-0 flex-col agent-turn",div class="flex max-w-full flex-col gap-4 grow",div class="min-h-8 text-message relative flex w-full flex-col items-end gap-2 text-start break-words whitespace-normal outline-none keyboard-focused:focus-ring [.text-message+&]:mt-1",div class="flex w-full flex-col gap-1 empty:hidden",div class="markdown prose dark:prose-invert wrap-break-word w-full light markdown-new-styling"


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-ken_liddy
creator: Constantine Fedin
date: 1948-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: constantine-fedin-early-joys-flph-1948
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-07-13T08:38:54Z,2026-02-04T19:52:46Z
publicdate: 2024-07-13T08:38:54Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Publishing House
subject: soviet literature,juvenile literature,russian literature,soviet life,soviet union
title: Early Joys
year: 1948
description:
A Soviet era novel, depicting the life and struggles in Soviet society.  Translated by Hilda Kazanina Original scan by DLI. This is a cleaned, optimised scan.


btih: 795563fdc2965b23f1437bdbc3e38bb35a17e48e
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: अ. बूसेव, (A. I. Busev),इ. इफीमोव (I. P. Efimov)
date: 1989-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: a.-i.-busev-i.-p.-efimov-chemistry-definitions-notions-terminology-in-marathi-mir-1981
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: mar
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-05-18T05:18:41Z,2026-02-03T20:33:30Z
publicdate: 2025-05-18T05:18:41Z
publisher: Mir Publishers,मीर प्रकाशन
year: 1989
description:
रसायनशास्त्राचा अभ्यास करीत असताना आणि रासायनशास्त्र- वरील सर्वेसामान्य व खास साहित्य वाचताना कधी कधी अशा गोष्टी आढळतात की आपणाला त्या सोडून द्याव्या लागतात . विविध रासायनिक प्रक्रियांचे आणि नैसर्गिक गोष्टींचे प्रगाढ आकलन करून घेण्याची ज्यांची इच्छा आहे अशा विद्यार्थ्यांसाठी या पुस्तकाचे प्रयोजन आहे. या पुस्तकामध्ये आपणाला सामान्य, कार्बनी, अकाबंनी, विश्लेषणात्मक रसायनशास्त्रातील व रासायनिक तंत्रविज्ञानातील अत्यंत महत्त्वाच्या सज्ञांच्या अचूक व्याख्या आणि त्यांची स्पष्टीकरणे आढळून येतील. बहुतेक सज्ञांच्या आणि पारिभाषिक शब्दांच्या इतिहासाचाही मागोवा या पुस्तकात घेण्यात आला आहे. नियमानुसार रासायनिक संयुगांची सर्वेसामान्य , प्रचलित नावे देण्यात आली असून काही नावांचे महत्त्वाचे समानार्थी शब्दही देण्यात आले आहेत . आंतरराष्ट्रीय रसायनशास्त्र संघटनेने मान्यता दिलेली नावे (*) या चिन्हाने दर्शविण्यात आली आहेत. अनुवाद: डॉ. रविंद्र रसाळ

subject:
chemistry,definitions,electron distributions,chemical reactions,chemical kinetics,molecules,compounds,chemical structures,spectra,organic chemistry,inorganic chemistry,analytical chemistry,radiochemistry,polymer science,chemistry of scattered elements,biochemistry,geochemistry,soviet literature,रसायनशास्त्र

title:
रसायनशास्त्र व्याख्या, कल्पना, पारिभाषिक शब्द (Chemistry Definitions, Notions, Terminology In Marathi)


creator: A. Markushevich
date: 1970-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: a.-markushevich-teoria-de-las-funciones-analiticas-tome-ii-mir-1970
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: spa
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-04-23T12:50:58Z,2026-02-03T20:33:37Z
publicdate: 2023-04-23T12:50:58Z
publisher: Editorial Mir
title: Teoria De Las Funciones Analiticas Tome I
year: 1970
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-aaron_vila_a_moyon,fav-anthony_aguilar162,fav-augusto_montalbetti,fav-christian_vargas_raudales,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-llahidee_koler,fav-lucas_carughi,fav-marcelo_dominguez,fav-nikemaul,fav-p3puch003141592653,fav-pb_ess,fav-peele_peprt,fav-pio07,fav-tonathi_real

description:
En el presente curso de «Teoría de las Funciones Analíticas» en dos volúmenes se han recopilado las lecciones dadas a lo largo de varios años por el autor en la facultad Mecánico-Matemática de la Universidad Lomonósov de Moscú. Abarca con suficiente amplitud la teoría de las funciones de una variable compleia, incluyendo las transformaciones conformes, interpolación de las funciones por polinomios, elementos de la teoría de las funciones armónicos y subarmónicas, fundamentos de la teoría de las funciones enteras y meromorfas, el concepto de superficie de Riemann y prolongación analítica.El lector que desee estudiar los importantes problemas de la teoría moderna de las funciones analíticas de varias variables complejas deberá' consultar otros libros. El autor espera que su obra será útil para los que deseen estudiar una de las partes más interesantes del análisis clásico y de la teoría de las funciones. Es para mí sumamente grato que a las ediciones en ruso, inglés y chino venga ahora a sumarse esta edición en uno de los idiomas universales, como es el español. Aprovecho la ocasión para expresar mi sincero agradecimiento al traductor, E. Aparicio, por su esmerada y competente traducción. Traducido del Ruso por Emiliano Aparicio Bernardo Créditos al cargador/escáner original

subject:
matematícas,teoría analítica de ios números,ecuaciones diferenciales,geometría,hidromecánica,mecánica celeste,las transformaciones,interpolación de las funciones por polinomios,teoría de las funciones armónicos,superficie de Riemann,prolongación analítica,variables complejas


creator: A. N. Nesmeyanov,N. A. Nesmeyanov
date: 1986-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: a.-n.-nesmeyanov-n.-a.-nesmeyanov-fundamentals-of-organic-chemistry-volume-3-mir-1986
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-12-02T13:55:59Z,2026-02-03T20:33:35Z
publicdate: 2023-12-02T13:55:59Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: Fundamentals Of Organic Chemistry Volume 3
year: 1986
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-abhijeet_tiwari222,fav-floura28zz,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-labell905,fav-matt_404,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-pio07,fav-tadvi_kunik,fav-typocrates

description:
A.N. Nesmeyanov, N.A. Nesmeyanov - Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry - Volume 3 - Mir -1986 This is Volume III of a four-volume textbook designed for a systematic study of organic chemistry. The material covered in the book is divided into two parts and covers a considerably wider field than the normal university treatment of the subject. Part One (the first three volumes) is constructed along "classical" lines. Part Two (volume IV) is intended for attentive reading rather than for close study. Volume III is devoted to aromatic and heterocyclic compounds. The material is presented in order of increasing sophistication—first, rather simply and in detail, and then in more and more concise form. This book has been translated from the second revised Russian edition published in two volumes in 1974. The first Russian edition (in two volumes) was published in 1969. The book may be used for self-study and for reading the course of organic chemistry at universities and chemical higher schools. It will undoubtedly be of interest to post-graduates, teachers, scientists, and engineers working in the field of organic chemistry. Translated from the Russian by Artavaz Beknazarov Many thanks to Ajayji and Neelkamalji for making the book available. Aromatic Compounds Chapter 7. Benzene and Its Derivatives 7.1. Benzene and Its Structure 11 A. Synthesis of Benzene and Its Derivatives from Aliphatic and Alicyclic Hydrocarbons 21 B. Conversion of Benzene into Aliphatic and Alicyclic Hydrocarbons 24 C. Sources of Aromatic Hydrocarbons 25 D. Isomerism of Substituted Benzenes 27 XXVI. Physical Methods of Determination of the Structure of Organic Molecules III 30 E. The Nomenclature of Benzene Derivatives 34 F. Electrophilic Substitution in the Benzene Series 36 XXVII. Orientation in Electrophilic Substitution 44 (A) Factors Responsible for Orientation Effects 47 (B) Hyperconjugation and Ortho-Para Orientation 51 (C) The Orienting Effect of Halogen Substituent 52 (D) Meta-Orientation 54 XVIII. Orientation in Nucleophilic Substitution 56 7.2. Halogen Derivatives of the Benzene Series 59 A. Chemical Properties of Aromatic Halogen Derivatives 64 B. Compounds with Polyvalent Halogens 71 7.3. Dehydrobenzene (Benzyne) 75 7.4. Sulphonic Acids and Other Aromatic Sulphur Compounds 76 A. Sulphonation Reactions in the Benzene Series 76 B. Functional Derivatives of Sulphonic Acids 77 C. Reactions of Sulphonic Acids with Replacement of the Sulpho Group 79 D. Other Aromatic Sulphur Functions 79 7.5. Aromatic Nitro Compounds 80 7.6. Functions Formed by Incomplete Reduction of Nitro Compounds 85 A. Nitrosobenzene 86 B. Phenylhydroxylamine 89 C. Azoxybenzene 89 D. Azobenzene 90 7.7. Aromatic Amines 94 A. Basic Properties of Aromatic Amines 98 B. Electrophilic Substitution in the Benzene Ring of Amines 99 C. Substitution in the Amino Group 101 D. Secondary and Tertiary Aromatic Amines 103 E. Nitroanilines 105 F. Anilinesulphonic Acids 107 G. Aromatic Diamines 109 7.8. Diazo Compounds 111 A. Reactions of Diazo Compounds Without Loss of Nitrogen 117 B. Reactions of Diazo Compounds with Loss of Nitrogen 124 7.9. Phenols 128 A. Reactions of the Phenolic Hydroxyl Group 132 B. Reactions of the Aromatic Ring of Phenols 133 XXIX. Molecular Charge-Transfer Complexes 139 C. Aryloxyls 143 D. Polyhydric Phenols 145 (a) Dihydroxybenzenes 145 XXX. Clathrate Compounds of Hydroquinone 148 XXXI. “Ansa” Compounds of Hydroquinone. Atropisomerism I 149 (b) Polyhydroxybenzenes 150 E. Ethers and Esters of Phenols 151 F. Purely Aromatic Ethers 154 G. Triphenyloxonium Salts 154 7.10. Aromatic Alcohols 155 7.11. Phenolic Alcohols and Their Ethers 156 7.12. Aromatic Aldehydes 158 A. Synthesis of Aromatic Aldehydes 158 B. Properties of Aromatic Aldehydes 164 7.13. Aromatic Ketones 171 A. Synthesis of Aromatic Ketones 172 B. Properties of Aromatic Ketones 173 C. Ketoximes and Beckmann Rearrangement 177 D. Diketones 182 7.14. Quinones 183 A. Reactions of Benzoquinones 185 XXXII. Quinhydrone and Semiquinones 188 B. Quinonimines 190 7.15. Heterofunctional Amines with the Amino Group in the Side Chain 193 7.16. Aromatic Carboxylic Acids 194 A. Methods of Introducing Carboxyl into the Aromatic Ring 195 B. Benzoic Acid and Its Functional Derivatives 198 C. Polybasic Aromatic Acids 202 D. Substituted Carboxylic Acids 208 7.17. Hydroxybenzoic Acids (Phenolic Acids) 211 7.18. Aromatic Amino Acids 216 7.19. Carboxylic Acids with Carboxyl in the Side Chain 218 XXXIII. Transmission of the Effect of Substituents Via the Benzene Ring. Correlational Equations 223 7.20. Aromatic Hydrocarbons with Unsaturated Side Chains 230 Chapter 8. Polycyclic Aromatic Compounds 8.1. Compounds with Isolated Benzene Rings 234 A. Biphenyl 234 XXXIV. Atropisomerism II 236 B. Diphenylene (Biphenylene) 238 C. 1,2-Diphenylethane, 1,2-Diphenylethylene, and 1,2-Diphenylacetylene 239 D. Cyclophanes 240 E. Polycyclophenylmethanes 244 F. Phthalins, Fluorescein, Rosamines and Rhodamines 257 G. Free Radicals of the Triphenylmethyl Series 260 8.2. Condensed Aromatic Systems 264 A. Naphthalene and Its Derivatives 264 (a) Naphthoquinones 277 (b) Hydronaphthalenes 280 B. Acenaphthene, Indene, Fluorene 282 C. Anthracene and Its Derivatives 283 (a) Anthraquinone and Its Derivatives 288 (b) Indanthrene and Polycycloketonic Dyes 294 D. Phenanthrene 297 E. Higher Condensed Aromatic Hydrocarbons 300 (a) Acenes 301 (b) Angular Higher Aromatic Condensed Hydrocarbons 306 Chapter 9. Introduction Chapter 10. Five-Membered Heterocycles 10.1. Rings with One Hetero-Atom 325 A. Furan 329 B. Condensed Systems with the Furan Ring 333 C. Thiophene 334 D. Tetrahydrothiophene (Thiophane) 338 E. Benzothiophene and Its  Derivatives 339 F. Pyrrole 340 G. Porphin. Porphyrins 346 H. Indole (Benzopyrrole) 353 I. Indigo 357 J. Phthalocyanines 360 K. Carbazole 361 10.2. Five-Membered Heterocycles with Several Identical Hetero-Atoms 362 A. Pyrazole 362 B. Imidazole (Glyoxaline) 366 C. Biotins 368 D. Triazoles 370 E. Tetrazole 371 F. Pentazole 372 10.3. Five-Membered Heterocycles with Two Different Hetero-Atoms 372 A. Isoxazole 372 B. Oxazoles 373 C. Thiazole 373 Chapter 11. Six-Membered Heterocycles 11.1. Heterocycles with One Nitrogen Atom 382 A. Pyridine 382 B. Hydroxypyridines and Aminopyridines 391 C. Physiologically Active Substances with the Pyridine Ring 393 D. Quinoline and Its Derivatives 397 E. Acridine 402 F. Isoquinoline 403 11.2. Six-Membered Heterocycles with Two Nitrogen Atoms (Diazines) 404 A. Pyrazine 405 B. Pyrimidine 406 C. Pyrazine 414 11.3. Six-Membered Heterocycles with Three Nitrogen Atoms 417 11.4. Nitrogen Biheterocycles 419 A. Purine and Its Derivatives 419 B. Nucleotides 423 C. Purine Alkaloids 424 D. Kinetin 425 E. Pteridines 426 F. Pholic Acid 427 G. Riboflavin 428 11.5. Six-Membered Heterocycles with an Oxygen Atom 430 A. Derivatives of γ-Pyran 430 B. Chromone, Flavone and Related Compounds 433 C. Anthocyanidins 436 11.6. Six-Membered Heterocycles with Two Different Hetero-Atoms 439 Name Index 442 Subject Index 446

subject:
soviet science,soviet literature,organic chemistry,chemical reactions,Aromatic Compounds,benzene,benzene derivatives,Halogen Derivatives,Aromatic Amines,Diazo Compounds,Aromatic Alcohols,ethers,Quinones,Hydroxybenzoic Acids,Carboxylic Acids,Naphthalene


btih: a96646f2bac9ac9b9ca4bfb125dd99d5696b418a
creator: A.V. Bitsadze
date: 1964-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: a.-v.-bitsadze-equations-of-the-mixed-type-1964
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-09-02T08:55:14Z,2026-02-03T20:33:39Z
publicdate: 2024-09-02T08:55:14Z
title: Equations Of The Mixed Type
year: 1964
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-carson_main,fav-floura28zz,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-shauhram,fav-t79

description:
The theory of equations of mixed type originated in the fundamental researches of the Italian mathematician Francesco Tricomi, which were published in the twenties of this century. Owing to the importance of its applications, the discussion of problems concerned with equations of mixed type has become, in the last ten years, one of the central problems in the theory of partial differential equations. The present work is not meant to be a summary of all results in this field, especially since the number of results increases with great speed; nevertheless, the reader of this monograph will obtain an idea of the present state of the theory of equations of mixed type. This book was developed from a series of lectures dealing with certain fundamental questions in the theory of equations of mixed type, which the Author delivered in scientific establishments in the Chinese People’s Republic at the end of 1957 and the beginning of 1958. Translated by P. Zador Translation edited by I. N. Sneddon CONTENTS Foreword ix   Introduction xi   1. General remarks on linear partial differential equations of mixed type 1      1. Equation of the second order with two independent variables 1      2. The theory of Cibrario 3      3. Systems of two first order equations 12      4. Linear systems of partial differential equations of the second order with two independent variables 17   2. The study of the solutions of second order hyperbolic equations with initial conditions given along the lines of parabolicity 20      1. The Riemann function for a second order hyperbolic linear equation 20      2. A class of hyperbolic systems of second order linear equations 27      3. The Cauchy problem for hyperbolic equations with given initial conditions on the line of parabolic degeneracy 32      4. Generalizations 41   3. The study of the solutions of second order elliptic equations for a domain, the boundary of which includes a segment of the curve of parabolic degeneracy 44      1. The linear elliptic partial differential equation of the second order 44      2. Elliptic systems of second order 49      3. The Dirichlet problem for second order elliptic equations in a domain, the boundary of which includes a segment of the curve of parabolic degeneracy 58      4. Some other problems and generalizations 66   4. The problem of Tricomi 71      1. The statement of the problem of Tricomi 72      2. The extremal principle and the uniqueness of the solution of problem T 74      3. Solution of problem T by means of the method of integral equations 78      4. Continuation. The proof for the existence of a solution of the integral equations obtained in the preceding paragraph 90      5. Other methods for solving problem T 94      6. Examples and generalizations 103   5. Other mixed problems 112      1. The mixed problem M 112      2. The proof of the uniqueness of solution for problem M 113      3. Concerning the existence of the solution of problem M 117      4. The general mixed problem 124      5. The problem of Frankl 135      6. Short indication of some important generalizations and applications 141   References 151   Index 157

subject:
soviet literature,mathematics,differential equations,tricomi problem,solutions to differential equations


btih: 92e2e90408876fac8b6778de2252d46e69fbb74d
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: A. Kononov
date: 1981-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: a.-kononov-new-years-in-sokolniki-lenin-among-children-progress-1981
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-08-05T11:17:08Z,2026-02-03T20:33:34Z
publicdate: 2024-08-05T11:17:08Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet literature,children's books,russian literature
title: New Year’s In Sokolniki Lenin Among Children
year: 1981
description:
A little book describing Lenin and children in a christmas setting. Drawings by N. Zhukov Translated from the Russian by Fainna Glagoleva


creator: Alexander Pushkin
date: 1973-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: a.-pushkin-the-tale-of-the-dead-princess-and-the-seven-knights-progress-1973
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-02-09T11:17:13Z,2026-02-03T20:33:35Z
publicdate: 2023-02-09T11:17:13Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet literature,children's stories,illustrated books,story books
title: The Tale Of The Dead Princess And The Seven Knights
year: 1973
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-ana_lves,fav-emeila_myers731,fav-gloria_lastra,fav-goguoksana,fav-hannah_8208,fav-violet777

description:
A picture story book for children. Translated from the Russian by Peter Tempest. Drawings by V. Konashevich

stripped_tags:
span style="color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;background-color:rgb(255,255,255);",span style="background-color:rgb(255,255,255);",font color="#2c2c2c" face="Helvetica Neue, Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif",span style="font-size:14px;",font


creator: L. I. Golovina, I. M. Yaglom
date: 1979-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: little-mathematics-library-l.-i.-golovina-and-i.-m.-yaglom-induction-in-geometry
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2020-07-26T10:46:00Z,2026-02-05T20:08:49Z
publicdate: 2020-07-26T10:46:00Z
stripped_tags: blockquote,em
subject: mirtitles,mathematics,induction,geometry,high school,little mathematics library
title: Induction In Geometry ( Little Mathematics Library)
year: 1979
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-_superuser,fav-abhirup152,fav-fernando_mora_hern_ndez,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-hajer_ghassan_al_khafaji,fav-llahidee_koler,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nissele,fav-paul_dirac,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-pjmm_,fav-raghu13957,fav-ruffratseatcats,fav-testudineu

description:
The preface says: This little book is intended primarily for high school pupils, teachers of mathematics and students in teachers training colleges majoring in physics or mathematics. It deals with various applications of the method of mathematical induction to solving geometric problems and was intended by the authors as a natural continuation of I. S. Sominsky’s booklet  The Method of Mathematical Induction published (in English) by Mir Publishers in1975. Our book contains 38 worked examples and 45 problems accompanied by brief hints. Various aspects of the method of mathematical induction are treated in them in a most instructive way. Some of the examples and problems may be of independent interest as well. The book was translated from the Russian by Leonid Levant and was first published by Mir in 1979. This was also published in the Topics in Mathematics series in 1963, and was translated by A.W. Goodman and Olga A. Titelbaum . Introduction: The Method of Mathematical Induction 7 Sec. 1. Calculation by Induction 12 Sec. 2. Proof by Induction 20 Map Colouring 33 Sec. 3. Construction by Induction 63 Sec. 4. Finding Loci by Induction 73 Sec. 5. Definition by Induction 80 Sec. 6. Induction on the Number of Dimensions 98 1. Calculation bv Induction on the Number of Dimensions 106 2. Proof by Induction on the Number of Dimensions 109 3. Finding Loci by Induction on the Number of Dimensions 126 4. Definition by Induction on the Number of Dimensions 130 References 132


creator: A.A. Kolemsky
date: 1968-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: a.-a.-kolemsky-theory-of-cyclic-accelerators-1968
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-07-02T13:52:17Z,2026-02-03T20:33:26Z
publicdate: 2024-07-02T13:52:17Z
title: Theory Of Cyclic Accelerators
year: 1968
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-c_sar_augusto_olimpio_nunes476,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-mahmoudfdondeti12,fav-matt_404,fav-pio07,fav-rafaeltm

description:
The authors aimed to address a gap by systematically presenting the theory of particle motion in modern accelerators, focusing on new types of cyclic accelerators, especially those using strong focusing. Less emphasis is placed on older accelerators like cyclotrons and betatrons, which are already well-documented in existing literature. This book is targeted at scientists, engineers, students, and graduates in high-energy particle physics and related fields. It also provides basic information on the construction of accelerators to aid in understanding the presented theory. Translated from the Russian by M. Barbier  CONTENTS CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION 1 1. Role of accelerators in nuclear and elementary particle physics 1 2. Short review of the development of cyclical accelerators 4 3. A few energy relationships 16 4. Basic concepts in the theory of accelerators 23  4.1. Stability of ideal orbits in accelerators 24  4.2. Influence of an imperfection of the magnetic field on particle motion 31  4.3. The acceleration regimes of the particles 34  4.4. Particle injection into and extraction from accelerators 39 CHAPTER 2. BETATRON OSCILLATIONS OF PARTICLES IN IDEAL PERIODIC MAGNETIC FIELDS 46 1. Closed orbit and natural system of coordinates 47 2. Equations for small deviations from the closed orbit 52 3. General stability conditions for the solution of differential equations with periodic coefficients 56 4. Betatron oscillations in periodic magnetic systems 64 5. Canonical form of the equation for betatron oscillations 71 6. Adiabatic change of the parameters of betatron oscillations 74 7. Some methods of computing betatron oscillation frequencies 77 CHAPTER 3. BETATRON OSCILLATIONS OF PARTICLES IN NONIDEAL MAGNETIC FIELDS 86 1. Linear betatron oscillation resonances in non-ideal magnetic systems 86 2. Linear betatron oscillations with perturbations present 93 3. A few questions related to magnetic field correction 109 4. Basic non-linear effects 119 5. General theory of non-linear resonance. One-dimensional oscillations 123 6. Non-linear resonances of two-dimensional oscillations 135 7. Application of the theory of non-linear effects to periodic magnetic systems 138 8. Resonances in a system with slowly varying parameters 142 CHAPTER 4. SYNCHROTRON OSCILLATIONS 147 1. Dependence of orbit parameters on particle energy 147 2. Basic equation of the acceleration regime 154 3. Resonance acceleration regime. Phase equation 156 4. Self-focusing regime and phase oscillations 166 5. Simultaneous consideration of synchrotron and betatron oscillations 177 6. Synchrotron oscillations in the presence of perturbations 180 7. Critical (transition) energy 190 8. The induction regime of acceleration 202 CHAPTER 5. RADIATION EFFECTS IN CYCLIC ELECTRON ACCELERATORS 209 1. Basic properties of the radiation 209 2. Equation of motion of an electron in periodic magnetic fields in the presence of radiation 219 3. Decrements of betatron and synchrotron oscillations 228 4. Methods of damping the oscillations 231 5. Effect of quantum fluctuations on the electron motion in magnetic systems 250 CHAPTER 6. PARTICLE LOSSES CAUSED BY RANDOM PERTURBATIONS OF THE MOTION 251 1. Basic equations and presentation of the problem 251 2. Particle losses in the absence of damping. Multiple scattering of protons by the residual gas 254 3. The case of strong damping. Loss of particles by quantum fluctuations of radiation 260 4. General remarks on the influence of damping on the losses 266 5. Losses due to single-scattering events 270 CHAPTER 7. PECULIARITIES OF ACCELERATORS OF DIFFERENT TYPES 275 1. Accelerators of the cyclotron type 275  1.1. The cyclotron 275  1.2. The isochronous cyclotron 283  1.3. The phasotron 289  1.4. An accelerator with variable harmonic number: the microtron 298 2. The synchrophasotron 307  2.1. Strong-focusing synchrophasotrons 308  2.2. The weak-focusing synchrophasotron 321 3. Strong-focusing accelerators with fixed magnetic field (ring-phasotrons) 332 4. Special acceleration modes in systems with magnetic fields constant in time 352  4.1. Multiple acceleration in a fixed field 352  4.2. Storage devices 358  4.3. Stochastic acceleration 361

stripped_tags:
div class="flex flex-grow flex-col max-w-full",div class="min-h-[20px] text-message flex flex-col items-start whitespace-pre-wrap break-words [.text-message+&]:mt-5 juice:w-full juice:items-end overflow-x-auto gap-2",div class="flex w-full flex-col gap-1 juice:empty:hidden juice:first:pt-[3px]",div class="markdown prose w-full break-words dark:prose-invert dark"

subject:
soviet literature,physics,elementary particles,synchrotron,betatron,magnetic fields,accelerators,cyclotrons,particle accelerators,quantum mechanics,stability conditions,oscillation resonances,critical energy,radiation effects


backup_location: ia905506_5
creator: L. N. Shevrin, V. G. Zhitomirsky
date: 1985-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: ZhitomirskiShervinLetsPlayGeometry
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2015-12-04T06:47:31Z,2026-02-06T02:12:44Z
publicdate: 2015-12-04T06:47:31Z
stripped_tags: blockquote,em
subject: mathematics,education,geometry,primary,shapes,angles,triangles,numbers,lines,segments,proof
title: Lets Play Geometry
year: 1985
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-_superuser,fav-aliedi,fav-ankush_gupta787,fav-anna403,fav-chalkmalt,fav-cm7kas9j6xc,fav-emelia_wild,fav-erin_puente,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-hajer_ghassan_al_khafaji,fav-indira675,fav-indylab,fav-jordache463,fav-kuraiseikatsu,fav-lukas_korso223,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-neda_richards,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-trang_le184

description:
[The aim of the book] is to acquaint children in exciting and stimulating way with some of principle concepts of geometry, to teach them how to find bearings in simple geometrical situations and to discern geometrical patterns in the world around them. Through fascinating stories and rhymes, young readers are introduced to some elementary geometry. The book is made up of adventures which bring in the theory, and some exercises to develop the topics. It is written in a simple and attractive language, and is particularly well-suited to 5-8-year olds The book was translated from the Russian by Alexander Repyev and was first published by Mir in 1985.


btih: 64b08803889485c247504e7dc03b3068997f5943
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-matt_bradley,fav-munif_muttafik
creator: E. Kazakevich
date: 1950-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: e.-kazakevich-the-house-on-the-square-flph-1950
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-01-19T14:43:17Z,2026-02-04T21:42:01Z
publicdate: 2025-01-19T14:43:17Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Publishing House
stripped_tags: em
subject: soviet literature,russian literature,world war 2
title: The House On The Square (Library of Soviet Literature)
year: 1950
description:
"A waxen idol standing beside a fire where pottery was being baked began to melt. 'Why are you so cruel to me?' the idol addressed the fire. 'To pottery, you impart strength, but me you destroy?' The fire replied, 'You have only your own nature to blame. I am always the same.' German professor Sebastian, whom fate had thrown together with Sergei Lubentsov, the main hero of the novel, had done much thinking before he told the parable. The profoundly humane work of the Soviet commandant of the town of Lauterburg convinced the old scholar of the advantages of new relations between people. Sebastian realised the line between men did not necessarily coincide with the borderline between states. A wartime scout, Sergei Lubentsov wrote in his notebook on becoming commandant of the German town: 'The commandant is always right, because he is backed by armed force. That is why he must see to it that he is really always right: like a purifying flame, he is intent on melting the idols of time-honoured prejudice, which stood in his way to the hearts of German people. His trust in man served as a beacon which lit up this laborious path.' The English reader has had the opportunity of reading three books by E. Kazakevich in English. These are:  Star ,  Spring on the Oder ,  Heart of a Friend . These novels form the basis of the soldier-writer's works.  House on the Square  is the logical sequel to  Spring on the Oder . However, while  Spring on the Oder  deals with the Soviet Army’s great victory over fascist Germany,  House on the Square  describes the victors 'building peace,' the day-to-day work of the Soviet Commandant's Office in Lauterburg. This deep book reveals the author's thoughts on the destinies and fates of the peoples."


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-aghori_king,fav-hemendrakumar_rai
date: 1983-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: a-selection-of-azerbaijani-literature-hindi
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: hin
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-11-25T05:22:59Z,2026-02-03T20:33:27Z
publicdate: 2022-11-25T05:22:59Z
publisher: रादुगा प्रकाशन (Raduga Publishers)
title: अॹरबैजानी गद्ध चयनिका (A Selection of Azerbaijani Literature)
year: 1983
description:
अज़रबैजानी साहित्य से  लघु कथाओ का संग्रह रादुगा प्रकाशन १९८३ अनुवादक राय गणेश चन्द्र डिॹाइन जुफारोव रुस्तम

subject:
soviet literature,azerbaijani literature,collection,short stories सोवियत साहित्य,अज़रबैजानी साहित्य,संग्रह,लघु कथाएँ


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-shreyans_shah
creator: Boris Levin and Lidia Radlova
date: 1988-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: a-picture-book-of-astronomy-levin-radlova-raduga-1988
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: mar
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2020-08-30T10:33:42Z,2026-02-03T20:33:21Z
publicdate: 2020-08-30T10:33:42Z
subject: mirtitles,childrens book,popular science,marathi,astronomy,stars,planets,earth,constellations
title: सचित्र खगोलशास्त्र लेविन, रादलोवा , ( A Picture Book Of Astronomy Levin, Radlova)
year: 1988
description:
About the book The book is a translated version of A Picture Book in Astronomy. The book has several topics in basic astronomy in the form of questions and answers (total 16). Each question is answered at a level that can be understood by children and illustrated gorgeously.


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: (J. Dmitriev)
date: 1987-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: semane-bi-katha-kahanti-tr.-1987-fw
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: ori
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-07-31T09:53:33Z,2026-02-05T23:12:46Z
publicdate: 2023-07-31T09:53:33Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
subject: soviet,children's books,ସୋଭିଏଟ୍,ଶିଶୁ ପୁସ୍ତକ
title: Semane Bi Katha Kahanti (Hello Squirrel in Oriya)
year: 1987
description:
ସୋଭିଏତ୍ ଶିଶୁ ସାହିତ୍ୟ ଓଡିଆରେ ଅନୁବାଦ କରାଯାଇଥିଲା | Soviet children's literature translated into Oriya Many thanks to Srujanika Publications for the scans.

stripped_tags:
span class="HwtZe" lang="or" xml:lang="or",span class="jCAhz",span class="ryNqvb",span class="jCAhz ChMk0b",div style="color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;"


btih: c95321a8be88814afde2505061187b749629d0a4
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
date: 1986-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: the-gold-plant-and-other-tales-of-effendi-flp-1986
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-05-24T13:13:44Z,2026-05-24T13:29:08Z
publicdate: 2026-05-24T13:13:44Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Press
subject: chinese literature,uyghur folktales,folktales
title: The Gold Plant And Other Tales Of Effendi
year: 1986
description:
THE EFFENDI, also known sometimes as the Effendi Nasreddin, is a legendary hero in many countries in the East. He is kind and resourceful, just and witty, and above all, full of homour. For centuries he has been loved and admired by the Chinese people both young and old, particularly by the Uygur people in Xinjiang, northwest China. Tales of the Effendi come from the people and belong to a long tradition of oral folk literature. This book includes five of the many tales of our hero: “The Gold Plant,” “The Second Storey,” "The Bag of Tricks,” “Buying the Shade” and ‘‘The Pregnant Pot.” These five tales are short, witty and vividly illustrated with cartoon drawings by five well-known Chinese artists. The Gold Plant - Adapted by Xie Defeng, Illustrated by Sun Yizeng The Second Storey - Adapted by Ying Zhou, Illustrated by Sun Kaili The Bag of Tricks - Adapted by Zhang Fenghe, Illustrated by Liu Dezhang Buying the Shade - Adapted by Lin Chuanxin, Illustrated by Miao Yintang The Pregnant Pot - Adapted by Lin Chuanxin, Illustrated by Jiang Daiming


btih: ace0071c63459ebc69ef65dbf08faed10d5ae793
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-nikemaul,fav-roberto_mart_nez718
creator: V.Ya Liphenko,R.P. Samusev
date: 1986-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: liphenko-v.-ya-samusev-rudolf-p.-atlas-de-anatomia-normal-humana.-editorial-mir-1986
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: spa
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-12-05T08:31:27Z,2025-12-05T08:51:15Z
publicdate: 2025-12-05T08:31:27Z
publisher: Editorial Mir
title: Atlas De Anatomia Normal Humana
year: 1986
description:
El Atlas de Anatomía Humana Normal está diseñado como apoyo esencial para la formación de personal médico, facilitando el aprendizaje de una de las materias básicas de la carrera: la anatomía humana. Su contenido se organiza de acuerdo con los programas de enseñanza de los institutos superiores de Ciencias Médicas de Cuba, mostrando de forma clara las estructuras principales sin sobrecargar las figuras con descripciones excesivas. Incluye tanto macroestructuras como microestructuras de tejidos y órganos —como el hígado, riñón, testículo, ovario, linfonodo, glándula suprarrenal, médula espinal y encéfalo— favoreciendo un aprendizaje integral y visual. Está destinado principalmente a estudiantes de escuelas medias de Ciencias Médicas, aunque resulta útil también para alumnos de institutos, escuelas y facultades de medicina. Traducido del ruso por Z.Ivanítskaia, R.Sámusev Todos los créditos a los uploaders originales.

subject:
literatura soviética,anatomía humana,atlas médico,educación médica,estudiantes de medicina,estructuras anatómicas,enseñanza visual


backup_location: ia907102_32
creator: N. V. Efimov, E. R. Rozendorn
date: 1975-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: linearalgebraandmultidimensionalgeometry
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2020-01-24T14:26:00Z,2026-02-05T20:07:30Z
publicdate: 2020-01-24T14:26:00Z
title: Linear Algebra And Multi Dimensional Geometry
year: 1975
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-ahylla,fav-andrey_kudriavtsev,fav-carson_main,fav-curious_g,fav-david_richards2,fav-ilkinardin,fav-irohamca,fav-jason_munoz810,fav-kennedy_cajachagua,fav-luis_gordillo,fav-manrei,fav-moataz21,fav-moelbarqi,fav-mohamed_hussien_56,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-pjmm_,fav-renan481,fav-shauhram,fav-tmtm750,fav-verante,fav-vignam,fav-winfield_taylor

description:
This book was conceived as a text combining the course of linear algebra and analytic geometry. It originated as a course of lectures delivered by N. V. Efimov at Moscow State University (mechanics and mathematics department) in 1964-1966. However, the material of these lectures has been completely reworked and substantially expanded. We have tried to bear in mind the requi­rements of other mathematical disciplines and also of mechanics and physics. We hope that all parts of the text will be useful. The only preparation required for this text can be given an a first- semester course of analytic geometry and algebra at the most ele­mentary level. All that is needed is a firm grasp of the elements of these subjects. For Chapter XII the student should be ac­quainted with projective transformations and the projective pro­perties of figures in the plane. Also, in Chapter X the reader may simplify his task by skipping Subsections 13 to 23 (Section 3) and Subsection 10 of Section 7. What is left of Chapter X can serve as a minimal algebraic basis for the theory of multidimensional in­tegration. It may be noted in conclusion that the first five chapters already contain material with broad applications in mathematics, mecha­nics, and physics. These chapters, supplemented with some of the material of subsequent chapters, can be utilized in higher tech­nical schools with a more advanced mathematics curriculum.

subject:
mir books,mathematics,algebra,geometry,multi-dimensional,linear spaces,linear transformations,quadratic forms,tensors,groups,hypersurfaces,projective space


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-jacques_bourret,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-oscar_bwato,fav-pio07,fav-pjmm_
creator: V. Ouvarov
date: 1988-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: v.-ouvarov-analyse-mathematique-mir-1988
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: fre
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-09-04T13:17:31Z,2026-02-06T01:45:03Z
publicdate: 2023-09-04T13:17:31Z
publisher: Éditions Mir
title: Analyse Mathématique
year: 1988
description:
Le présent ouvrage a son origine dans le cours oral donné par l’auteur à l’Université Lomonossov de Moscou aux étudiants de différentes spécialités : mathématiciens appliqués, ingénieurs, chimistes, économistes, psychologues, pédagogues, médecins, linguistes et beaucoup d’autres. L’auteur s’est donc fixé pour objectif d’écrire un cours d’analyse mathématique qui soit à la fois rigoureux et complet. Pour arriver à son but, il a revu la démonstration d’un grand nombre de théorèmes, modifié l’ordre traditionnel de l’exposé, réuni certaines sections (exemple : les suites et les séries sont traitées simultanément dans un même chapitre), adopté un ordre unique pour exposer des concepts similaires, etc. Adressant son ouvrage aux techniciens qui auront à l’utiliser dans leur travail quotidien, l’auteur a mis l’accent sur l’application des méthodes d’analyse mathématique au calcul approché. L’exposé est volontairement concis. Des exercices sont donc indispensables pour une meilleure assimilation du matériel. Le lecteur trouvera dans l’ouvrage de nombreux problèmes de caractère théorique et appliqué. La lecture de ce cours n’exige pas de connaissances préliminaires plus amples que pour tout autre cours d’analyse mathématique. L’auteur espère gagner le plus large auditoire. Traduit du russe par Lioudmila Vakhourkina Un grand merci à Henri Leveque pour le scan original.

subject:
mathématique,théorie des nombres,suites,limite d’une fonction,fonctions,calcul,séries de fourier,intégrales de fourier,intégrales multiples,intégrales curvilignes,intégrales de surface


backup_location: ia905708_23
creator: P. F. Konokov, V. Kiran
date: 1988-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: VegetableGrowingInHomeGardens
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2013-10-21T13:18:54Z,2026-02-06T01:46:22Z
publicdate: 2013-10-21T13:18:54Z
subject: life sciences,agriculture,horticulture,vegetables,farming,kitchen garden,plants,soil
title: Vegetable Growing In Home Gardens of Tropical and Subtropical Areas
year: 1988
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-baublesoffun,fav-ellie_swekla,fav-floura28zz,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-ivanovich24,fav-shan93,fav-sofie_van_geit

description:
As the descriptive name suggests the book covers in detail how to grow vegetables in your kitchen garden. ...there are wide regions in the tropics where amateur vegetable gardening has its own specific features. To fill this gap we delivered courses of lectures between the years 1967 and 1986 on "Vegetable Cultivation and Production in the Tropics' to the students of the Department of Agriculture at the P. Lumumba Peoples' Friendship University and published a textbook entitled "Vegetable Growing in Home Gardens of Tropical and Subtropical Areas" in 1984, which is now available in English from MIR Publishers. The book was translated from the Russian by S. Sukharev and first published by Mir Publishers in 1988.

stripped_tags:
blockquote style="font-size:16px;font-style:italic;padding:0px 3em;color:rgb(68,68,68);font-family:Georgia, 'Bitstream Charter', serif;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;letter-spacing:normal;text-indent:0px;text-transform:none;word-spacing:0px;",p style="font-size:16px;margin-bottom:24px;",blockquote,p style="font-size:16px;margin-bottom:24px;color:rgb(68,68,68);font-family:Georgia, 'Bitstream Charter', serif;font-style:normal;font-variant:normal;font-weight:normal;letter-spacing:normal;text-indent:0px;text-transform:none;word-spacing:0px;"


btih: dc56667626ae4e5377c0525f13a23481a9e80097
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-sureshpal360
creator: लियो टॉल्सटॉय (Leo Tolstoy)
date: 2009-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: leo-tolstoy-meri-mukti-ki-kahani-in-hindi-2009
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: hin
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-06-13T05:52:01Z,2025-08-06T17:12:57Z
publicdate: 2025-06-13T05:52:01Z
title: मेरी मुक्ति को कहानी (Meri Mukti Ki Kahani In Hindi )
year: 2009
description:
हिन्दी के पाठक टॉल्सटॉय के नाम से भली-भांति परिचित हैं। उनकी अनेक कृतियों का हिन्दी अनुवाद हुआ है और पाठकों के बीच उन्हें असाधारण लोकप्रियता प्राप्त हुई है। प्रस्तुत पुस्तक उनके 'ए कन्फेशन' तथा 'रिफ्लेक्शन' का अनुवाद है। इस पुस्तक का टॉल्सटॉय-साहित्य में महत्त्वपूर्ण स्थान है। इसमें इनका जीवन संघर्ष और उसके स्वभाव की झांकी पाठकों को मिलती है। यह उनकी संक्षिप्त आत्मकथा है। इसमें उनके आंतरिक संघर्ष तथा आत्मिक विकास की कहानी बड़े ही स्वाभाविक ढंग से प्रस्तुत की गई है। आशा है, पाठक टॉल्सटॉय की इस प्रसिद्ध पुस्तक तथा 'मण्डल' द्वारा प्रकाशित उनकी अन्य लोकप्रिय पुस्तकों सेभरपूर लाभ उठाएँगे। अनुवादक: रामनाथ सुमन, परमेश्वरीदयाल विद्यार्थी


btih: 91fa8a8d763dee15177035d21904fd5a7b32daa9
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-jm15xy
creator: Leo Tolstoy
date: 1978-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: leo-tolstoy-anna-karenina-book-2-progress-1978
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-04-04T17:43:07Z,2026-04-29T04:35:00Z
publicdate: 2026-04-04T17:43:07Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet literature,russian literature,classics of russian literature
title: Anna Karenina - Book 2
year: 1978
description:
“This novel, which is precisely that—a novel, the first in my life, has really gnpped me, I am wholly absorbed in it...” Tolstoy wrote in May 1873 as he began Anna Karenina. Contemporaries were struck by the ‘“‘everydayness”” of the book that followed War and Peace. Here Tolstoy combined free and unfettered narrative with a view of life integrally his own. Ivan Goncharov, the patriarch of Russian novelists, said about it: “This is something quite without precedent, a pioneenng work. Is there any wniter among us who can match it? And who in Europe can offer anything of the kind?” It was an opinion endorsed by Dostoyevsky who found in Tolstoy’s novel ‘‘a tremendous psychological handling of the human soul” and a realism of portrayal such as had never been seen before. Time has confirmed these contemporary judgements. Anna Karenina has become one of the greatest social novels in world literature. Translated from the Russian by Margaret Wettlin Illustrated by Orest Vereisky


btih: 7d3fdc73a9be0747bae4f96224f5ee34742181d5
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-dragon_ball443,fav-ifndefine,fav-prasadam
date: 1981-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: divya-phal-flph-beijin-1981
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: hin
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-08-22T11:01:49Z,2026-02-04T20:22:37Z
publicdate: 2024-08-22T11:01:49Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Publishing House, Beijing
title: दिव्य फल (Sacred Fruit in Hindi)
year: 1981
description:
संक्षिप्त परिचय व कथासार आज से लगभग १,३०० साल पहले, चीन के सुप्रसिद्ध बौद्ध भिक्षु श्वेन च्वाङ ने बौद्धग्रन्थ प्राप्त करने के उद्देश्य से तरह-तरह की कठिनाइयों का सामना करते हुए भारत की यात्रा की थी। उसकी इस यात्रा को आधार बनाकर, सोलहवीं शताब्दी के मशहूर चीनी लेखक ऊ छङअन ने अपना विख्यात पौराणिक उपन्यास "पश्चिम की तीर्थयात्रा" लिखा था। "दिव्य फल" नामक यह चित्रकथा इसी नाम की एक प्रसिद्ध रंगीन चीनी कार्टून फिल्म पर आधारित है, जिसका कथानक उक्त उपन्यास के ही एक प्रसंग से लिया गया है। कहानी संक्षेप में इस प्रकार है बौद्ध भिक्षु याङसङ अपने तीन शिष्यों के साथ बौद्ध सूत्र लेने भारत की तीर्थयात्रा करने जाते हैं। रास्ते में वे लोग विश्राम करने के लिए एक ताओ मंदिर में ठहरते हैं, जहां थाङसङ के तीनों शिष्य दूसरों की नजर बचाकर "रनशन" नामक दिव्य फल खा लेते हैं। जव मंदिर में रहने वाले ताओ वालक इसका विरोध करते हैं, तो थाङसङ के तीन शिष्यों में से एक वानरराज सुन ऊखुङ उस वृक्ष को ही उखाड़ डालता है जिस पर वे फल लगते हैं। मंदिर के स्वामी चनय्वान नामक एक ताओपंथी ऋषि हैं, जो घटना के समय वहां मौजूद नहीं थे। वापस लौटने पर उन्हें सारी घटना का पता चलता है। वे सुन ऊखुङ से तीव्र संघर्ष करते हैं और उन चारों को बन्दी बनाकर थाङसङ को सजा देने का आदेश देते हैं। तव सुन ऊखुङ अपनी गलती मान लेता है और दिव्य वृक्ष को फिर से जीवित करने के लिए भगीरथ प्रयत्न करता है। इससे ताओपंथी ऋषि चनय्वान और बौद्ध शिष्य सुन ऊखुङ के बीच विरादराना सम्बन्ध कायम हो जाते हैं तथा भिक्षु याङसङ व उसके तीनों शिष्य भारत जाने के लिए अपनी यात्रा पुनः शुरू कर देते हैं। सम्पादक व चित्रकार : मेइ इङ

subject:
chinese literature,children's stories,children's books,illustrated books,बच्चों की कहानियां,बच्चों की किताबें,सचित्र किताबें


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-cirkazz,fav-ellie_swekla,fav-ke_w548,fav-moonrider,fav-sabinee_
creator: Maixm Gorky
date: 1975-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: maixm-gorky-little-sparrow-progress-1975
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-12-20T15:05:09Z,2026-02-05T20:12:47Z
publicdate: 2022-12-20T15:05:09Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: children's literature,soviet,stories,story book,animal stories
title: The Little Sparrow
year: 1975
description:
A little story book for children about a small sparrow. Drawings by Yevgeny Charushin Translated from the Russian by Robert Daglish


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: প্যাভেল বাজভ (Pavel Bajov)
identifier: malachite-casket-malakaiter-jhapi-pavel-bajov-ural-folktales_202407
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: ben
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-07-01T08:55:27Z,2026-02-05T20:13:04Z
publicdate: 2024-07-01T08:55:27Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
stripped_tags: p style="margin:0px;font-size:12px;line-height:normal;font-family:'Helvetica Neue';"
subject: soviet,children's books,সোভিয়েত সাহিত্য,শিশুদের বই,fairy tales,folk tales
title: মালাকাইটার ঝাপি (Malachite Casket Ural Folktales in Bengali)
description:
উরাল পর্বতমালা থেকে রূপকথার একটি সংগ্রহ A collection of fairy tales from the Ural mountains All credits to Sovietbooksinbengali blog.


creator: L. A. Lyusternik
date: 1966-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: lyusternik-convex-figures-and-polyhedra
indexflag: index,nonoindex
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2021-05-26T12:35:01Z,2026-02-05T20:11:49Z
publicdate: 2021-05-26T12:35:01Z
title: Convex Figures And Polyhedra
year: 1966
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-dodecacat,fav-el_turl,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-john_dickinson514,fav-matt_404,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-pio07

description:
The theory of convex figures and polyhedra provides an excellent example of a body of mathematical knowledge that offers theorems with elementary formulations and vivid geometric meaning. Despite this simplicity of formulation, the proofs are often not elementary. Thus the area presents a particular challenge to mathematicians, who have investigated convex figures and polyhedra for millenia, and yet have by far not exhausted the subject. Many of the theorems in this volume were in fact proved only a few years ago. The material in this book will be suitable for study in mathe­ matics clubs or by readers with a background of secondary school mathematics only. The topics considered are stimulating and chal­ lenging, and moreover, convexity ideas are valuable in the study of modem higher mathematics. Mathematical analysis, higher geome­ try, and topology each use convexity notions in an essential way.

subject:
mathematics,convex figures,polyhedras,symmetry,networks,linear systems,minkowski theorem,alexandrov theorem,congruence


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-jm15xy,fav-manikhe,fav-meeran29,fav-testaccountdeleteinfuture
creator: M.A. Barg
date: 1990-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: m.-a.-barg-the-english-revolution-of-the-17th-century-through-portraits-of-its-l
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-05-07T05:36:19Z,2026-02-05T20:11:53Z
publicdate: 2024-05-07T05:36:19Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
year: 1990
description:
In the present book the author has attempted to present the general reader with a comparative biographical study of three of the leading figures in the English revolution— Oliver Cromwell, John Lilburne and Gerrard Winstanley. At the same time, attention is focused not only on the personal lives of each of these men, but also on a more complex task, namely that of presenting through the prism of individual lives, characters and psychology —responses and reactions, emotions and behaviour —the mentality of the large social groups to which each of these three belonged, in short, the social psychology of these groups, which itself sheds light on their behaviour during the revolution and the interregnum, which lasted for a total of two decades (1640-1660). Mikhail Abramovich Barg is a well-known Soviet historian whose particular field of study is the social and economic history of Great Britain (medieval and early modern), and also the history of ideas and the theoretical problems of world history. Barg has written a large number of historical monographs, including: - Studies in the History of English Feudalism in the 11th-13th Centuries - The Lower Orders in the English Revolution of the 17th Century - Problems of Social History in Medieval Europe - The Rise of Historicism - Shakespeare and History, and others. Translated from the Russian by Cynthia Carlile Designed by Vadim Novikov

subject:
soviet literature,history,english civil war,olivier cromwell,john lilburne,gerrard winstanely,king stuart,politics

title:
The English Revolution Of The 17th Century Through Portraits Of Its Leading Figures (Man Through The Ages)


creator: V. Ilyin,A. Kalinkin
date: 1988-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: v.-ilyin-a.-kalinkin-the-nature-of-science-progress-1988_202401
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-01-31T12:38:34Z,2026-02-06T01:45:13Z
publicdate: 2024-01-31T12:38:34Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
title: The Nature Of Science
year: 1988
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-abdul_fattah398,fav-bingoboingo614,fav-cameron_bowers,fav-cataclib,fav-heaven_hope,fav-nikemaul,fav-sticky_pepsi,fav-testaccountdeleteinfuture

description:
What is the nature of science? What are the factors conditioning it? Where lies the boundary between science and the sphere of everyday experience, mythological-poetical, artistic-symbolic thinking, morality, religion, and other areas of the social superstructure? These highly topical issues are discussed in the present volume in the context of a comprehensive discourse on ancient and contemporary science. The authors have closely studied the general and particular criteria of scientificity, the origin of science from pre-scientific forms of knowledge, and the dynamics of scientific rationality at the various stages of mankind's history. Typology of knowledge is worked out, scientific types are characterised, and an original conception of the progress of science outlined. This work is the first practically implemented attempt of an all-round analysis of the phenomenon of science as a specific type of conceptual processing of reality, one that is subject to autonomous laws of development and self-change. Viktor Ilyin and Anatoli Kalinkin are among the leading scientists of Moscow University specializing in problems of the philosophy of science. Their original works—monographs, pamphlets, and articles—are well-known in the USSR. Viktor Ilyin, Candidate of Philosophy, Associate Professor of Moscow University, has studied the theory of knowledge and the history of science at the Department of Philosophy of that University. He is a major researcher in the field of epistemology. Anatoli Kalinkin, Candidate of Philosophy, Associate Professor of Moscow University, has studied logic and the methodological problems of the humanities. He has obtained some highly important results in this field. Many thanks to Guptaji for the original scans.  Translated from the Russian by Sergei Syrovatkin  Designed by Vladimir Achkanov    Preface  Chapter 1: THE CONCEPT OF SCIENCE  1.1. Criteria of Scientificity 7  1.2. Science as Knowledge. A Typology of Knowledge 20  Chapter 2: THE GENESIS OF SCIENCE  2.1. The Problem of the Beginnings of Science  34  2.2. Science in the Ancient Orient 41  2.3. Science in Classical Antiquity 44  2.4. Science in the Middle Ages 54  2.5. The Fountainhead of Classical Science  61  2.6. The Nature of Modern Science  75  Chapter 3: FORMS OF SCIENTIFIC KNOWLEDGE  3.1. Mathematics . 89  3.2. Natural Science 103  3.3. Technical Knowledge 141  3.4. Human Knowledge 184  Chapter 4: THE DIALECTICS OF DEVELOPING KNOWLEDGE  4.1. The Concept and Paths of Scientific Progress 213  4.2. Theories of Scientific Progress 227  Conclusion 237  Notes 238  Bibliography 241  Name Index 248  Subject Index 251  

subject:
soviet,dialectical materialism,philosophy of science,epistemology,history of science,nature of science,scientists,scientific theories,scientific explanations,scientific method


btih: 367e711dfa9feaa251d89e615bc908409d2dab75
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: వి.కెల్లె, (V. Kelle),యం. కొవల్డోన్ (M. Kovalzon)
date: 1979-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: v.-kelle-m.-kovalzon-historical-materialism-in-telugu-progress-1979
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: tel
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-02-18T12:54:16Z,2026-02-19T02:31:25Z
publicdate: 2026-02-18T12:54:16Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet literatture,philosophy
title: చారిత్రక భౌతికవాదం (Historical Materialism In Telugu)
year: 1979
description:
మార్క్సిస్టు సామాజిక సిద్ధాంతపు స్థూల చరిత్ర అనువాదం: రాచమల్ళు రామచం, దారెడ్మి Many thanks to Anil Battula garu for the scans.


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: V. Kommisarzhevsky
date: 1959-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: v.-kommisarzhevsky-the-moscow-theatres-flph-1959
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-07-07T07:20:54Z,2026-02-06T01:45:01Z
publicdate: 2024-07-07T07:20:54Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Publishing House
subject: soviet literature,soviet art,soviet thetre,moscow theatre,actors,drama,bolshoi theatre
title: The Moscow Theatres
year: 1959
description:
Victor Komissarzhevsky is a well-known producer and dramatic critic. He was a pupil of Nikolai Khmelyov, a prominent personality of the Soviet stage, and has produced several highly successful plays at the Yermolova Theatre, which Khmelyov founded. These included a dramatization of Pavlenko’s Happiness , dealing with the return of Soviet people from the war to civilian life, Andrei Globa’s poetic drama  Pushkin , depicting the famous Russian poet’s tragic life, Nazim Hikmet’s Crank , and others. He imparted very interesting touches to plays by Maxim Gorky and Ivan Turgenev. His interpretation of Shakespeare’s A Midsummer Night’s Dream is noteworthy, all the more so because of the excellent acting of the great Kachalov. One of the latest of Komissarzhevsky’s productions is Oscar Wilde’s Lady Windermere’s Fan  at the Moscow Maly Theatre. The author of this book is also known as a cinema director.  Apart from Komissarzhevsky’s work at the theatre, he became prominent as a stage critic and theorist. In Talks Given by a Producer , he explores the problems of the scenic image and action; Khmelyov at the Producer’s Desk is a comprehensive study of his methods that was well received by art critics. Komissarzhevsky’s work is not purely academic; he also deals with stage problems of the day in the columns of magazines and newspapers. Translated from the Russian by Vic Schneierson and W. Perelman Contents A Little History 7 At the Bolshoi 51 Ostrovsky House 83 Two Nights at the art Theatre 111 Moscow at Seven-thirty 141 Note: Some text is lost at margins.


btih: 6abd55b9dc9151aefc79fb8a5bf20c53bafcf2a0
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: V. Korolenko
date: 1950-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: v.-korolenko-the-blind-musician-flph-1950
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-01-11T14:33:09Z,2026-02-06T01:45:13Z
publicdate: 2025-01-11T14:33:09Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Publishing House
subject: soviet literature,russian literature
title: The Blind Musician
year: 1950
description:
The Blind Musician" by Vladimir Galaktionovich Korolenko is a psychological study and fiction work written in the late 19th century. The narrative revolves around a blind boy named Petrùsya and his experiences as he grows up in a wealthy family, exploring themes of suffering, perception, and the emotional landscape of individuals who are visually impaired. The presence of Uncle Maxim, a wounded soldier, plays a significant role in shaping the boy’s development and the dynamics within the family. The opening portion of the story introduces Petrùsya's birth and his gradual realization of his blindness through the poignant reactions of his mother and caregivers. As his mother grapples with her child’s condition, Uncle Maxim reflects on the implications of blindness, considering the boy's potential for happiness and fulfillment despite his limitations. The narrative emphasizes the boy's sensitive nature, particularly his extraordinary abilities to navigate the world through sound and touch, setting the stage for his eventual exploration of music as a medium of expression and connection. This intricate interplay of personal and social dynamics promises a moving exploration of life and art as seen through the eyes of the blind musician. Note the decade is approximate Translated from the Russian by Helena Altschuler   Designed by V. Basov


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-pio07
creator: V. Koroliouk,N. Portenko,A. Skorokhod,A. Tourbine
date: 1983-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: v.-koroliouk-n.-portenko-a.-skorokhod-a.-tourbine-aide-memoire-de-theorie-des-pr
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: fre
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-09-23T13:02:01Z,2026-02-06T01:45:03Z
publicdate: 2023-09-23T13:02:01Z
publisher: Éditions Mir
title: Aide Mémoire De Théorie Des Probabilités Et De Statistique Mathématique
year: 1983
description:
Cet aide-mémoire expose les principaux éléments de la théorie des probabilités, de la théorie des processus aléatoires et de la statistique mathématique (définition des notions, axiomes, théorèmes, formules) de même qu’il décrit les principales méthodes et idées utilisées dans les raisonnements probabilistes (fonctions caractéristiques et transformations de Laplacc, représentations spectrales des processus aléatoires stationnaires et des champs homogènes, méthode des équations différentielles en théorie des processus markoviens, continuité absolue des mesures en statistique des processus aléatoires, etc.). Les méthodes probabilistes sont illustrées sur des exemples simples qui permettent au lecteur de résoudre seul des problèmes pratiques en les ramenant à un schéma connu et en se servant des méthodes décrites. L’aide-mémoire couvre un vaste domaine et peut être utile aussi bien aux lecteurs désireux d’utiliser les résultats sans se soucier de leurs démonstrations, qu’aux spécialistes dans leurs recherches. L'aide-mémoire est divisé en trois parties consacrées respectivement à la théorie des probabilités, à la théorie des processus aléatoires et à la statistique mathématique. La première partie contient les définitions fondamentales : espace probabilité, variable aléatoire, espérance mathématique, probabilité conditionnelle et espérance mathématique ; elle traite de même des suites d’événements et de variables indépendants, des chaînes de Markov et décrit les méthodes analytiques utilisées dans les théorèmes limites pour les sommes de variables aléatoires indépendantes. La deuxième partie est consacrée aux notions fondamentales de la théorie des processus et champs aléatoires ainsi qu’aux problèmes généraux de cette dernière : théorie de l'espace «£s, étude de l'absolue continuité des mesures associées à des processus aléatoires, théorèmes limites pour processus aléatoires. Elle aborde en outre les plus importantes classes de processus aléatoires : martingales, processus stationnaires au sens strict et large, champs homogènes et isotropes, processus markoviens, processus à accroissements indépendants, processus branchus, équations différentielles stochastiques. La troisième partie expose les notions fondamentales de la statistique mathématique, de même que les méthodes de test des hypothèses statistiques et de construction d’estimation des paramètres des lois de probabilité. On y trouve les éléments d’une branche aussi nouvelle que la statistique des processus aléatoires. Etant donné le nombre de pages imposées, il a été impossible d*inclurc de vastes problèmes appliqués de statistique mathématique (notamment les tables statistiques). L’examen de ces questions aurait en effet doublé le volume de cet ouvrage. Aussi la partie réservée à la statistique ne comporte- t-elle que les faits les plus indispensables, de nature foncièrement théorique. La théorie de la fiabilités, les jeux stochastiques et les automates, la théorie des files d’attente et autres domaines appliqués n'ont été esquissés que pour mieux illustrer les notions fondamentales de la théorie des probabilités et de la théorie des processus aléatoires. La lecture de l’aide-mémoire peut être faite dans l'ordre qui convient le mieux aux besoins de l'utilisateur. Un index alphabétique a été inclus pour la commodité du lecteur. Ceux qui désirent approfondir un aspect ou une démonstration des Traduit du russe par Djilali Embarek Un grand merci à Henri Leveque pour le livre

subject:
variables aléatoires,mathématique,transformation de Laplace,théorème limite central,probabilité classiques,promenades aléatoires,processus aléatoires,champs aléatoires,processus markoviens,processus branchus,equations différentielles stochastique


btih: 1e9540349558d1abc4f67c30aa005da264567e13
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-firebook,fav-floura28zz,fav-mahmoudfdondeti12,fav-pb_ess,fav-zeital
creator: V. Alexeyev
date: 1979-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: v.-alexeyev-quantitative-analysis-second-ed.-mir-1979
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-01-30T08:14:57Z,2026-02-06T01:45:11Z
publicdate: 2025-01-30T08:14:57Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
subject: soviet literature,chemistry,chemical analysis,quantitative analysis
title: Quantitative Analysis ( Second Ed.) Mir
year: 1979
description:
This is a text for students of higher technical schools not specializing in chemistry. It sets out the theoretical principles and practical methods of quantitative analysis and describes techniques, apparatus, instruments, and ways of calculating the results of analysis, including methods of mathematical statistics. The textbook is abundantly illustrated with diagrams and graphs, and each chapter is supplied with questions and problems. The late Prof. V. Alexeyev, DSc (Chem.), a well-known Soviet scientist, was associated with Lomonosov State University of Moscow, where he lectured in chemistry for twenty years. His interests as a researcher lay in the field of chemical analysis. Several original methods developed by him gained universal recognition. Doctor Alexeyev wrote a large number of textbooks, scientific papers, and monographs, of which his textbooks on quantitative and qualitative analysis are widely known worldwide. He also made major contributions to other branches of modern science. Translated from the Russian by E. Uvarov


btih: 40dfe1f1e66e8231dbcf81a37dba6476b1ea41fa
creator: V. Belousov
date: 1968-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: v.-belousov-structural-geology-mir-1977
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-09-22T17:06:48Z,2026-02-06T01:45:00Z
publicdate: 2024-09-22T17:06:48Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
stripped_tags: strong,ol
title: Structural Geology
year: 1968
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-carson_main,fav-cosmicbrother,fav-dnaultra5,fav-elegans_hominis512,fav-gguler,fav-nikemaul,fav-patrickdee,fav-pio07,fav-rohit_gupta696

description:
Structural  Geology  brings together in condensed form the fundamentals of the geology of primary and secondary forms of occurrence of rocks—sedimentary, igneous, and metamorphic. It outlines the main principles of tectonic physics and sets out the basic mechanisms of folding and faulting. A classification of structural forms is provided, and the processes governing their historical, mechanical, and regional combinations are established. A special chapter deals with non-tectonic dislocations. The book is intended as a textbook for students of geological faculties at universities and schools of mining and geology. Vladimir Belousov, a Corresponding Member of the USSR Academy of Sciences and author of this book, is the chairman of the International Committee for Project Upper Mantle. He leads a department at the USSR Academy’s Institute of the Physics of the Earth and holds the chair of dynamic geology at Moscow State University. Professor Belousov's primary research focuses on geotectonics and general geophysics. He has authored 200 published works, including notable titles such as Structural Geology, Types and Origin of Folding, The Earth’s Crust and the Upper Mantle of Continents, and the monograph Fundamental Problems of Geotectonics. Translated by A. Gurevich Original scan by Servants of Knowledge. This is a cleaned optimised scan. Note: The text is heavily warped in some page but it is very clear print and readable. Contents Introduction 7 Chapter I PRIMARY STRUCTURAL FORMS. General 11 Primary Structural Forms of Sedimentary Rocks 12 Primary Structural Forms of Igneous Rocks 20 Methods of Investigation of Primary Structural Forms of Igneous Rocks 33 Chapter II SECONDARY STRUCTURAL FORMS. General 35 4. Causes of Disturbance of the Primary Structural Forms 35 5. The Principal Kinds of Dislocations 36 6. The Mechanism of Deformation 36 7. The Mechanics of Rock Failure 40 Chapter III FOLDING 54 8. Monoclines and Flexures 54 9. Upwarps and Downwarps 55 10. The Principal Morphological Types of Folds 59 11. Relationship Between Folds of Different Strata 68 12. Morphological Types of Folding 72 13. The Methods of Study of Folding 77 Chapter IV THE FOLDING MECHANISM AND THE INTERNAL STRUCTURE OF FOLDS 80 14. Kinematic Classification of Folds 80 15. Block Folding 82 16. General Crumpling 86 17. Injection Folding 94 Chapter V DISRUPTIVE DISLOCATION OF ROCKS MORPHOLOGY 99 18. Joints 99 19. Faults 102 Chapter VI NATURAL CONDITIONS OF THE DEVELOPMENT OF DISLOCATIONS 108 20. Division of Rocks by Joints and Fractures 108 21. Development of Faults 110 22. Kinematic Classification of Faults 132 23. Deep Fractures and the Fundamental Divisibility of the Earth’s Crust 133 24. Phenomena Accompanying Faults 135 25. Study of Faults 137 Chapter VII DISLOCATION OF IGNEOUS AND METAMORPHIC ROCKS 141 26. Dislocations of Igneous Rocks 141 27. Dislocations of Metamorphic Rocks 143 Chapter VIII STRUCTURAL COMPLEXES 153 28. Historical Combination of Structures 153 29. Mechanical Combinations 159 30. Regional Combinations 162 Chapter IX NON-TECTONIC DISLOCATIONS 168 31. Non-uniform Compaction 168 32. Changes in the Volume of Rocks due to Physico-Chemical Processes 169 33. Enveloping 172 34. Squeezing Under Non-uniform Load 174 35. Weathering 175 36. Bending of Strata on Slopes 176 37. Karsting 176 38. Landslides and Rock Falls 176 39. The Action of Glaciers and Permafrost 176 Subject Index 177

subject:
soviet literature,structural forms,geology,folding mechanisms,dislocation of rocks,dislocations,rocks,structural complexes,plate tectonics


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-pio07
creator: V. Boltianski,A. Fétissov,I. Doubnov
date: 1974-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: v.-boltianski-enveloppes-a.-fetissov-demonstrations-geometriques-i.-doubnov-erre
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: fre
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-05-04T08:58:28Z,2026-02-06T01:44:55Z
publicdate: 2023-05-04T08:58:28Z
publisher: Éditions Mir
subject: mathématique,démonstrations géométriques,Erreurs
title: Enveloppes | Démonstrations Géométriques, | Erreurs Dans Les Démonstrations Géométriques
year: 1974
description:
Avec ce polit livre les Editions Mir poursuivent la publication de cours faits par d’éminents mathématiciens et pédagogues soviétiques aux écoliers du secondaire pour les initier aux mathématiques supérieures. Le présent opuscule réunit trois fascicules contenant des cours professés dans des cercles mathématiques prés P Université de Moscou. Dans le premier le professeur V. Boltianski traite des enveloppes. En s’appuyant sur certaines notions de mécanique l’auteur fournit quelques exemples intéressants de construction des enveloppes telles que parabole, hyperbole, astroïde, cycloïde, courbes dites remarquables largement répandues en mathématiques et dans leurs applications, puis il passe aux enveloppes en général, indique comment on en établit les équations et termine par de* notions sommaires sur les dérivations. Lo deuxième fascicule, dû au professeur A. Fétissov aborde les problèmes concernant la démonstration mathématique, les propositions fondamentales et le système d .axiomes géométriques. Enfin, dans le troisième fascicule le professeur I. Doubnov passe en revue des cas de démonstrations erronées dont il analyse ensuite en détails les causes avec beaucoup d&lt; remarques et notes complémentaires. Le texte en petit caractèro ainsi que les notes en bas do page peuvent Être omis par ceux dont la formatior mathématique ne dépasse pas le secondaire. Par contre ib seront fort utiles aux maîtres et pour des analyses dam des cercles de mathématiques. Nous espérons que dans l’exposé clair et accessible de ce livre les élèves des classes terminales, do même que ceux qui veulent entreprendre l’étude autodidactique deî mathématiques trouveront, tout en approfondis^etuTIqîti^ connaissances, un agréable délassement. Traduit du russe par O. Smirnov Un grand merci à Henri Leveque pour le scan original.


btih: a8d65bb123d4c58b4f8664805dce9ff9aea8cf19
creator: V. Brodov
date: 1984-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: v.-brodov-india-philosophy-in-modern-times-progress-1984
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-05-07T11:10:57Z,2026-02-06T01:45:00Z
publicdate: 2025-05-07T11:10:57Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
title: India Philosophy In Modern Times
year: 1984
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-abhijeet_tiwari222,fav-anandbavkar,fav-apeiron91,fav-david_england,fav-dilbag_singh,fav-dnaultra5,fav-emad_sadeghi,fav-iftikhar_hussain658,fav-joyban,fav-potorgaret,fav-raghu13957,fav-signersign,fav-sticky_pepsi,fav-sureshpal360,fav-vignam

description:
The present book offers a short outline of the history of India philosophy - the first systematic study of India philosophy in the 19th and the first quarter of the 20th century. It contains a fundamental historical-philosophical introduction outlining the source of present day problems of Indian philosophical thought. The book is intended for philosophers, historians, and all those interested in the history of Indian philosophy. Translated from the Russian by Servet Syrovatkin Designed by Server Zaitsev Contents Preface Part One Chapter 1: Literature Sources Problems 1 The Vedic Period (c. 15th–5th centuries B.C) 2 The Period of Philosophical Sutras and Formation of the Philosophical Schools (Systems) The Materialism of the Charvakas Lokayatikas Elements of Materialism in the Nyaya Philosophy Elements of Spontaneous Materialism and Dialectics in the Vaisesika The Materialism of the Samkhya Philosophy The Elements of Materialism in Jainism The Philosophy of Buddhism Yoga Vedanta Chapter 2: Development of Philosophical and Sociological Thought in India at the Time of Disintegration and Crisis of Feudalism (late 18th–mid-19th century) Introduction Ram Mohan Roy Debendranath Tagore Henry Derozio Part Two Section I: The Development of Philosophical and Sociological Thought in India at the Time of Formation of the Capitalist Structure and Intensification of Colonial Oppression (the 1860s–1890s) Introduction Chapter 1: Dayananda Sarasvati Chapter 2: Syed Ahmad Khan Chapter 3: Ramakrishna Chapter 4: Vivekananda 1 Vivekananda’s Basic Philosophical Positions 2 Brahman and Nature 3 Nature and Man 4 Karma-Yoga 5 Bhakti-Yoga 6 Jnana-Yoga 7 Raja-Yoga 8 Vivekananda’s Sociological Views Section II: The Philosophical and Sociological Thought in India from the Beginning of the 20th Century to the End of World War II Introduction Chapter 1: Bal Gangadhar Tilak Chapter 2: Aurobindo Ghose 1 Integral Philosophy 2 Integral Sociology Chapter 3: Rabindranath Tagore Conclusion

subject:
soviet literature,indian philosophy,indian philosophers,vivekananda,sociology,indian history,yoga,history of philosophy


btih: b68bcdadc642c1e6899034672f5b8d156e050e47
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: व्सेवॅलद गार्शिन (V. Garshin)
date: 1983-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: v.-garshin-the-frog-went-traveling-in-marathi-raduga-1983
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: mar
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-05-12T07:16:04Z,2026-02-06T01:45:03Z
publicdate: 2025-05-12T07:16:04Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
title: प्रवासी बेडकी (The Frog Went Traveling In Marathi )
year: 1983
description:
लहान मुलांसाठी गोष्टीचे पुस्तक अनुवाद: अनिल हवालदार चित्रे: निकिता चारूशिन Many thanks to Bal Jagtap ji for making this book available


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-aghori_king
creator: थी. ओइॹेमा्रन (T. Oizerman)
date: 1984-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: dialectical-materialism-and-history-of-philosophy-hindi
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: hin
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-11-25T05:17:10Z,2026-02-09T19:45:38Z
publicdate: 2022-11-25T05:17:10Z
publisher: प्रगति प्रकाशन (Progress Publishers)
subject: द्वंद्वात्मक भौतिकवाद,dialectical materialism,philosophy,दर्शन
title: द्वंद्वात्मक भौतिकवाद और दर्शन का इतिहास (Dialectical materialism and history of philosophy)
year: 1984
description:
अनुवादक ददन उपाध्याय संपादक ज. च. पांडेय लेखक एक विज्ञान के रूप में दर्शन के इतिहास की पद्धतिगत समस्याओं का विश्लेषण करता है, सैद्धांतिक विचार के विकास में दर्शन की भूमिका का पता लगाता है, और दर्शन के इतिहास के द्वंद्वात्मक-भौतिकवादी, क्रांतिकारी और महत्वपूर्ण परिणाम के रूप में मार्क्सवादी-लेनिनवादी दर्शन के महत्व को दर्शाता है । 


btih: f7950bad85e63498b12ad5a3f9fed7e751f0d3d4
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-lukas_korso223,fav-nikemaul,fav-pio07,fav-yoshiyamadeep
creator: Elton C. Fax
date: 1980-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: elton-c.-fax-hashar-impressions-of-the-ussr-series-progress-1980
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-09-05T11:29:45Z,2026-02-04T21:45:12Z
publicdate: 2024-09-05T11:29:45Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
title: Hashar ( Impressions Of The USSR Series)
year: 1980
description:
A collection of stories of people and places in central asian republics of USSR. Photos: TASS, Elton C. Fax Drawings: Elton C. Fax

subject:
soviet literature,soviet people,soviet state,USSR,central asian republics,kazakastan,turkmenistan,krygyzstan


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: 1989
identifier: emelya-and-the-pike-a-fairy-tale-in-kannada
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: kan
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-05-21T09:53:22Z,2026-02-04T21:45:19Z
publicdate: 2023-05-21T09:53:22Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
description:
A small picture story book for children in Kannada (translated from Russian) ಕನ್ನಡದಲ್ಲಿ ಮಕ್ಕಳಿಗಾಗಿ ಒಂದು ಸಣ್ಣ ಚಿತ್ರ ಕಥೆ ಪುಸ್ತಕ (ರಷ್ಯನ್ ಭಾಷೆಯಿಂದ ಅನುವಾದಿಸಲಾಗಿದೆ) ಅನುವಾದ: ಕೆ. ಎಲ್. ಗೋಪಾಲಕೃಷ್ಣರಾವ್‌ ಚಿತ್ರಗಳು: ತತ್ಯಾನ ಮಾವಿನ Many thanks to Guptaji for the original scan.

subject:
children's book,story book,illustrated books,animal stories,soviet literature,ಮಕ್ಕಳ ಪುಸ್ತಕ,ಕಥೆ ಪುಸ್ತಕ,ಸಚಿತ್ರ ಪುಸ್ತಕಗಳು,ಪ್ರಾಣಿ ಕಥೆಗಳು,ಸೋವಿಯತ್ ಸಾಹಿತ್ಯ,ನವಕರ್ನಾಟಕ,Navakarnataka folk tale,fairy tale,ಜಾನಪದ ಕಥೆ,ಕಾಲ್ಪನಿಕ ಕಥೆ

title:
ಮಾವಿನ ಅಪ್ಪಣೆ, ನನ್ನ ಅಪೇಕ್ಷೆ ರಷ್ಯನ್ ಜಾನಪದ ಕಥೆ ಎಂ. ಬುಲಾತೊವ್ ಹೇಳಿದಂತೆ Emelya And The Pike A Fairy Tale In Kannada


btih: 0ac12744d1728fa3ccdd8d4e0226f6da29e46cf5
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-frankfor
creator: N.F. Potapova
date: 1959-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: n.-f.-potapova-russian-an-elementary-course-book-i-flph-1959
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-05-21T12:53:34Z,2026-05-23T03:56:57Z
publicdate: 2026-05-21T12:53:34Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Publishing House
subject: soviet literature,language learning,learning russian
title: Russian - An Elementary Course - Book I
year: 1959
description:
Russian, Elementary Course  consists of Book I and Book II. The course is designed chiefly for adults studying Russian with a teacher; however, it may also serve as a self-instruction textbook, as the material is arranged to facilitate independent study of the language and includes keys to most exercises. The aim of the course is to enable students to acquire a practical knowledge of spoken Russian and to develop the ability to read and understand Russian newspapers as well as simple fiction. The selection of material, its sequencing, and the nature and number of exercises are all directed towards achieving this objective. The course covers the principal rules of Russian grammar and phonetics and includes a vocabulary of approximately 5,000 words, as well as a large number of set phrases and idioms. The course is divided into seven parts, four of which constitute Book I. Each part contains about ten lessons and focuses on a specific group of language phenomena, organised to ensure a gradual development of speech habits. The first part deals mainly with phonetics and reading rules; each subsequent part presents a combination of lexical and grammatical material appropriate to the stage of study. At the end of each part there is a recapitulation lesson. In compiling the course, careful attention was given to the relationship between grammatical and lexical material. From Lesson 12 onwards, once the learner has mastered the rudiments of the language, the lessons are divided into Lesson A and Lesson B. Lesson A introduces new grammar rules, while Lesson B provides extensive lexical material in which these rules are practised. Both sections include numerous exercises. The full course comprises 72 lessons, of which 42 are included in Book I. Book I also contains an answer key, a Russian-English vocabulary covering all words used in the book, an English-Russian vocabulary for translation exercises, and an index of phonetic and grammatical rules included in the first four parts. The scope of the grammatical material in Book I can be assessed with the help of this index. Book 1  https://archive.org/details/n.-f.-potapova-russian-an-elementary-course-book-i-flph-1959 Book 2  https://archive.org/details/n.-f.-potapova-russian-an-elementary-course-book-ii-flph-1959

stripped_tags:
em,a href="https://archive.org/details/n.-f.-potapova-russian-an-elementary-course-book-i-flph-1959" rel="ugc nofollow",a href="https://archive.org/details/n.-f.-potapova-russian-an-elementary-course-book-ii-flph-1959" rel="ugc nofollow"


btih: 0f25b08767f863b50396a8122929cfd74293df58
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: A. I. Kalandiya
date: 1975-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: a.-i.-kalandiya-mathematical-methods-of-two-dimensional-elasticity-mir-1975
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-05-29T04:46:22Z,2026-05-29T05:29:24Z
publicdate: 2026-05-29T04:46:22Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: Mathematical Methods Of Two Dimensional Elasticity
year: 1975
description:
The book is devoted to systematic presentation of new results obtained on the basis of further development of the widely used methods of N. I. Muskhelishvili. It expounds the formulations and solutions of a number of two-dimensional problems important both from a theoretical and a practical viewpoint, namely, problems of the plane deformation and bending of plates involving the effect of holes, inclusions and stiffeners. Much attention is given to the development and application of efficient approximate methods with the use of electronic computers. The book is intended for scientific workers and research engineers whose interest is in the mechanics of deformable solids and structural mechanics, It will also be found useful by post-graduates and advanced undergraduate students majoring in these fields. The reader is assumed to be familiar with the fundamentals of the mathematical theory of elasticity, the ele- ments of the theory of functions of a complex variable and (for reading the first chapter) the basic principles of the theory of one-dimensional singular integral equations. Prof. A. I. Kalandiya, D.Sc., heads the department of theory of elasticity in the Institute of Mathema- tics of the Georgian Academy of Sciences. Prof. Kalandiya is a pupil of Professors Vekua and Lavrentiev; his basic field is the development and application of the theory of analytical functions to problems of the mechanics of solids. His published work concerns mixed (boundary value) problems of the plane theory of elasticity, the theory of partial differential equations, and the theory of one-dimensional singular integral equations,

subject:
soviet literature,mathematical physics,elasticity,singular integral equations,partial differential equations,mathematical modeling,muskhelishvili's methods,integral equations,plane problems


btih: fcb003d653b51e04cd77c734861244ad4df2594c
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-vahniteja
creator: యాకొవ్ పెరెల్మాన్డ్ (Yakov Perelman)
date: 1976-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: yakov-perelman-physics-for-entertainment-vol-2-in-telugu-progress-1976
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: tel
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-09-05T14:40:41Z,2026-02-06T02:07:56Z
publicdate: 2024-09-05T14:40:41Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
stripped_tags: strong
title: నిత్యజీవితంలో భౌతికశాస్త్రం రెండవ వాల్యూమ్ (Physics For Entertainment Vol 2 In Telugu)
year: 1976
description:
Physics for Entertainment, Part 2  by Yakov Perelman continues the engaging exploration of physics concepts introduced in the first volume. This sequel delves deeper into more advanced topics such as electricity, magnetism, heat, and pressure, while maintaining the same accessible and entertaining approach. Through amusing anecdotes, puzzles, and real-world examples, Perelman explains complex ideas in a simple manner. The book inspires readers to think critically about the physical world, making science an enjoyable pursuit. Like its predecessor, this volume blends education with entertainment, making physics both fun and informative. తెలుగు అనువాదం: యాకోవ్ పెరెల్మాన్ రాసిన  "ఫిజిక్స్ ఫర్ ఎంటర్టైన్మెంట్, పార్ట్ 2"  మొదటి భాగంలో పరిచయం చేసిన భౌతిక శాస్త్రం అంశాలను మరింత లోతుగా పరిశీలిస్తుంది. ఈ సీక్వెల్ విద్యుత్, గీయత్వం, ఉష్ణం, ఒత్తిడి వంటి అధునాతన అంశాలను సరదాగా, సులభంగా అర్థమయ్యే శైలిలో వివరిస్తుంది. హాస్యాస్పదమైన సంఘటనలు, పజిల్స్, మరియు రోజువారీ ఉదాహరణల ద్వారా, పెరెల్మాన్ సంక్లిష్ట సూత్రాలను సులభతరంగా చర్చిస్తాడు. ఈ పుస్తకం పాఠకులను భౌతిక ప్రపంచంపై విమర్శనాత్మకంగా ఆలోచించమని ప్రోత్సహిస్తుంది. మునుపటి భాగం మాదిరిగానే, ఈ భాగం కూడా విద్యను వినోదంతో మిళితం చేస్తూ, భౌతిక శాస్త్రాన్ని సరదాగా, స్ఫూర్తిదాయకంగా చేస్తుం All credits to Guptaji

subject:
soviet literature,popular science,physics,hands-on science,children's science,సోవియట్ సాహిత్యం,ప్రముఖ శాస్త్రం,భౌతిక శాస్త్రం,ప్రయోగాత్మక శాస్త్రం,పిల్లల శాస్త్రం


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-amsubodhini,fav-anand953
creator: व्हा. ज़िटोमिरस्की (V. Zhitomirsky),एल सेवरिन (L. Sevrin)
date: 1978-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: v.-zhitomirsky-l.-sevrin-lets-play-geometry-in-hindi-mir-1978
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: hin
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-10-25T08:37:01Z,2026-02-06T01:45:12Z
publicdate: 2023-10-25T08:37:01Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: नन्हें मुन्नों के लिए ज्यामिति (Let's Play Geometry In Hindi)
year: 1978
description:
A small book for teaching children mathematics with fun activities.  मजेदार गतिविधियों के साथ बच्चों को गणित पढ़ाने के लिए एक छोटी सी किताब ।  अनुवाद रमिंद्र पाल सिंह

subject:
mathematics education,early childhood education,shapes,geometry,soviet literature,education,गणित शिक्षा,प्रारंभिक बचपन शिक्षा,आकार,ज्यामिति,सोवियत साहित्य,शिक्षा


backup_location: ia906803_7
creator: A. Shvarts
date: 1966-01-01T00:00:00Z
format: Abbyy GZ,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Item Tile,Metadata,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF
identifier: ShvartsCodeOfLifePeace1966
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2018-10-17T11:59:13Z,2026-02-05T23:14:24Z
publicdate: 2018-10-17T11:59:13Z
title: The Code Of Life
year: 1966
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-doweon_park,fav-emad_sadeghi,fav-eve_brooks,fav-haci_etinkaya,fav-janellesneal23,fav-jkreiser,fav-klotusflower96,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-pb_ess

description:
In this book the author relates in popular language about the latest attainments of biology and medicine, and about the future of these sciences. The reader will learn about exciting operation on the heart, the mystery of cancer, the use of electronics in - medicine and about ingenious experiments aimed at extracting fresh information. He will get acquainted with viruses and the construction of the living cell, and will learn about the role of the new and rapidly developing molecular biology. Anatoly Shvarts Physician and writer Anatoly Shvarts had done much to popularize biology and medicine. He has written several widely-read books about Russian doctors and physiologists. In “The Code of Life” Shvarts takes the present-day level of biology and medicine and extends it into the future. The book was translated from the Russian by George Yankovsky and was published by Peace publishers in 1966.  CONTENTS Part One Medicine takes off 8 HEALING THE HEART 9  In a Vicious Circle 10  Three Barriers 14  Cold—Enemy or Friend? 20  The “Sputnik” of Surgery 26 THE DOCTOR AND THE ELECTRON 29  Interviewing the Heart 31  Proteins Broadcast 36  Surgery in Full View 41  Diagnostic Complex 49  An Electronic Colleague 61 IRON HEALTH 67  The Iron Hand 68  Farsighted Skin 73  One Kidney in Reserve 79  The Formula of the Heart 83 FIGHTING OBSTREPEROUS TISSUE 90  The First Find 91  Strange Geography 95  Wandering Carcinogens 98  Magic Bullets 102 IN THE DEPTHS OF THE LIVING 106 Hours, Not Days! 107  The Seeds of Life 112  Hormone Plantations 117  The Heart of an Eagle 121  A Ray of Hope 126 Part TWO. THE TREASURE HOUSE OF THE CELL 136 NEVER GROWING OLD 137  The Anatomy of the Eiffel Tower 137  What People Live by 141  The Lymphocyte Builder 146  Prometheus and Monkeys 148  The Best Operation 150 VIRUS OF MANY GUISES 154  Ailment in Seven-League Boots 154  The Enemy Attacks 158  How the Virus was Tamed 162  Counterblow 164 A TRIP INTO THE MUSCLE 169  A Miracle of Molecular Technology 171  The Fire of Life 176  Pulsed Messengers   181 THE BATTLEFIELD OF IMMUNITY   185  Yours and Mine 185  The Tribulations of Insulin 189  The Profile of a Molecule 192  Medicine of the Future 198 THE CODE OF LIFE  202  Inside the Cell 203  Protein on the Production Line 207  Who? 217  Disowning One’s Own 225 NEWS FROM INSIDE THE CELL 228  A Substance or a Being? 230  This is How  234  A Tilt with the Invisible. 238  Problem “X” 247  Virus Hunters 261

subject:
science,medicine,life sciences,mir publishers,soviet,cell,insulin,medical,code,virus,muscles,tissues,bones,osteoporosis,health,heart,popular,protein


btih: d6810492a41d3da897a936d1caa1e98a816710a4
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-croissante_la,fav-dnaultra5
creator: A. E. Agronomov,I. G. Bolesov,V. M. Potapov,V. L. Foss,S. S. Churanov,Yu. S. Shabarov
date: 1974-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: a.-e.-agronomov-i.-g.-bolesov-v.-m.-potapov-v.-l.-foss-s.-s.-churanov-yu.-s.-sha
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-05-27T11:41:03Z,2026-06-03T04:45:34Z
publicdate: 2026-05-27T11:41:03Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: Problems And Exercises In Organic Chemistry
year: 1974
description:
The book presents problems and exercises in organic chemistry under the following headings: the nomenclature of organic compounds; free-radical reactions; reactions of nucleophilic substitution in the aliphatic series; oxidation-reduction reactions; condensation reactions and the tautomerism of carbonyl compounds; organomagnesium synthesis; electrophilic and nucleophilic Substitution reactions in the aromatic amines and diazo compounds; carbocycles and heterocycles. Considerable attention is paid to problems and exercises based on the present-day theory of organic reactions. Each chapter is supplied with a brief introduction; answers are given to the most sophisticate problems, Translated from the Russian by Artavaz Beknazarov Chapter 1. Nomenclature of Organic Compounds Introduction 11 1.1. Trivial, Rational and Systematic Names 14 1.2. Compounds of Acyclic Structure 27 1.3. Carbocyclic Compounds 33 1.4. Heterocycles 34 1.5. Some Problems of the Practical Application of Organic Nomenclature 38 1.6. Material for Exercises 60 Chapter 2. Free-Radical Reactions Introduction 60 Answers 61 Chapter 3. Nucleophilic Substitution in the Aliphatic Series Introduction 63 Problems and Exercises 66 3.1. Strength of Acids and Bases. Nucleophilicity 66 3.2. Reaction Mechanisms, Selection of Optimal Reaction Conditions, Reactivity 70 3.3. The Use of Nucleophilic Substitution Reactions for Synthetic Purposes 73 Answers 81 Chapter 4. Condensation Reactions and Tautomerism of Carbonyl Compounds Introduction 85 Problems and Exercises 120 4.1. General Properties of Carbonyl Compounds. Tautomerism 120 4.2. Condensations of the Aldol and Croton Type 125 4.3. Ester Condensation and Related Reactions 129 4.4. Syntheses with Acetoacetic and Malonic Esters 131 4.5. Reactions of Carbonyl Compounds 132 Answers 133 Chapter 5. Oxidation and Reduction Introduction Problems and Exercises 5.1. General Questions 5.2. Reduction 5.3. Oxidation 5.4. Combination Problems 5.5. Structure Determination Answers Chapter 6. Organomagnesium Compounds Problems and Exercises 6.1. Preparation and Structure of Organomagnesium Compounds 6.2. Reactivity of Organomagnesium Compounds 6.3. Application of Organomagnesium Compounds for Synthetic Purposes Answers Chapter 7. Substitution Reactions in the Aromatic Nucleus Problems and Exercises 7.1. General Concepts of Electrophilic Substitution 7.2. Orientation in Electrophilic Substitution. Relative Reactivity of Aromatic Compounds and Methods of Generation of Electrophilic Reagents 7.3. Use of Electrophilic Substitution Reactions for Synthetic Purposes 7.4. Nucleophilic Substitution Reactions 7.5. Some Properties of Phenols, Aromatic Acids and Amines Answers Chapter 8. Aromatic Amines and Diazonium Compounds Problems and Exercises 8.1. Reduction of the Nitro Group Attached to the Aromatic Nucleus 8.2. Preparation of Diazo Compounds 8.3. Stability and Structure of Diazo Compounds 8.4. Substitution Reactions of the Diazo Group 8.5. Azo Coupling Reactions 8.6. Use of Diazo Compounds for Preparative Purposes Answers Chapter 9. Synthesis and Properties of Heterocyclic Compounds Introduction Problems and Exercises 9.1. General Properties and Reactions of Heterocycles 9.2. Syntheses of Heterocyclic Compounds and Their Conversions Answers

subject:
soviet literature,organic chemistry,problems and solutions,problem books,nomenclature of organic compounds,free-radical reactions,reactions,nucleophilic substitution. aliphatic series,oxidation-reduction reactions,condensation reactions


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-taltina
creator: N. Dubov
date: 1977-01-01T00:00:00Z
description: A story book for children. Translated from the Russian by Olga Shartse Illustrated by N. Rodionov
identifier: dubov-the-fugitive-progress-1977
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-06-21T07:54:23Z,2026-02-04T21:40:58Z
publicdate: 2022-06-21T07:54:23Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: illustrated books,children's books,soviet children's literature,story books,russian,adventure
title: The Fugitive
year: 1977
stripped_tags:
h5 class="header_title" style="font-family:'Arial Unicode MS', Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;margin:1.5rem 0px 11px;padding:0px;font-size:16px;font-weight:500;line-height:1.1;color:rgb(68,68,68);clear:both;"


btih: 5180217a5f5e5fa2b94c162648a21f16090d6248
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-swarup_dey
creator: Никос Кристофидес
date: 1978-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: teoriya-graphov-algoritmicheskiy-podhod-kristofides-1978
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: rus
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2021-02-13T08:14:55Z,2026-02-06T00:13:13Z
publicdate: 2021-02-13T08:14:55Z
year: 1978
description:
Теория графов. Алгоритмический подход (Н. Кристофидес). Перевод на русский язык: издательство "Мир", 1978 В книге впервые в мировой литературе достаточно полно представлены разнообразные алгоритмы, связанные с нахождением структурных и числовых характеристик объектов из теории графов. В частности, подробно рассматриваются различные алгоритмы поиска решения в задаче коммивояжёра. Кроме того, книга содержит большой фактический материал по исследованию потоков в сетях. Многочисленные примеры иллюстрируют работу конкретных алгоритмов. Приводятся оценки сложности соответствующих процедур. Разнообразная тематика и строгое представление алгоритмов сочетаются с доходчивостью изложения. Книга будет интересна широкому кругу специалистов, сталкивающихся с теорией графов и её приложениями. Она доступна студентам университетов и втузов соответствующих специальностей.

format:
Archive BitTorrent,DjVu,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Item Tile,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,RAR,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF,chOCR,hOCR

subject:
математика,матеша,наука,теория графов,Мир,издательство "Мир",math,maths,mathematics,science,graph theory,graph,graphs,граф,графы,Mir,Mir titles,Mir books

title:
Теория графов. Алгоритмический подход (Н. Кристофидес). Перевод на русский язык: издательство "Мир", 1978


btih: e11cfebfbfbb943035d9e16c7f761d3003bd0a27
creator: Mikhail Lermontov
date: 1978-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: mikhail-lermontov-selected-works-russian-classics-series-progress-1978
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-06-28T12:39:13Z,2026-05-18T14:35:24Z
publicdate: 2025-06-28T12:39:13Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: russian literature,classics of russian literature
title: Selected Works ( Russian Classics Series)
year: 1978
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-aldenjix,fav-andre_kurozaki,fav-brian_eurice,fav-mxtinm,fav-neilrp2,fav-saruhan_mete_g_rb_z

description:
Mikhail Yuryevich Lermontov (1814–1841) was a major Russian Romantic poet, novelist, and playwright, often regarded as the most important figure in Russian literature after Pushkin. Known for his passionate and melancholic verse, Lermontov captured the inner turmoil and existential questioning of his generation. His poetry blends personal emotion with reflections on nature, fate, and freedom, while his prose—particularly the novel A Hero of Our Time—introduced the archetype of the "superfluous man" in Russian literature. Though his life was cut short in a duel at the age of 26, Lermontov left a lasting legacy as a voice of youthful rebellion, moral introspection, and poetic brilliance. Contents Foreword MIKHAIL LERMONTOV by S. Narovchatov Translated by Avril Pyman Poems Ballad – Translated by Avril Pyman – p. 21 The Angel – Translated by Irina Zheleznova – p. 22 The Chains of Mountains Blue I Love... – Translated by Irina Zheleznova – p. 23 To** – Translated by Avril Pyman – p. 24 Not Byron—Of a Different Kind... – Translated by Avril Pyman – p. 25 The Sail – Translated by Irina Zheleznova – p. 26 The Reed – Translated by Irina Zheleznova – p. 26 The Mermaid – Translated by Irina Zheleznova – p. 28 On the Death of the Poet – Translated by Avril Pyman – p. 29 The Captive – Translated by Irina Zheleznova – p. 32 When Comes a Gentle Breeze... – Translated by Irina Zheleznova – p. 32 Though We Have Parted, On My Breast... – Translated by Avril Pyman – p. 33 Pray, Laugh Not at a Gloom of Dark Foreboding Born... – Translated by Irina Zheleznova – p. 33 Meditation – Translated by Avril Pyman – p. 34 The Poet – Translated by Avril Pyman – p. 35 A Cossack Lullaby – Translated by Irina Zheleznova – p. 37 Three Palms – Translated by Irina Zheleznova – p. 39 How Frequently Amidst the Many-Coloured Crowd... – Translated by Avril Pyman – p. 41 Such Emptiness, Heartache – Translated by Avril Pyman – p. 42 Because – Translated by Avril Pyman – p. 43 To a Child – Translated by Irina Zheleznova – p. 43 Clouds – Translated by Avril Pyman – p. 44 My Native Land – Translated by Irina Zheleznova – p. 45 The Dream – Translated by Irina Zheleznova – p. 46 No, Not on You My Passion’s Bent... – Translated by Avril Pyman – p. 47 Lone’s the Mist-Cloaked Road Before Me Lying... – Translated by Irina Zheleznova – p. 47 The Sea Princess – Translated by Irina Zheleznova – p. 48 The Cross Atop a Cliff – Translated by Irina Zheleznova – p. 50 Long Poems The Lay of Tsar Ivan Vassilyevich, His Young Oprichnik and the Stouthearted Merchant Kalashnikov – Translated by Irina Zheleznova – p. 53 Mtsyri – Translated by Irina Zheleznova – p. 60 The Demon – Translated by Avril Pyman – p. 91 Prose A Panorama of Moscow – Translated by Avril Pyman – p. 127 Asheek-Kerib – Translated by Avril Pyman – p. 133 A Hero of Our Time – Translated by Martin Parker – p. 143 Part I I. Bela – p. 144 II. Maxim Maximych – p. 184 Pechorin’s Diary I. Taman – p. 194 Part II II. Princess Mary – p. 195 III. The Fatalist


btih: d3adb0f018ef525a7808124578558e561154276f
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-apeiron91,fav-nikemaul,fav-stew312856
creator: A. Z. Astapovich
date: 1978-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: a.-z.-astapovich-the-strategy-of-transnational-corporations-progress-1978
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-01-28T13:12:40Z,2026-02-03T20:33:38Z
publicdate: 2025-01-28T13:12:40Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet literature,globalisation,MNCs
title: The Strategy Of Transnational Corporations
year: 1978
description:
The book offers a Marxist analysis of the economic and political factors that led to the emergence and growth of transnational corporations, which are playing an increasing role in the economy of present-day capitalist society. A study is made of the forms of concentration, specialisation, cooperation in production, research and development, and funding practised by the transnationals. The author looks into the mechanism of foreign economic expansion and capitalist exploitation of labour at enterprises belonging to the transnationals. The problems of relations between international monopolies and the bourgeois state, and the contradictions that arise over state regulation of their foreign expansion are also dealt with. The book is intended for experts dealing in the economics and politics of present-day capitalism. Translated from the Russian by Jennifer Warren Designed by Victor Korolkov Credits to the original uploaders


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-floura28zz,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-pb_ess,fav-walter_klahold
creator: V. I. Tatarski
date: 1961-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: tatarski-wave-propagation-in-a-turbulent-medium-1961
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-02-02T08:30:21Z,2026-02-06T00:11:25Z
publicdate: 2023-02-02T08:30:21Z
title: Wave Propagation In A Turbulent Medium
year: 1961
description:
This mathematical monograph, translated by R. A. Silverman, formerly of New York University’s Institute of Mathematical Sciences* describes the phenomena associated with the propagation of electromagnetic and acoustic waves through atmospheric turbulence. It approaches the subject from both the theoretical and experimental sides, placing special emphasis on recent Russian contributions—just those contribu­ tions which are the least accessible in English. Applications to phase and amplitude fluctuations, the scintillation of stars, radio scattering, and other problems are stressed. Part I covers some topics from the theory of random fields and turbu­ lence theory, including statistical description. Part II, on the scattering of waves in the turbulent atmosphere, is supplemented with an appendix (scattering of acoustic radiation) by R. H. Kraichnan of New York University. Part III is a detailed presentation of line-of-sight propaga­ tion of acoustic and electromagnetic waves through a turbulent medium. And Part IV is a comparison of theory with experimental data in­ cluding the author’s own important work with terrestrial light sources, multiple observations, etc. Because of its incorporation of the results of research not easily available in English, this book is invaluable to specialists in radiophysics and atmospheric acoustics and optics. Additional notations by the translator, 103 bibliographical references, and 45 figures are all helpful extras.

subject:
physics,waves,turbulence,scattering of waves,random fields,turbulent atmosphere,acoustic waves,elecrtomagnetic waves,radiophysics,atmospheric acoustics,atmospheric optics


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-goguoksana,fav-kaavya12345216,fav-missdelroy,fav-mitlequiquiztle
date: 1982-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: szczesny-the-iron-wolf-dnipro-1982
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-06-14T06:54:39Z,2026-02-06T00:09:36Z
publicdate: 2022-06-14T06:54:39Z
publisher: Dnipro Publishers
title: The Iron Wolf
year: 1982
description:
A Ukrainian FolkTale Translated from the Ukrainian by Wilfred Szczesny Illustrated by Victor Malinka

subject:
illustrated books,children's books,soviet children's literature,story books,fairy tales,Ukrainian,folk tales


btih: 81380dfe363faccfe0c20fbba105a089e2a4fc0a
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-ellie_swekla,fav-sticky_pepsi,fav-thomas_watson_10
creator: P.S. Romashkin ( Ed.)
date: 1950-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: p.-s.-romashkin-ed.-fundamentals-of-soviet-law-flph-1950
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-07-18T15:41:13Z,2025-07-18T16:31:03Z
publicdate: 2025-07-18T15:41:13Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Publishing House
stripped_tags: strong
subject: soviet literature,soviet law,soviet constitution
title: Fundamentals Of Soviet Law
year: 1950
description:
A compendium of different aspect of Soviet state and Soviet laws in different sections. Translated from the Russian by Yuri Sdobnikov Table of Contents Chapter One — The Soviet State and Law at the Contemporary Stage Prof. P. Romashkin, Corresponding Member of the Academy of Sciences of the U.S.S.R. Chapter Two — Constitutional Law C. Kotok, J. Cand. Chapter Three — Administrative Law Y. Vlasov, J. Cand., and Prof. S. Studenikin, J.D. Chapter Four — Civil Law Prof. Y. Serebrovsky, J.D., and K. Khalfina, J.D. Chapter Five — Labour Law Prof. A. Pasherstnik, J.D. Chapter Six — Land Law Prof. G. Aksenyonok, J.D. Chapter Seven — Collective-Farm Law Prof. G. Aksenyonok, J.D. Chapter Eight — Finance Law R. Khalfina, J.D. Chapter Nine — Family Law S. Sverdlov, J.D. Chapter Ten — Criminal Law Prof. Y. Chithikvadze, J.D., and Docent Y. Kirichenko, J. Cand. Chapter Eleven — Criminal Procedure Prof. D. Karev, J.D. Chapter Twelve — Civil Procedure W. Tadevosyan, J.D.


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-fizini6,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-pio07,fav-shauhram
creator: P. Danko,A. Popov
date: 1977-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: p.-danko-a.-popov-exercices-et-problemes-des-mathematiques-superieures-partie-1-mir-1977
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: fre
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-04-11T16:29:25Z,2026-02-05T20:58:32Z
publicdate: 2023-04-11T16:29:25Z
publisher: Éditions Mir
title: Exercices Et Problèmes Des Mathématiques Supérieures ( Partie 1)
year: 1977
description:
Les deux volumes du présent ouvrage sont conçus en tant que guide pratique facilitant la résolution des problèmes de mathématiques qui pourraient intéresser les étudiants des écoles techniques supérieures. Les auteurs se sont proposés d’expliciter le cours de mathématiques supérieures à l ’aide des exercices et des problèmes soigneusement choisis dont une bonne partie est accompagnée de solutions détaillées. Chaque paragraphe est précédé d’un cours résumé théorique comportant les définitions et les notions essentielles relatives aux problèmes qui suivent. Nous espérons que les étudiants des écoles techniques supérieures de France, de même que toutes les personnes désireuses de compléter leurs connaissances dans le domaine des mathématiques, trouvent la lecture de ce livre utile et agréable. Traduit du Russe par B. Pavlov Un grand merci à Henri Leveque pour le scan original.

subject:
Coordonnées,algèbre vectorielle,d’algèbre linéaire,l’analyse,calcul différentiel,intégrales indéfinies,intégrales définies


creator: P. Orlov
date: 1980-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: orlov-fundamentals-of-machine-design-vol-4-mir-1980
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-03-04T06:22:28Z,2026-02-05T20:56:45Z
publicdate: 2023-03-04T06:22:28Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: Fundamentals Of Machine Design Vol 4
year: 1980
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-carson_main,fav-deentaylor,fav-ilem,fav-koolobo2,fav-matt_404,fav-nikemaul,fav-pio07,fav-rvalter,fav-sejtan

description:
A technical and methodic handbook for the designers of machines, useful as a textbook for mechanical engineering faculties. Gives a systematic exposition of the rules for rational machine design on the basis of unification and standardization, and for building industrial machines incorporating in their design provisions for further development, lengthening of service life, and improvement of reliability. Surveys ways of reducing weight and increasing strength and rigidity. Considers problems of thermal stress and the effect of thermal deformation on the operation of parts and sub-assemblies. Describes methods of improving efficiency, increasing sturdiness, making assembly easier, and improving operating conditions. Translated from the Russian by A. Troitsky  Credits to the original uploader All 5 volumes are now added  https://archive.org/details/orlov-fundamentals-of-machine-design-vol-1-mir-1976 https://archive.org/details/orlov-fundamentals-of-machine-design-vol-2-mir-1986 https://archive.org/details/orlov-fundamentals-of-machine-design-vol-3-mir-1980 https://archive.org/details/orlov-fundamentals-of-machine-design-vol-4-mir-1980 https://archive.org/details/p.-orlov-fundamentals-of-machine-desing-vol-5-mir-1980

stripped_tags:
div style="color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;",a href="https://archive.org/details/orlov-fundamentals-of-machine-design-vol-1-mir-1976" style="background-image:none;background-position:0% 0%;background-repeat:repeat;background-attachment:scroll;color:rgb(75,100,255);text-decoration:none;" rel="ugc nofollow",a href="https://archive.org/details/orlov-fundamentals-of-machine-design-vol-2-mir-1986" style="background-image:none;background-position:0% 0%;background-repeat:repeat;background-attachment:scroll;color:rgb(75,100,255);text-decoration:none;" rel="ugc nofollow",a href="https://archive.org/details/orlov-fundamentals-of-machine-design-vol-3-mir-1980" style="background-image:none;background-position:0% 0%;background-repeat:repeat;background-attachment:scroll;color:rgb(75,100,255);text-decoration:none;" rel="ugc nofollow",a href="https://archive.org/details/orlov-fundamentals-of-machine-design-vol-4-mir-1980" style="background-image:none;background-position:0% 0%;background-repeat:repeat;background-attachment:scroll;color:rgb(75,100,255);text-decoration:none;" rel="ugc nofollow",a href="https://archive.org/details/p.-orlov-fundamentals-of-machine-desing-vol-5-mir-1980" style="background-image:none;background-position:0% 0%;background-repeat:repeat;background-attachment:scroll;color:rgb(75,100,255);text-decoration:none;" rel="ugc nofollow"

subject:
engineering,engineering design,machines,mechanical enginerrings,reliability,indistrial machines,thermal deformation,machine design,torque transmission,bearings,anti-friction bearings,lock rings,design


backup_location: ia907101_7
creator: L. E. Gurevich, A . D. Chernin
date: 1987-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: themagicofgalaxiesandstars
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2020-01-08T06:00:11Z,2020-01-08T06:00:24Z,2026-02-06T00:20:44Z
publicdate: 2020-01-08T06:00:24Z
subject: physics,astronomy,galaxies,stars,astrophysics,cosmology
title: The Magic Of Galaxies And Stars
year: 1987
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-anubhavhazra,fav-fernanda_hernandez_perez,fav-khin_mar_soe,fav-magpie954,fav-moelbarqi,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-tderby67

description:
 This book is ideal for those who wish to start learning about the intriguing modem concepts of astrophysics; the birth and evolution of the universe, its large-scale structure, galaxies and their clusters, and stars. The book provides just enough text to give a feeling of what it is all about, such as the non* Euclidean geometry of the universe, while the main point is to cover all the recent major discoveries and novel hy potheses and theories in astrophysics, from quasars and relict radiation to black holes and the neutrino rest mass, the latter having a profound impact on the entire philosophy of the universe. The Russian edition of this book ran into 100,000 copies and is sold out. Stars are distributed very sparsely within galaxies. In a model in which stars are represented by pinheads, these would be 50 km apart, and the solar system would be a 20-metre circle centred on a pinhead sun. A typical galaxy contains 10u stars, has a radius of 3 x 104 light years, and is 3 x 106 light years from its nearest neighbour. Like a dime, it has a width only about a tenth of its radius, and dimes, spaced about a metre apart, make a good model of the galactic distribution. On this scale, dimes 1.5 km away would represent the farthest visible galaxies, and objects 6 km away would represent the farthest known quasars. However, relatively few galaxies are single. Most belong to clusters of from 2 to 1000, to even 10,000, apparently bound by gravity .


btih: 851843e5f5ad98df98111022ec3dd374772bf242
date: 1952-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: the-social-and-state-structure-of-the-ussr-flph-1952
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-09-02T08:10:20Z,2025-09-02T09:01:19Z
publicdate: 2025-09-02T08:10:20Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Publishing House
subject: soviet literature,soviet union,state system,political structure,stalin
title: The Social And State Structure Of The USSR
year: 1952
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-carson_main,fav-dnaultra5,fav-ellie_swekla,fav-fabiolx26,fav-matt_bradley,fav-sticky_pepsi

description:
The present volume is a translation (3rd edition) of The Soctal and State Structure of the U.S.S.R a work by V Karpinsky published by the State Publishing House of Political Literature, Moscow, in 1948.


btih: 4cc79bf539d6b8295faac522874ca7e43cb3085b
creator: V. Govorov,P. Dybov,N. Miroshin,S. Smirnova
date: 1982-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: v.-govorov-p.-dybov-n.-miroshin-s.-smirnova-problems-in-mathematics-with-hints-a
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-08-31T08:02:27Z,2026-03-17T09:34:42Z
publicdate: 2024-08-31T08:02:27Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
subject: soviet literature,mathematics,problem books,geometry,algebra,trigonometry
title: Problems In Mathematics With Hints And Solutions
year: 1982
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-_studies,fav-a_g_372,fav-abburi_prameela,fav-abhi_thakur280,fav-abhijeet_tiwari222,fav-ahylla,fav-andini_na,fav-ansh_rai435,fav-ars_gor,fav-arthurpariz,fav-atatrs251,fav-bharat_singh729,fav-bipin1729,fav-carson_main,fav-chris_dragoneye,fav-cultivar,fav-danni229,fav-david_lie689,fav-dstev1,fav-ducbang,fav-elias_abobo,fav-faucelme,fav-fergu,fav-fernando_mora_hern_ndez,fav-floura28zz,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-harsh_gehlot,fav-hello_world201,fav-hrituraj_acharjee,fav-ila_maran,fav-irazza,fav-jacob_toves,fav-jin_tao508,fav-kennedy_cajachagua,fav-khoshmaram1,fav-kuraiseikatsu,fav-le_meme_mon,fav-lion_of_judah809,fav-luis_gordillo,fav-makrand_dhumale,fav-milanigno,fav-mohamed_hussien_56,fav-mridul44,fav-mulalic83,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-ng_c_ho_nh_th_,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-pjmm_,fav-pramoday_ekka,fav-raghu13957,fav-rishi_yadav744,fav-samatteb,fav-samurai_okunola,fav-seafarer54,fav-shamisen6624,fav-shauhram,fav-shiv_devan,fav-theneonew,fav-timomartin,fav-unknown_me953,fav-verante,fav-vignam,fav-vipin_kumar844,fav-worldbuggy

description:
The book contains more than three thousand mathematics problems and covers each topic taught at school. The problems were contributed by 120 of the higher schools of the USSR and all the universities. The book is divided into, four parts: algebra and trigonometry, fundamentals of analysis, geometry and vector algebra, and the problems and questions set during oral examinations. The authors considered it necessary to include some material relating to complex numbers, combinatorics, the binomial theorem, elementary trigonometric inequalities, and set theory and the method of coordinates. The authors believe that this material will help the readers systematize their knowledge in the principal divisions of mathematics. In writing the book, the authors have used their experience of examining students in mathematics at higher schools and the preparation of television courses designed to help students revise their knowledge for the entrance examinations to higher educational establishments. To make it easier for readers to grasp the material, some of the sections have been supplemented with explanatory text. The problems are all answered and some have additional hints or complete solutions. The more difficult problems are marked with asterisks. Part 4 is entitled “Oral Examination Problems and Questions” and includes samples suggested by the higher schools. The authors hope that this book will help those who want to enter the various types of higher school, aid the teachers, and be of use to all those who want to deepen and systematize their knowledge of mathematics. EDITED BY PROF. A.I. PRILEPKO, D.Sc. Translated from the Russian by Irene Aleksanova Contents Preface 5 Part 1 Algebra Trigonometry and Elementary Functions 9 1.1 Problems on Integers Criteria for Divisibility 9 1.2 Real Numbers Transformation of Algebraic Expressions 13 1.3 Mathematical Induction Elements of Combinatorics Binomial Theorem 1.4 Equations and Inequalities of the First and the Second Degree 1.5 Equations of Higher Degrees Rational Inequalities 1.6 Irrational Equations and Inequalities 1.7 Systems of Equations and Inequalities 1.8 The Domain of Definition and the Range of a Function 1.9 Exponential and Logarithmic Equations and Inequalities 1.10 Transformations of Trigonometric Expressions Inverse Trigonometric Functions 1.11 Solution of Trigonometric Equations Inequalities and Systems of Equations 1.12 Progressions 1.13 Solution of Problems on Derivation of Equations 1.14 Complex Numbers Part 2 Fundamentals of Mathematical Analysis 2.1 Sequences and Their Limits An Infinitely Decreasing Geometric Progression Limits of Functions 2.2 The Derivative Investigating the Behaviour of Functions with the Aid of the Derivative 2.3 Graphs of Functions 2.4 The Antiderivative The Integral The Area of a Curvilinear Trapezoid Part 3 Geometry and Vector Algebra 3.1 Vector Algebra 3.2 Plane Geometry Problems on Proof 3.3 Plane Geometry Construction Problems 3.4 Plane Geometry Calculation Problems 3.5 Solid Geometry Problems on Proof 3.6 Solid Geometry Calculation Problems Part 4 Oral Examination Problems and Questions 241 4.1 Sample Examination Papers 241 4.2 Problems Set at an Oral Examination 244 Hints and Answers 265 Appendix 386


btih: 22821fd7e52e491280916ca7cd6087f3f4669c70
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-goguoksana
date: 1986-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: the-seven-rook-brothers-and-their-sister-a-ukrainian-folk-tale-dnipro-1986
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-09-10T11:24:33Z,2026-02-06T00:16:56Z
publicdate: 2024-09-10T11:24:33Z
publisher: Dnipro Publishers
subject: soviet literature,children's books,illustrated books,story books,folk-tales,fairy tales
title: The Seven Rook Brothers And Their Sister A Ukrainian Folk Tale
year: 1986
description:
A Ukrainian folk tale for children. Translated from the Ukrainian by Mary Skrypnyk Illustrated by Ivan Ostafiychuk Many thanks to Guptaji for the scans and Balram Sharmaji of Kamgar Prakashan for making the book available.


btih: b33b942d447a418efa69711a9978e408316ec9e0
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-dia05,fav-littlerollycat
date: 1990-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: the-fox-and-the-hare-a-russian-folktale-raduga-1990
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-08-30T16:05:36Z,2026-02-06T00:15:57Z
publicdate: 2024-08-30T16:05:36Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
subject: soviet literature,children's literature,illustrated books,story books,folk tales,fairy tales
title: The Fox And The Hare A Russian Folktale
year: 1990
description:
A Russian folk tale for children. Fabulously illustrated. Retold in English by Irina Zheleznova Drawings bv Evgeni Rachev


btih: a93f096e28dd434d5260ed124cd69ace1c442eed
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-apeiron91
date: 1980-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: joking-aside-progress-1980
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-03-20T12:33:56Z,2026-03-20T13:03:14Z
publicdate: 2026-03-20T12:33:56Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet literature,soviet humour,jokes,sarcasm
title: Joking Aside
year: 1980
description:
Great books are said to be portraits of their epoch. The present book can also claim that honour. It depicts the “epoch of perestroika” — with a smile, which does not occur too often, for understandable reasons. But then this smile — resembling that of Mona Lisa and the Cheshire Cat rolled into one — would put Leonardo da Vinci to shame. One can smile either warm-heartedly or while showing one’s teeth. In this book, we do both, starting with “politically murderous” laughter and ending with innocent chuckles. And this is not surprising — like Perestroika, this book has many contributors: I. Abramyan, S. Ainutdinov, I. Anchukov, V. Antonov, V. Bareikis, G. Basyrov, S. Bogachev, V. Bogotad, V. Boreiko, V. Burkin, A. Deltuva, A. Dmitriev, V. Druzhinin, V. Dubov, O. Estis, R. Gedgaudas, I. Grusis, U. Heino, V. Ivanov, A. Jonaitis, V. Kadyrbayev, B. Khotin, P. Kulinich, M. Kurdyumov, Yu. Kutasevich, L. Levitsky, A. Liepins, V. Lyubich, S. Medzionis, N. Malov, Mirgasim Gali, V. Mokhov, D. Moskin, L. Nasyrov, E. Neimantas, V. Nenashev, Yu. Nesenbergs, I. Novikov, A. Orekhov, R. Oskutis, A. Pakalnis, V. Peskov, A. Pshenyanikov, V. Rozantsev, R. Samoilov, S. Semyonov, T. Sergeyenko, Z. Shteinis, V. Skopintsev, V. Skrylev, I. Smirnov, O. Tesler, L. Tishkov, S. Tyunin, V. Uborevich-Borovsky, I. Varnas, A. Vasilenko, S. Vetkin, I. Vorobyov, N. Vorontsov, A. Zilinskas, M. Zlatkovsky. Translated from the Russian by Kim Pilarski Designed by Nikolai Kondrashov Note: Many pages of the book are missing. We came to know this only when scanning the book. Later part has a substantial number missing from 77-102, Missing pages 13-14 29-30 77-102


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: जॉन रीड (John Reed)
date: 1983-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: john-reed-ten-days-that-shook-the-world-in-hindi-progress-1981
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: hin
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-03-29T06:07:58Z,2026-02-19T15:42:13Z
publicdate: 2024-03-29T06:07:58Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet literature,october revolution,russian history,सोवियत साहित्य,अक्टूबर क्रांति,रूसी इतिहास
title: दस दिन जब दुनिया हिल उठी (Ten Days That Shook The World In Hindi )
year: 1983
description:
दस दिन जब दुनिया हिल उठी (1919) अमेरिकी पत्रकार और समाजवादी जॉन रीड की एक किताब है ।  यहाँ, रीड ने 1917 की रूसी अक्टूबर क्रांति का पहला खाता प्रस्तुत किया ।  रीड ने रूस में अपने समय के दौरान कई सबसे प्रमुख बोल्शेविकों का बारीकी से पालन किया ।  त्रिभुवन नाथ द्वारा अनुवादित सभी श्रेय गुप्तजी को


backup_location: ia906109_17
creator: I. V. Savelyev
date: 1982-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: SavelyevFundametalsOfTheoreticalPhysicsVol2
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2016-05-29T08:06:03Z,2026-02-05T23:09:08Z
publicdate: 2016-05-29T08:06:03Z
title: Fundametals Of Theoretical Physics Vol 2
year: 1982
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-dwariberiamoon,fav-fredorm2017,fav-hajer_ghassan_al_khafaji,fav-hello_world201,fav-jaskoetemovic,fav-pb_ess,fav-physicslover27,fav-pio07,fav-tmtm750

description:
Fundamentals of Theoretical Physics Volume 2 Quantum Mechanics by I. V. Savelyev The book was translated from the Russian by G. Leib. The book was first published in 1982, revised from the 1977 Russian edition by Mir Publishers. The present book is the second volume of a guide to theoretical physics. As in the first Volume I have adhered to the rule of omitting what is explained in sufficient detail in modern general courses of physics. In particular, the experimental fundamentals of quantum physics are not discussed. With a view to the fact that the mastering of the mathematical apparatus of quantum mechanics involves great difficulties, I have done everything in my power to make calculations as simple and as clear as possible. For this purpose, special care was taken in choosing the notation. The book is provided with mathematical appendices. Sometimes I refer to the mathematical appendices of Volume 1. The book has been conceived first of all as a training aid for students of non-theoretical specialities of higher educational establishments. Acquaintance with it will facilitate a more detailed studying of the subject with the aid of fundamental guides. Preface 5 Chapter I. Foundations of Quantum Mechanics 9 1. Introduction 9 2. State 10 3. The Superposition Principle 12 4. The Physical Meaning of the Psi-Function 14 5. The Schrodinger Equation16 6. Probability Flux Density 20 Chapter II. Mathematical Tools of Quantum Mechanics 23 7. Fundamental Postulates 23 8. Linear Operators 27 9. Matrix Representation uf Operators 31 10. The Algebra of Operators 38 11. The Uncertainty Relation 45 12. The Continuous Spectrum 48 13. Dirac Notation 51 14. Transformation of Functions and Operators from One Representation to Another 55 Chapter III. Eigenvalues and Eigenfunctions of Physical Quantities 63 15. Operators of Physical Quantities 63 16. Rules for Commutation of Operators of Physical Quantities 67 17. Eigenfunctions of the Coordinate and Momentum Operators 71 18. Momentum and Energy Representation 74 19. Eigenvalues and Eigenfunctions of tho Angular Momentum Operator 78 20. Parity 81 Chapter IV. Time Dependence of Physical Quantities 83 21. The Time Derivative of an Operator 83 22. Time Dependence of Matrix Elements  86 Chapter V. Motion of a Particle in Force Fields 89 23. A Particle in a Central Force Field . 89 24. An Electron in a Coulomb Field. The Hydrogen Atom 94 25. The Harmonic Oscillator 106 26. Solution of the Harmonic Oscillator Problem in the Matrix Form 109 27. Annihilation and Creation Operators 116 Chapter VI. Perturbation Theory 123 28. Introduction 123 29. Time-Independent Perturbations 123 30. Case of Two Close Levels 132 31. DegenerateCase 136 32. Examples of Application of tho Stationary Perturbation Theory 141 33. Time-Dependent Perturbations  148 34. Perturbations Varying Harmonically with Time 156 35. Transitions in a Continuous Spectrum 163 36. Potential Energy as a Perturbation 164 Chapter VII. The Quasiclassical Approximation 169 37. The Classical Limit 169 38. Boundary Conditions at a Turning Point 174 39. Bohr-Sommerfeld Quantization Rule 184 40. Penetration of a Potential Barrier 188 Chapter VIII. Semiempirical Theory of Particles with Spin 192 41. Psi-Function of a Particle with Spin 192 42. Spin Operators 194 43. Eigenvalues and Eigenfunctions of Spin Operators 202 44.Spinors 205 Chapter IX. Systems Consisting of Identical Particles   214 45. Principle of Indistinguishability of Identical Particles 214 46. Psi-Functions for Systems of Particles. The Pauli Principle 216 47. Summation of Angular Momenta 222 48. Psi-Function of System of Two Particles Having a Spin of 1/2 225 49. Exchange Interaction 229 50. SecondQuantization 233 51. Second Quantization Applied to Bosons 235 52. Second Quantization Applied to Fermions 250 Chapter X. Atoms and Molecules  258 53. Methods of Calculating Atomic Systems 258 54. The Helium Atom 259 55. The Variation Method 263 56. The Method or the Self-Consistent Field 268 57. The Thomas-Fermi Method 275 58. The Zeeman Effect 278 59. The Theory of Molecules in the Adiabatic Approximation 281 60. TheHydrogen Molecule 285 Chapter XI. Radiation Theory 291 61. Quantization of an Electromagnetic Field 291 62. Interaction of an Electromagnetic Field with a Charged Particle 301 63. One-Photon Processes 305 64. Dipole Radiation 308 65. Selection Rules 312 Chapter XII. Scattering Theory 315 66. Scattering Cross Section 315 67. Scattering Amplitude  317 68. Born Approximation  319 69. Method of Partial Waves 321 70. Inelastic Scattering 328 Appendices 331 I. Angular Momentum Operators in Spherical Coordinates 331 II. Spherical Functions 332 III. Chebyshev-Hermite Polynomials 340 IV. Some Information from the Theory of Functions of a Complex Variable 345 V. Airy Function 354 VI. Method of Green's Functions 355 VII. Solution of the Fundamental Equation of the Scattering Theory by the Method of Green's Functions 358 VIII. The Dirac Delta Function 361 Index 364

subject:
physics,quantum mechanics,scattering theory,Radiation Theory,Atoms and Molecules,Identical Particles,Quasiclassical Approximation,Perturbation Theory,Particle in a Central Force Field,Eigenvalues and Eigenfunctions of Physical Quantities


btih: 8f6388ecd700201041d955bc6ff060dd39a3f636
collection: opensource,mir-titles
creator: கியோரீகி யூதின் (Georgy Yudin)
date: 1987-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: georgy-yudin-the-tale-of-master-egor-in-tamil-raduga-1987
indexflag: index,nonoindex,uncurated
language: tam
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-08-20T12:50:57Z,2025-08-20T13:12:45Z
publicdate: 2025-08-20T12:50:57Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
subject: soviet literature,russian literature,folk tales,fairy tales,adventure stories
title: ஓவியன் எகோரியின் கதை (The Tale Of Master Egor In Tamil )
year: 1987
description:
இது மத்தியகால ரஷ்யாவின்‌ திறமை வாய்ந்த கலைஞன்‌ ஒருவனின்‌ உயிர்த்‌ துடிப்புள்ள நிகழ்ச்சிகளுடன்‌ கூடிய கற்‌ பனை வாழ்க்கைக்‌ கதை. இது பல பண்‌ டையப்‌ புராணங்களையும்‌ அந்தத்‌ தொ லைதூரக்‌ காலத்தின்‌ குணாமிசமான தேசியப்‌ பழக்கங்கள்‌, சடங்குகள்‌, பாடல்‌ கள்‌ மற்றும்‌ மரபுகள்‌ அகியவற்றையும்‌ வாசகனுக்கு அறிமுகம்‌ செய்கிறது. ஓவியர்‌: க.யூதின்‌ மொழிபெயர்ப்பாளர்‌: நா. முகம்மது செரீபு. எம்‌.ஏ.


btih: dc30d08b5bc91e7fe944e95d6fd8af6e1e3cd60c
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-sticky_pepsi
creator: George Kline ( Ed.)
date: 1957-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: george-kline-ed.-soviet-education-1957
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-03-11T05:35:03Z,2026-02-04T22:00:20Z
publicdate: 2025-03-11T05:35:03Z
subject: soviet education,soviet schools,soviet pedagogy,western perspectives
title: Soviet Education
year: 1957
description:
This volume of essays provides an insider’s perspective on Soviet education, offering insights that go beyond official Communist narratives and foreign visitors’ observations. Unlike state-sanctioned accounts, these essays are written by former Soviet students and teachers who experienced the system firsthand. The essays do not aim to comprehensively cover Soviet education from its inception to the present but instead provide fragments of its structure and ideology, particularly before and during Stalin’s rule. The role of education in the Soviet Union is profoundly political, designed as a tool to shape individuals according to the Communist Party’s objectives rather than fostering independent thought or academic freedom. Education in the Soviet Union extends beyond schools to encompass the press, literature, radio, theatre, and even social organisations, all of which function as instruments of ideological control. The Communist Party maintains strict oversight of the entire system, ensuring that educators and cultural institutions adhere to Party directives. The system itself follows a structured format, resembling a mix of American and German models, with a ten-year middle school system leading into specialised higher education. However, academic freedom is severely limited, and educators risk persecution if they deviate from the Party line. The Party’s direct control over curriculum and personnel highlights its intention to use education as a means of political and social engineering. While the Soviet educational system appears monolithic, these essays reveal underlying complexities and inconsistencies. Human nature resists absolute control, leading to variations in the system’s implementation. Despite Stalin’s death, no significant reforms had yet emerged by the time these essays were written, and the fundamental nature of Soviet education remained unchanged. These accounts provide a crucial counterbalance to official narratives, offering a more nuanced understanding of how education functioned within the totalitarian framework of the Soviet state.


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-gratefulparsnip
creator: కె. టాంగ్రికులీవ్ (K. Tangrikuliev)
date: 1990-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: k.-tangrikuliev-the-golden-goblet-in-telugu-raduga-1990
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: tel
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-08-01T16:54:19Z,2026-02-05T17:40:08Z
publicdate: 2023-08-01T16:54:19Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
title: బంగారు కప్పు (The Golden Goblet In Telugu)
year: 1990
description:
A story book for children. అనువాదం: ఆర్వియార్ చిత్రాలు: జి. యూదిన్ Translated from Russian to Telugu. 

subject:
children's stories,soviet literature,పిల్లల కథలు,సోవియట్ సాహిత్యం,జానపద కథలు,ఫాంటసీ,అద్భుత కథలు,folk tales,fantasy,fairy tales


avg_rating: 5
backup_location: ia906806_9
creator: G. S. Landsberg (Ed.)
date: 1989-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: LandsbergElementaryTextbookOnPhysicsVol3Mir1989
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
num_reviews: 1
oai_updatedate: 2019-01-07T07:31:30Z,2026-02-05T20:01:42Z,2024-05-15T18:58:44Z
publicdate: 2019-01-07T07:31:30Z
reviewdate: 2024-05-15T18:58:44Z
title: Elementary Textbook On Physics Volume 3
year: 1989
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-a1essandra,fav-abhijeet_tiwari222,fav-aleksey_koldunov,fav-ali_zaidan_thamyeez194,fav-alison_aroo,fav-amar_kumar_2020,fav-ares_flow,fav-aristo25,fav-arminiuskan,fav-bengi7878,fav-captain1949,fav-dahan_wang,fav-dedi_kurniawan719,fav-devin_walker607,fav-dimasngb,fav-ducbang,fav-flhoosier,fav-geoffreys3297,fav-h_v376,fav-hcmx,fav-hello_world201,fav-herrera_pelayo_carlos,fav-hopemawunyo,fav-ilem,fav-janit_pongpuak,fav-joris984,fav-kamknauss,fav-kennedy_cajachagua,fav-koolobo2,fav-kuraiseikatsu,fav-leonardo662020,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-oldtunes2,fav-papetier16200,fav-pb_ess,fav-pedro_placido,fav-pio07,fav-pjmm_,fav-prorawdogr,fav-rafaeltm,fav-raghu13957,fav-rare_book_bangla,fav-renan481,fav-sadegh_mozafari,fav-sarah_aljaidoom,fav-scoutalice,fav-seafarer54,fav-shaniav,fav-shauhram,fav-sibtain_mohammad_dar,fav-sigmaalgebra,fav-sureshpal360,fav-thf,fav-tom_keane,fav-trond_h999,fav-verante,fav-vignam,fav-whelan19

description:
In this post, we will see Elementary Textbook on Physics - Volume 3 - Oscillations And Waves Optics Atomic And Nuclear Physics  edited by G. S. Landsberg. About the book: Volume 3 covers aspects of wave motion, oscillations, optics and atomic and modern physics. These topics include: Basic Concepts. Mechanical Vibrations. Acoustic Vibrations. Electric Oscillations. Wave Phenomena. Interference of Waves. Electromagnetic Waves. Light Phenomena: General. Photometry and Lighting Engineering. Basic Laws of Geometrical Optics. Application of Reflection and Refraction of Light to Image Formation. Optical Systems and Errors. Optical Instruments. Interference of Light. Diffraction of Light. Physical Principles of Optical Holography. Polarization of Light. Transverse Nature of Lightwaves. Electromagnetic Spectrum. Velocity of Light. Dispersion of Light and Colours of Bodies. Spectra and Spectral Regularities. Effects of Light. Atomic Structure. Radioactivity. Atomic Nuclei and Nuclear Power. Elementary Particles. New Achievements in Elementary Particle Physics. About the series (from Front Jacket and Preface): Elementary Textbook on Physics first appeared in 1948-52 under the editorship of Academician G.S. Landsberg (1890-1957) and immediately became popular with students preparing for entrance examinations in physics. The success of the book was due very much to the fact that each section was written by a specialist. Contributors to the book included the scientists S.E. Khaikin, M.A. Isakovich, M.A. Leontovich, D.I. Sakharov (Vol. 1), S.G. Kalashnikov (Vol. 2), S.M. Rytov, M.M. Sushchinskii (with the participation of I.A. Yakovlev), F.S. Landsberg-Baryshanskaya, and F.L. Shapiro (Vol. 3). These three volumes form a course on elementary physics that has become very popular in the Soviet Union. Each sectioh was written by an authority in the appropriate field, while the overall unity and editing was supervised by Academician G.S. Landsberg (1890-1957). This textbook has gone through ten Russian editions and a great deal of effort went into the last edition to introduce SI units and change the terminology and notation for the physical units. A feature of this course is the relatively small number of formulas and mathematical manipulations. Instead, attention was focussed on explaining physical phenomena in such a way as to combine scientific rigour and a form understandable to school children. Another aspect of the text is the technological application of the physical laws. These features make the text a world-class textbook. For students preparing to enter universities and colleges to study physics, and for those it high schools specialising in physics. The book was translated from the Russian by Natalia Wadhwa and was first published by Mir in 1989. Contents Vol 3 Front Cover 1 Front Jacket 2 Title Page 8 Contents 10 Preface to the First Russian Edition 16 Part One Oscillations and Waves 18 Chapter 1 Mechanical Vibrations Basic Concepts. 18 1.1. Periodic Motion. Period 18 1.2. Oscillatory Systems. Free Oscillations 18 1.3. Pendulum Kinematics of Oscillations 20 1.4. Vibrations of a Timing Fork 21 1.5. Harmonic Oscillations. Frequency 23 1.6. Phase Shift 26 1.7. Dynamics of Pendulum Oscillations 28 1.8. Formula for the Period of a Simple Pendulum 30 1.9. Elastic Vibrations 32 1.10. Torsional Vibrations 34 1.11. Effect of Friction. Damping 35 1.12. Forced Vibrations 38 1.13. Resonance 39 1.14. Effect of Friction on Resonance Phenomena 41 1.15. Examples of Resonance Phenomena 42 1.16. Resonance Phenomena Induced by an Anharmonic Periodic Force 44 1.17. The Relation Between the Form and Harmonic Composition of Periodic Oscillations 47 Chapter 2 Acoustic Vibrations 51 2.1. Acoustic Vibrations 51 2.2. Subject of Acoustics 52 2.3. Musical Tone. Laudness and Pitch 53 2.4. Tembre 54 2.5. Acoustic Resonance 56 2.6. Recording and Reproduction of Sounds 58 2.7. Analysis and Synthesis of Sound 59 2.8. Noises 60 Chapter 3 Electric Oscillations 63 3.1. Electric Oscillations and Methods of Their Observation 63 3.2. Oscillatory Circuit 66 3.3. Mechanical Analogy. Thomson Formula 69 3.4. Electric Resonance 72 3.5. Undamped Oscillations. Self-Excited Oscillatory Systems 75 3.6. Valve Oscillator 78 3.7. Theory of Oscillations 80 Chapter 4 Wave Phenomena 84 4.1. Waves 84 4.2. Wave Propagation Velocity 86 4.3. Radiolocation 4.4. Transverse Waves in a Cord 90 4.5. Longitudinal Waves in an Air Column 93 4.6. Waves on the Surface of a Liquid 96 4.7. Energy Transfer by Waves 98 4.8. Reflection of Waves 101 4.9. Diffraction 103 4.10. Directional Emission 105 Chapter 5 Interference of Waves 108 5.1. Superposition of Waves 108 5.2. Interference of Waves 109 5.3. Conditions for Formation of Interference Maxima and Minima 111 5.4. Interference of Acoustic Waves 113 5.5. Standing Waves 114 5.6. Vibrations of Elastic Bodies as Standing Waves 116 5.7. Free Vibrations of a String 117 5.8. Standing Waves in Plates and Other Extended Bodies 120 5.9. Resonance in the Presence of Many Frequencies 122 5.10. Conditions for a Perfect Sound Emission 124 5.11. Binaural Phase Effect. Sound Direction Finding 126 Chapter 6 Electromagnetic Waves 128 6.1. Electromagnetic Waves 128 6.2. Conditions for a Perfect Emission of Electromagnetic Waves 129 6.3. Oscillator and Aerials 130 6.4. Hertz’ Experiments on Electromagnetic Waves. Lebedev’s Experiments 134 6.5. Electromagnetic Theory of Light. Scale of Electromagnetic Waves 137 6.6. Experiments with Electromagnetic Waves 139 6.7. Popov’s Invention of Radio 146 6.8. Modern Radio Communication 149 6.9. Other Applications of Radio 152 6.10. Propagation of Radio Waves 154 6.11. Concluding Remarks 158 Part Two Geometrical Optics 162 Chapter 7 Light Phenomena: General 162 7.1. Effects of Light 162 7.2. Interference of Light. Colours of Thin Films 164 7.3. Brief Information from the History of Optics 165 Chapter 8 Photometry and Lighting Engineering 167 8.1. Radiant Energy. Luminous Flux 167 8.2. Point Sources of Light 168 8.3. Luminous Intensity and Illuminance 170 8.4. Laws of Illumination 171 8.5. Units of Photometric Quantities 173 8.6. Brightness of Sources 174 8.7. Problems of Lighting Engineering 176 8.8. Appliances for Concentrating Luminous Flux 177 8.9. Reflectors and Scatterers 178 8.10. Brightness of Illuminated Surfaces. 181 8.11. Photometry and Measuring Instruments 182 Chapter 9 Basic Laws of Geometrical Optics 187 9.1. Rectilinearity of Wave Propagation 187 9.2. Rectilinear Propagation of Light. Light Rays 188 9.3. Laws of Reflection and Refraction of Light 193 9.4. Reversibility of Light Rays 197 9.5. Refractive Index 199 9.6. Total Internal Reflection 202 9.7. Refraction in a Plane-parallel Plate 205 9.8. Refraction in a Prism 206 Chapter 10 Application of Reflection and Refraction of Light for Image Formation 209 10.1. Light Source and Its Image 209 10.2. Refraction in a Lens. Focal Points 210 10.3. Images of Points Located on the Principal Optical Axis of a Lens. Lens Equation 215 10.4. Applications of the Thin Lens Equation. Real and Virtual Images 217 10.5. Image of a Point Source and of an Extended Object Formed by a Plane Mirror. Image of a Point Source Formed by a Spherical Mirror 221 10.6. Focal Point and Focal Length of a Spherical Mirror 224 10.7. Relation Between the Positions of a Source and Its Image on the Principal Optical Axis of a Spherical Mirror 225 10.8. Methods of Preparation of Lenses and Mirrors 226 10.9. Images of Extended Objects Formed by Spherical Mirrors and Lenses 227 10.10. Magnification of Images Formed by Spherical Mirrors and Lenses 228 10.11. Image Formation by Spherical Mirrors and Lenses 230 10.12. Optical Power of Lenses 235 Chapter 11 Optical Systems and Errors 237 11.1. Optical System 237 11.2. Principal Planes and Principal Points of a System 237 11.3. Image Construction in a System 239 11.4. Magnification of a System 239 11.5. Drawbacks of Optical Systems 240 11.6. Spherical Aberration 241 11.7. Astigmatism 244 11.8. Chromatic Aberration 245 11.9. Confinement of Beam Cross Sectionsin Optical Systems 246 11.10. Lens Aperture 247 11.11. Brightness of Image 248 Chapter 12 Optical Instruments 251 12.1. Projection Optical Instruments 251 12.2. Photographic Camera 253 12.3. The Human Eye as an Optical System 255 12.4. Optical Instruments Outfitting the Eye 257 12.5. Magnifying Glasses 259 12.6. Microscopes 261 12.7. Resolving Power of Microscopes 263 12.8. Telescopes 263 12.9. Magnification of Telescopes 265 12.10. Telescopes in Astronomy 266 12.11. Image Brightness for Extended and Point Sources 270 12.12. Lomonosov’s Telescope 272 12.13. Binocular Vision and Sensation of Depth. Stereoscopes 272 Part Three Physical Optics 277 Chapter 13 Interference of Light 277 13.1. Geometrical and Physical Optics 277 13.2. Experimental Realization of Interference of Light 277 13.3. Explanation of Thin Film Colours 281 13.4. Newton’s Rings 282 13.5. Calculation of Wavelength of Light with the Help of Newton’s Rings 284 Chapter 14 Diffraction of Light 287 14.1. Bundles of Rays and the Shape of Wave Surface 287 14.2. Huygens’ Principle 288 14.3. Reflection and Refraction from the Viewpoint of Huygens’ Principle 289 14.4. Huygens’ Principle in Fresnel Interpretation 291 14.5. Simple Diffraction Phenomena 292 14.6. Explanation of Diffraction by Fresnel’s Method 295 14.7. Resolving .Power of Optical Instruments 296 14.8. Diffraction Grating 299 14.9. Diffraction Grating as a Spectral Instrument 301 14.10. Preparation of Diffraction Gratings 302 14.11. Diffraction at an Oblique Incidence of Light on a Grating 302 Chapter 15 Physical Principles of Optical Holography 304 15.1. Photography and Holography 304 15.2. Holographic Recording with a Plane Reference Wave 307 15.3. Obtaining Optical Images by Reconstructing the Wave Front 310 15.4. Holographing by Opposing Light Beam Method 313 15.5. Application of Holography to Optical Interferometry 315 Chapter 16 Polarization of Light. TransverseNature of Light Waves 320 16.1. Passage of Light Through Tourmaline 320 16.2. Hypotheses Explaining Observed Phenomena. Polarized Light 321 16.3. Mechanical Model of Polarization 322 16.4. Polaroids 323 16.5. Thinsverse Nature of Light Waves and Electromagnetic Theory of Light 323 Chapter 17 Electromagnetic Spectrum 325 17.1. Methods of Investigating Electromagnetic Waves of Different Wavelengths 325 17.2. Infrared and Ultraviolet Radiation 326 17.3. Discovery of X-rays 327 17.4. Effects of X-rays 329 17.5. X-ray Ihbe 330 17.6. Origination and Nature of X-rays 331 17.7. Scale of Electromagnetic Waves 332 Chapter 18 Speed of Light 334 18.1. First Attempts to Determine the Speed of Light 334 18.2. Determination of the Speed of Light by Roemer 335 18.3. Measurement of the Speed of Lightby Rotating-Mirror Method 336 Chapter 19 Dispersion of Light and Colours ofBodies 339 19.1. State-of-the-art in Chromatography Before Newton’s Studies 339 19.2. Main Discovery of Newton in Optics 339 19.3. Interpretation of Newton’s Observations 341 19.4. Dispersion of Refractive Indicesfor Different Materials 342 19.5. Complementary Colours 343 19.6. Spectral Composition of Light Emitted by Various Sources 345 19.7. Light and Colours of Bodies 346 19.8. Absorption 19.10. Coloured Bodies Illuminated by Coloured Light 348 19.11. Masking and Unmasking 349 19.12. Colour Saturation 350 19.13. Colour of the Sky and Dawns 351 Chapter 20 Spectra and Spectral Regularities 354 20.1. Spectroscopic Instrumentation 354 20.2. types of Emission Spectra 355 20.3. Origin of Different Types of Spectra 357 20.4. Spectral Laws 358 20.5. Spectral Analysis Using Emission Spectra 359 20.6. Absorption Spectra of Liquids and Solids 362 20.7. Absorption Spectra of Atoms. Fraunhofer Lines 362 20.8. Investigation of Red-Hot Bodies. Blackbody 363 20.9. Temperature Dependence of Emission of Red-Hot Bodies. Incandescent Lamps 365 20.10. Optical Pyrometry 366 Chapter 21 Effects of Light 368 21.1. Action of Light on a Substance. Photoelectric Effect 368 21.2. Laws of Photoelectric Effect 369 21.3. Light Quanta 372 21.4. Application of Photoelectric Phenomena 374 21.5. Photoluminescence. Stokes’ Shift 376 21.6. Physical Meaning of Stokes’ Shift 378 21.7. Luminescent Analysis 378 21.8. Photochemical Action of Light 379 21.9. The Role of Wavelength in Photochemical Processes 380 21.10. Photography 380 21.11. Photochemical Theory of Vision 384 21.12. Duration of Visual Sensation 386 Part Four Atomic and Nuclear Physics 393 Chapter 22 Atomic Structure 393 22.1. Atoms 393 22.2. Avogadro’s Constant. Size and Mass of Atoms 394 22.3. Elementary Electric Charge 396 22.4. Units of Charge 22.5. Measurement of Mass of Charged Particles. Mass Spectrograph 400 22.6. Electron Mass. Velocity Dependence of Electron Mass 403 22.7. Einstein’s Law 405 22.8. Mass of Atoms. Isotopes 408 22.9. Isotope Separation. Heavy Water 410 22.10. Nuclear Model of Atom 412 22.11. Energy Levels of Atoms 415 22.12. Induced Emission of Light. Quantum Generators 420 22.13. Hydrogen Atom. Peculiarities of Motion of an Electron in an Atom 424 22.14. Many-Electron Atoms. Origin of Optical and X-Ray Spectra of Atoms 428 22.15. Mendeleev’s Periodic System of Elements 429 22.16. Quantum and Wave Properties of Photons 432 22.17. Fundamentals of Quantum (Wave) Mechanics 438 Chapter 23 Radioactivity 446 23.1. Discovery of Radioactivity. Radioactive Elements 446 23.2. Alpha-, Beta- and Gamma- Radiation. Wilson Cloud Chamber 23.3. Methods of Detecting Charged Particles 453 23.4. Properties of Radioactive Radiation 456 23.5. Radioactive Decay and Radioactive Thinsformations 460 23.6. Applications of Radioactivity 464 23.7. Accelerators 464 Chapter 24 Atomic Nuclei and Nuclear Power 470 24.1. Nuclear Reactions 470 24.2. Nuclear Reactions and Transformation of Elements 472 243. Properties of Neutrons 473 24.4. Nuclear Reactions Induced by Neutrons 475 24.5. Artificial Radioactivity 477 24.6. Positron 479 24.7. Application of Einstein’s Law to Annihilation and Pair Formation 481 24.8. The Structure of Atomic Nuclei 482 24.9. Nuclear Energy. Energy Sources of Stars 485 24.10. Uranium Fission. Chain Nuclear Reaction 488 24.11. Application of Nondecaying Chain Fission Reaction. Atom and Hydrogen Bombs 493 24.12. Nuclear Reactors and Their Applications 495 Chapter 25 Elementary Particles 503 25.1. General Remarks 503 25.2. Neutrino 505 25.3. Nuclear Forces. Mesons 507 25.4. Particles and Antiparticles 511 25.5. Particles and Interactions 516 25.6. Detectors of Elementary Particles 518 25.7. Clock Paradox 523 25.8. Cosmic Radiation (Cosmic Rays) 524 Chapter 26 New Achievements in Elementary-Particle Physics 528 26.1. Accelerators and Experimental Technology 528 26.2. Hadrons and Quarks 533 26.3. Quark Structure of Hadrons 542 26.4. Quark Model and Formation and Decay of Hadrons 543 26.5. Leptons. Intermediate Bosons. The Unity of All Interactions 547 Answers and Solutions 551 Part I Oscillations and Waves 551 Part II Geometrical Optics 553 Part III Physical Optics 556 Part IV Atomic and Nuclear Physics 557 Conclusion 562 Index 565 Back Jacket 577 Back Cover 578  

stripped_tags:
em,blockquote,div class="page" title="Page 578",div class="section",div class="layoutArea",div class="column",div class="page" title="Page 18",div class="page" title="Page 2"

subject:
Basic Concepts,Mechanical Vibrations,Acoustic Vibrations,Electric Oscillations,Wave Phenomena,Interference of Waves,Electromagnetic Waves,Light Phenomena: General,Photometry and Lighting Engineering,Basic Laws of Geometrical Optics,Application of Reflection and Refraction of Light to Image Formation,Optical Systems and Errors,Optical Instruments,Interference of Light,Diffraction of Light,Physical Principles of Optical Holography,Polarization of Light,Transverse Nature of Lightwaves,Electromagnetic Spectrum,Velocity of Light,Dispersion of Light and Colours of Bodies,Spectra and Spectral Regularities,Effects of Light,Atomic Structure,Radioactivity,Atomic Nuclei and Nuclear Power,Elementary Particles,New Achievements in Elementary Particle Physics,mir books,high school,physics,technology


creator: G. B. Zhdanov
date: 1974-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: g.-b.-zhdanov-multiple-particle-production-ntt-1974_202407
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
licenseurl: https://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/mark/1.0/
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-07-05T08:45:41Z,2026-02-04T21:58:31Z
publicdate: 2024-07-05T08:45:41Z
publisher: NASA Technical Translations
subject: soviet literature,physics,quantum mechanics,popular science,elementary particles
title: Multiple Particle Production
year: 1974
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-budweiser1492,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-janit_pongpuak,fav-theneonew

description:
Translation of "Mnozhestvennaya generatsiya chastists". Moscow, "Nauka" Press, 1974. NASA TECHNICAL TRANSLATION NASA TT F - 15,757 New astrophysical discoveries have acquainted us with the world of ultra-high temperatures and pressures. Under these conditions, particles of atomic nuclei (nucleons) can be accelerated to energies which correspond to heating matter to trillions of degrees. When such particles collide, an unimaginably high energy is concentrated, leading to the simultaneous creation (generation) of a multitude of new particles: mesons, excited nucleons, and antiparticles. This book describes the experimental methods of studying multiple particle generation with the aid of cosmic rays and powerful charged particle accelerators. TABLE OF CONTENTS  Introduction 1 - In the World of Ultra-high Temperatures 1 - The Fundamental Forces of Nature 3 - Birth, Death, and Conservation — Three Facets of the Animate and Inanimate Worlds 7 - The Puzzle of Secondary Cosmic Radiation in Multiple Meson Generation 10  Chapter 1. Tracking the Invisible 15 - It is Not Always Necessary to See in Order to Detect and Identify Particles 15 - How are the Particles Nevertheless Photographed? 22 - Visible and Invisible Sparks Join in the Task 29  Chapter 2. Elastic Scattering and the Structure of Elementary Particles 33 - Electron "Supermicroscope" and the Structure of Nucleons 33 - Concerning the Use of Physically Meaningless Values of Quantities 39 - Resonances — New Particles or New States of Known Particles 45  Chapter 3. Diffractive and Coherent Modes of Particle Production 52 - Diffraction of Particles and Its Unexpected Consequences 52 - Is it Possible to Exchange Parts of the Vacuum? 58 - Concerning the Properties of That Which Hardly Exists 61  Chapter 4. Peripheral Processes 70 - "Memory", Inertia, and the Structure of Particles 70 - How Can One Get an Inelastic Interaction From "One-Half" of an Elastic Interaction? 75 - Complex Regge Trajectories, Successes and Difficulties 83  Chapter 5. Statistics, Hydrodynamics, and Thermodynamics "Within" Elementary Particles 93 - Phase Space — The Cornerstone of Statistics 93 - The Laws of Motion of the Meson "Fluid" and Transverse Momenta of Particles 100 - An Examination of the Starting Points of the Hydrodynamic Theory 107 - Can One Manage with Only the Laws of Thermodynamics? 112  Chapter 6. Do Fireballs Really Exist? 119 - Does "Ball Lightning" Really Appear in Cosmic Rays? 119 - Multi-Peripheral Collisions and the Creation of Fireballs 126 - Colliding Beams Mean Serious Research 129 - Why Are Heavy Fireballs Necessary? 135  Chapter 7. What is the Nucleon Made Of 145 - A "Building Block" or a Detail of the "Architectural Design" of the Particles of Matter 145 - The Unexpected "Breaking Open" of the Nucleon With the Help of Virtual Photons 155 - Nuclear Cascades in Cosmic Rays and the Parton Model 160  Conclusion: Concerning Additional Problems and New Perspectives 168 - Paradoxes Within the Nucleons 168 - Aren’t There Too Many Models? 176 - The Route Upwards on the Ladder of Energy 186


backup_location: ia905704_10
contributor: Mirtitles
creator: L. V. Tarasov
date: 1981-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: TarasovLaserAgeInOptics
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2013-07-30T03:27:21Z,2026-02-06T00:11:10Z
publicdate: 2013-07-30T03:27:21Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
subject: mir,laser,tarasov,mir publishers,physics,optics
title: Laser Age In Optics
year: 1981
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-bengi7878,fav-diego_oliveira,fav-matt_404,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nezih_dural,fav-pb_ess

description:
L. Tarasov's book " Laser Age in Optics " is a popular science  book concerned with new trends in optics arising from  development of the laser. L. Tarasov , Cand Sc, who is an Assistant Professor of the  chair of Electronics of the Moscow Institute of Electronic  Machine Design, also teaches at the Moscow state University.  In this book the author successfully combines a popular style  of presentation with, when necessary, a serious scientific  treatment of the problems involved. Consequently, the book  can be recommended not only for secondary school students but  also for a layman adult reader wanting to study in some detail  the principles involved in lasers, optical holography and  nonlinear optics The reader will find a popular, vivid and  intelligent presentation of many elusive concepts which, as  a rule, are either not covered at all in literature of this  kind or only in passing.


backup_location: ia905506_10
creator: L. V. Tarasov; A. N Tarasova
date: 1984-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: TarasovTarasovaDiscussionsOnRefractionOfLight
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2015-12-07T07:50:10Z,2026-02-06T00:11:05Z
publicdate: 2015-12-07T07:50:10Z
title: Discussions On Refraction Of Light
year: 1984
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-michaellabarbosa,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-raghu13957,fav-seafarer54

description:
The book is lively and written with lot of historical anecdotes and good problems at the end of each chapter. Why does a beam of light change its direction when passing through the interface between two media? Why does the setting sun appear oblate on the horizon? What causes mirages? Why does a prism disperse sunlight into different colours? How can one calculate the angular dimensions of a rainbow? Why do distant objects appear close when we view them through a telescope? What is the structure of the human eye?  Why does a light ray get broken into two in a crystal? Can the plane of the polarization of a ray be turned?  Can light rays be bent at will?  Is the refractive index controllable? This book will give the reader answers t o all these questions. He will get to know how the law of refraction was discovered, how Newton's theory of the refraction of light in the atmosphere was nearly lost forever, how Newton's experiments changed radically the old ideas concerning the origin of colours, how the telescope was invented, how it took twenty centuries to understand the anatomy of  human vision, and how difficult it was t o discover the polarization of light.  To make the historical and the physical aspects of the book more convincing, the authors have introduced a number of problems and their detailed solutions, geometrical constructions, and optical diagrams of some instruments and devices. No doubt, the reader will get a better understanding of some excerpts from the classics of physical optics (for example, Newton's "Optics" or Huygens' "Treatise on Light") after they have been illustrated with the help of diagrams, constructions and concrete problems.  Thus, as he explores the world of refracted rays, the reader will be able to familiarize himself not only with the physics of the topics being considered but also with the evolution of some of the concepts of physics and their practical applications to problems, constructions and optical schemes. It is the authors' hope that this journey will be both instructive and enjoyable. This book was first published in English in 1984 by Mir in the Science for Everyone series.

subject:
physics,optics,laws of refraction,geometrical optics,history of science,matheamatics,huygen,newton,young,diffraction


btih: e43b95683214537d8dcd12f6b83fb485b1aa2b4b
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: E. L. Feinberg (Ed.)
date: 1987-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: reminiscences-about-i.-e.-tamm-nauka-1987
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-06-27T07:19:14Z,2026-06-27T12:22:09Z
publicdate: 2026-06-27T07:19:14Z
publisher: Nauka Publishers
subject: soviet literature,soviet scientists,physicists,biography,reminiscences,physics research,USSR
title: Reminiscences About I. E. Tamm
year: 1987
description:
Recollections on the outstanding physicist, Nobel Prize winner Igor Evgenievich Tamm (1895—1971) have been written by his colleagues, students and friends. More than a leading theoretical physicist, Academician Tamm was a public figure in the life of his country and international relations of scientists, and bred a new generation of physicists. He was a lively person. This book shows the diversity of his personality — from the style and character of his research to purely human features in relations with students and associates in mountain climbs. The book is intended for a broad readership. Under the editorship of E.L. Feinberg EDITORIAL BOARD I.M. DREMIN (compiler), E.L. FEINBERG (chairman), V. Y. FRENKEL, V. L. GINZBURG, M. A. MARKOV Contents To the Reader From the Editor E. L. Feinberg, V. L. Ginzburg Igor Evgenievich Tamm S. A. Altschuler Teacher E. L. Andronikashvili In Science and in the Mountains N. A. Belousova In the Summer of 1920 E. S. Billig Things I Remember L. A. Blumenfeld A Biophysicist's Recollections B. M. Bolotousky Tamm's School D. S. Chernavsky One Week D. S. Danin Quanta of Memory V. A. Engelgardt The Way He Remains in My Memory I. L. Fabelinsky A View from the Sidelines V. Y. Fainberg A Passion for Science E. L. Feinberg The Man and His Time I. M. Frank Reminiscences of Different Years V. Y. Frenkel Meetings V. L. Ginzburg About Igor Tamm E. A. Kazakova Climbing Mountains Together D. A. Kirzhnits A Few Touches to the Portrait V. D. Konen Three Episodes V. A. Krainin Ability to Be Amazed B. G. Kuznetsov Things Personal and Extra-Personal M. A. Markov Mandelstam's Assistant Professor F. V. Nikitin Grammar School V. I. Ogievetsky "Carthage Must Be Destroyed" R. E. Peierls Recollections L. V. Pariyskaya Our Igor Evgenievich S. M. Raisky An Unofficial Record V. J. Ritus Twenty Year Associates S. M. Rytov The Old Days V. P. Sassorov An Alpine Etude N. V. Timofeyev-Ressovsky A Dialogue Between Biologists and Physicists L. I. Vernsky In and Outside His Study S. V. Vonsovsky As Full as Life Itself E. K. Zavoisky A Man Who Was Alien to Indifference Briefly About the Contributors


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-floura28zz,fav-pio07,fav-verginiaa
creator: M. Karapétiantz
date: 1978-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: karapetiantz-initiation-a-la-theorie-des-phenomenes-chimiques-mir-1978
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: fre
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-02-05T12:37:55Z,2026-02-05T17:41:50Z
publicdate: 2023-02-05T12:37:55Z
publisher: Éditions Mir
title: Initiation À La Théorie Des Phénomènes Chimiques
year: 1978
description:
Le présent ouvrage cherche à apporter une solution possible au second problème, c.-à-d. à exposer les lois fondamentales régissant les transformations chimiques et les phénomènes qui les accompagnent. La Partie I de cet ouvrage passe en revue les questions qui se rapportent aux phénomènes énergétiques intervenant dans les processus; la Partie I I expose la théorie de l ’affinité chimique. La Partie I I I contient des éléments de la théorie de la vitesse et du mécanisme des réactions. La Partie IV est consacrée aux propriétés des solutions. La Partie V donne quelques exemples d’application des connaissances exposées dans la Partie I I à la chimie des éléments ; l ’auteur considère que ces données peuvent être utiles pour la partie descriptive du cours de chimie minérale. On constatera donc que les questions traitées ne sont pas tout à fait traditionnelles. Le caractère et la séquence des matières exposées s’écartent des normes habituelles. C’est ainsi qu’outre les exemples classiques d’application de la loi de Hess (Partie /), l ’auteur envisage la mise à profit de cette loi dans divers cycles thermochimiques comportant des grandeurs telles que le potentiel d’ionisation, l ’affinité électronique, l ’énergie du réseau cristallin, la chaleur d’hydratation. C’est ce qui permet de montrer aux élèves le caractère universel de la simple méthode de calcul et d’établir dès le début un rapport entre l ’exposé et les problèmes de la structure de la substance. Dans la Partie I I et la Partie I I I , consacrées aux aptitudes réactionnelles des corps, l ’on se penche principalement sur l ’affinité chimique de ces derniers. Certes, les questions de cinétique sont au moins aussi importantes (sinon plus) que celles de la statique des processus. Mais, pour peu que l ’on prenne en considération la spécificité et la diversité des facteurs cinétiques ainsi que les énormes difficultés à surmonter pour tenir compte de l ’influence qu’ils exercent sur la réactivité des corps, l ’évolution des théories concernant le mécanisme de déroulement des processus en rapport avec l ’approfondissement de nos connaissances et, enfin, le fait que la plupart des questions à examiner ont trait à la statique de différents procèssus, on ne saurait guère contester un tel choix. En effet, la loi d’action de niasse et le principe de Le Chatelier, de même que de nombreuses propriétés des solutions (dont la solubilité, les températures de solidification et d’ébullition, la pression de vapeur) auxquelles s’ajoutent les phénomènes intervenant dans ces solutions (dissociation, neutralisation, solvatation, complexation, hydrolyse, etc.), sont avant tout des problèmes d’équilibre. En même temps, il est nécessaire de bien montrer que les questions de statique et de cinétique sont des problèmes de l ’éventualité et de la réalité et que l’importance des facteurs énergétique (thermodynamique) et cinétique n’est pas la même pour différents types de transformations : pour les réactions intervenant dans les solutions d’électrolytes (cas de la neutralisation), pour les réactions s’effectuant aux températures élevées et pour d’autres processus « rapides » les rapports cinétiques ont peu d’importance ; par contre, pour les réactions « lentes » et pour les réactions dont les produits sont nettement plus stables que les corps de départ (cas de la combustion), les rapports d’équilibre ne jouent aucun rôle notable. Traduit du russe par Alexandre Anissimov Un grand merci à Henri Leveque pour le scan original.

subject:
processus chimiques,réactions chimiques,transitions de phase,affinite chimique,entropie,réactions irréversibles,réactions réversibles,énergie de Gibbs,réactions d'oxydo-réduction,mecanisme des reactions chimiques,solutions,d’électrolyte,théorie des acides et des bases,chimique


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-floura28zz,fav-pio07
creator: M. Karapétiantz
date: 1978-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: karapetiantz-thermodynamique-chimique-mir-1978
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: fre
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-02-05T12:59:10Z,2026-02-05T17:41:48Z
publicdate: 2023-02-05T12:59:10Z
publisher: Éditions Mir
title: Thermodynamique Chimique
year: 1978
description:
Ce manuel est destiné essentiellement aux étudiants en chimie et notamment aux futurs ingénieurs. L’auteur s’est donc efforcé d’éviter les abstractions et de ne pas se lancer dans des considérations trop théoriques afin que la matière et son importance pratique ne soient pas perdues dans une abondance de calculs purement mathématiques. Il va de soi que cet ouvrage n’est pas un recueil de «recettes». Un exposé de ce genre ne saurait apporter un fondement théorique suffisamment solide et il serait malaisé de s’orienter dans toute la diversité des problèmes pratiques. On sait que la plupart des relations thermodynamiques n’ont pas de valeur pratique, car ces relations comprennent des grandeurs dont certaines sont soit inconnues, soit peuvent être calculées seulement de façon approchée. Ceci explique qu’il est souvent impossible de parvenir dans un problème concret à une solution même approchée pour la valeur numérique de la grandeur cherchée. Pour cette raison, rendant hommage à la théorie, l’auteur cite aussi différentes régularités approchées qui permettent d’obtenir rapidement et avec une précision suffisante les résultats nécessaires à des fins pratiques et de prédire les données qui font défaut. La riche expérience acquise par l’auteur dans l’enseignement de la chimie physique et de la thermodynamique chimique l’a convaincu qu’une « chimisation » plus poussée des cours favorise leur assimilation et leur application. Ceci a incité l’auteur à introduire les éléments de la « thermodynamique empirique » en mettant en évidence les liens unissant les propriétés thermodynamiques et la nature de la matière, et la loi périodique de D. Mendéléev. Les dimensions restreintes de ce livre n’ont pas permis de le faire comme il convenait. Seule l’entropie a été envisagée de manière plus complète, car les étudiants éprouvent généralement de grandes difficultés à en comprendre le sens. D’autre part, en enseignant pendant plusieurs années la chimie générale et la chimie inorganique l’auteur s’est persuadé de la nécessité d’une « thermodynamisation » de ces matières pour améliorer le niveau scientifique de son cours et préparer l’étudiant à l’assimilation des cours suivants, notamment de la chimie physique et de la thermodynamique chimique ; il a donc été amené à améliorer le niveau de l’enseignement des principales branches de la chimie dans leur ensemble et assurer le passage d’une branche à l’autre. L’auteur s’est aussi efforcé d’y parvenir en écrivant outre ce manuel un livre* intitulé Initiation à la théorie des phénomènes chimiques. Editions Mir, Moscou, 1978 (traduit du russe) *. L’étude de la thermodynamique des systèmes gazeux a été faite avec un soin particulier. La thermodynamique des solutions est examinée d’une manière moins approfondie. En ce qui concerne les solutions des électrolytes, on y a consacré encore moins de place. Une bonne assimilation de la thermodynamique en général, et pour le technologue en particulier, n’est possible que dans le cas où l’étudiant est persuadé que la théorie peut être appliquée à la solution des différents problèmes pratiques. C’est pourquoi ce manuel contient un grand nombre d’exemples favorisant l’assimilation des données théoriques et contribuant à inculquer des méthodes de calcul. La plupart des exemples de calcul sont étroitement liés à la technologie des corps inorganiques et à la technologie du traitement chimique des combustibles. Les calculs ont été choisis de manière à ce queleurs résultats puissent être comparés avec les données expérimentales. La plupart des graphiques ont été construits à partir d’un matériel concret ce qui non seulement doit favoriser la compréhension des concepts des lois et des formules correspondantes, mais aussi donner la possibilité de les utiliser dans les calculs ce qui favorisera à son tour l’assimilation du matériel exposé. Presque tous les exemples et les figures ont été composés par l ’auteur à partir des données empruntées aux aide-mémoire et aux articles de revues (un certain nombre a été emprunté à des monographies, à des manuels et à des recueils de problèmes). Ce livre contient un grand nombre de tableaux où l’on trouvera les propriétés fondamentales des différents corps et phénomènes. Loin de servir seulement à montrer l’échelle de telles ou telles grandeurs ou illustrer les différentes relations, ces données peuvent également être utiles aux divers calculs pratiques. Ce livre s’achève par une bibliographie comprenant les manuels* monographies, recueils de problèmes et aide-mémoire. Certaines sources sont citées par l’auteur directement dans le texte. L’auteur remercie vivement M. L. Karapétiantz, candidat ès sciences techniques, pour l ’aide inestimable qu’elle a apportée à la mise au point du texte. Traduit du russe par Nicolas Baziline Un grand merci à Henri Leveque pour le scan original.

subject:
thermodynamique,principes de la thermodynamique,capacités calorifiques,e n t r o p ie,potentiels thermodynamiques,potentiels chimique,systèmes homogenes,systèmes hétérogènes,solution,equilibre solution,activités,constante de l’equilibre chimique,l’énergie de Gibbs,transformation d’equilibre,quantique statistique


btih: fdf348e8bf89db2a0206ed7af5402f6623bf71fd
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: نیکولائی نوسوف (Nikolai Nosov)
date: 1988-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: nikolai-nosov-preparations-for-the-ascent-in-urdu-raduga-1988
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: urd
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-09-04T15:07:44Z,2026-02-05T20:44:57Z
publicdate: 2024-09-04T15:07:44Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
subject: soviet,literature,children's literature,picture story book,illustrated books
title: بخانوں کے بارے میں کہانیاں (Preparations For The Ascent In Urdu )
year: 1988
description:
نکولائی نوسوف سیاحت کی تیاری ترجمه : تقی حیدر تصویریں : بریس کلاؤشین A picture story book for children.


creator: Nikolai Ostrovsky
date: 1952-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: nikolai-ostrovsky-how-the-steel-was-tempered-part-2-flph-1952
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-07-11T04:45:23Z,2026-02-05T20:44:57Z
publicdate: 2024-07-11T04:45:23Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Publishing House
subject: soviet literature,soviet novel,world war 1,russian literature
title: How The Steel Was Tempered Part 2
year: 1952
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-bibliteca_materialista,fav-framboise84,fav-fruitytootykeroro_show,fav-irohamca,fav-koba_kentaro,fav-mrmajohnsen,fav-pio07,fav-repsthomas,fav-sapuska,fav-vncomrade

description:
"How the Steel Was Tempered" How the Steel Was Tempered is a Soviet novel by Nikolai Ostrovsky. It tells the story of Pavel Korchagin, a young man who becomes a dedicated revolutionary fighter during the Russian Civil War and subsequent socialist construction. Through personal hardship and immense physical suffering, Pavel embodies the virtues of self-sacrifice, perseverance, and loyalty to the communist cause. His journey from an enthusiastic youth to a battle-hardened, paralyzed soldier reflects the ideological tenets of socialist realism, emphasizing the triumph of the human spirit over adversity and the importance of collective over individual goals. Nikolai Ostrovsky and His Struggles Nikolai Ostrovsky, the author of How the Steel Was Tempered, faced significant personal struggles throughout his life. Born in 1904, he joined the Komsomol and later the Red Army, participating actively in the Russian Civil War. At the age of 19, he was severely injured, leading to paralysis and blindness due to a progressive illness. Despite these debilitating conditions, Ostrovsky wrote his novel using a special frame to guide his pen, dictating to his family, and later typing with one finger. His determination to continue his work despite immense physical suffering mirrored the resilience and dedication of his protagonist, making his life story an inspiring testament to perseverance and the human spirit. Translated from the Russian by R. Prokofieva Illustrations by A. Reznichenko Designed by I. Tsarevich Original scan by DLI, this is a cleaned. optimised scan.


btih: aa68facb14749ee8233d3f7793b199fd13e4635d
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-ramap
creator: जॉर्जी युरमिन (Georgi Yurmin)
date: 1984-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: georgi-yurmin-grandpas-glasses-in-hindi-raduga-1984
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: hin
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-08-21T09:40:30Z,2026-02-04T22:00:40Z
publicdate: 2024-08-21T09:40:30Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers,रादुगा प्रकाशन
title: दादा का चश्मा ( Grandpa's Glasses In Hindi)
year: 1984
description:
A little book describing various optical instruments, their history, working, construction and uses. विभिन्न ऑप्टिकल उपकरणों, उनके इतिहास, कार्य, निर्माण और उपयोग का वर्णन करने वाली एक छोटी सी पुस्तक ।  अनुवादक योगेंद्र नागपाल चित्रकार  इरीना किसेलेव्स्काया

subject:
soviet literature,popular science,सोवियत साहित्य,लोकप्रिय विज्ञान,optics,eyes,lenses,glasses,microscope,telescope,प्रकाशिकी,आंखें,लेंस,चश्मा,माइक्रोस्कोप,दूरबीन


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-pio07
creator: M. Fédoriouk
date: 1987-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: fedoriouk-methodes-asymptotiques-pour-les-equations-differentielles-ordinaires-mir-1987
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: fre
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-01-27T14:25:57Z,2026-02-04T21:52:24Z
publicdate: 2023-01-27T14:25:57Z
publisher: Éditions Mir
subject: mathématique,systèmes d’équations différentielles,asymptotiques,physique
title: Méthodes Asymptotiques Pour Les Équations Différentielles Ordinaires
year: 1987
description:
Cet ouvrage expose les principaux résultats de la théorie asymp­ totique des équations et systèmes d’équations différentielles ordi­ naires linéaires, relatifs au comportement des solutions des équa­ tions à petits paramètres en les dérivées supérieures et au comporte­ ment des solutions pour de grandes valeurs de l’argument. Bien que ces questions aient fait l’objet d’études nombreuses et éparses, les méthodes de démonstration sont à peu près du meme type, de sorte que le sujet traité s’inscrit bien dans le cadre d’une monogra­ phie genre aide-mémoire. Nous nous sommes bornés aux équations homogènes. La représentation asymptotique des solutions de l’équa­ tion non homogène se déduit de celle des solutions d’un système fon­ damental par les méthodes des estimations asymptotiques des inté­ grales. Le lecteur peut s’initier à la notion de développement asympto­ tique qui est systématiquement utilisée dans cet ouvrage en consul­ tant les monographies [27, 371. Par «solution asymptotique for­ melle » on comprend une fonction satisfaisant l’équation avec un certain degré de précision. Même si cette notion est vague, sa signi­ fication ressort toujours clairement du contexte. Signalons encore que le terme « ligne de Stokes » équivaut ici au terme « ligne anti- Stokes » utilisé en physique. Traduit du russe par Djilali Embarek Un grand merci à Henri Leveque pour le scan original.

stripped_tags:
div class="page" title="Page 7",span style="font-family:TimesNewRomanPSMT;font-size:11pt;",div class="layoutArea",div class="column",span style="font-size:11pt;font-family:TimesNewRomanPSMT;"


btih: 1ff57dea0ce50c1db4da70d0741a4d6b117c30f2
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-lukas_korso223,fav-lukesteries
creator: Nikolai Sladkov
date: 1986-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: nikolai-sladkov-rainbow-world-raduga-1986
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-06-02T14:56:22Z,2026-06-02T15:40:35Z
publicdate: 2026-06-02T14:56:22Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
title: Rainbow World
year: 1986
description:
A rainbow spans the whole horizon, Its colours true and clear: Red, orange, yellow, Green, blue and violet. Torrents of rain and light, Flying through the rainbow, Coloured the earth they fell upon; The valleys, and the mountains, The steppes, and the hills. Let us walk under the rainbow. And as we pass through this arch We shall step on the varicoloured earth And meet its varicoloured inhabitants ... Nikolai Sladkov has travelled far and wide in the Soviet Union, always armed with a camera to be able to illustrate his verbal impressions of all the curious sights he has seen. He has roamed steppes and deserts, descended into deep chasms, explored the caves and glaciers in the Pamirs, and studied the submarine kingdom. Everv fresh encounter with the unfamiliar and the unknown inspires Sladkov to share his excitement and joy with everyone, and his writings are full of warmth, compassion, charm and humour. In his books Sladkov introduces children to the fascinating world of Nature with its multiplicity of colours and voices. Photographs by NIKOLAI SLADKOV, IZMAIL MUKHIN and ALEXANDER LUKHTANOV Designed by INNA BORISOVA Translated from the Russian by OLGA SHARTSE

subject:
soviet literature,children's books,popular science,nature,animals,plants,lanscapes,ecology,nature watch,habitats,birds,mammals,insects


btih: 8f2b20988cb4172d55c6a418e41408b1e72215fe
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-sureshpal360
creator: मिख़ाइल बुल्गाकोव (Mikhail Bulgakov)
date: 2026-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: mikhail-bulgakov-the-red-flower-in-hindi
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: hin
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-01-15T16:39:35Z,2026-01-15T16:46:20Z
publicdate: 2026-01-15T16:39:35Z
title: लाल फूल (The Red Flower In Hindi)
year: 2026
description:
A psychological story set in a mental asylum, where a patient believes a red flower embodies all evil. The tale explores obsession and moral sacrifice. यह कहानी मानसिक अस्पताल की पृष्ठभूमि में अच्छाई और बुराई के संघर्ष को दर्शाती है। लाल फूल पागलपन और नैतिक बलिदान का प्रतीक बनता है।


btih: b8f3ed0b51db40e895b368f31259431718df7c5e
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-sureshpal360
creator: मिख़ाइल बुल्गाकोव (Mikhail Bulgakov)
date: 2026-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: mikhail-bulgakov-the-steel-throat-in-hindi
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: hin
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-01-15T16:38:55Z,2026-01-15T16:43:35Z
publicdate: 2026-01-15T16:38:55Z
title: इस्पात का गला (The Steel Throat In Hindi)
year: 2026
description:
A grim tale reflecting the brutality and dehumanisation of modern life. Bulgakov portrays violence as a mechanical and moral failure. यह कहानी आधुनिक जीवन की निष्ठुरता और अमानवीयता को दर्शाती है। हिंसा यहाँ एक नैतिक विफलता के रूप में उभरती है।


btih: ec69b61c12b8fadf9b0ad69497969d67fc1602ab
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-sureshpal360
creator: मिख़ाईल प्रीश्विन (Mikhail Prishvin)
date: 2026-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: mikhail-prishvin-the-suns-treasure-hindi
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: hin
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-01-27T13:00:06Z,2026-01-27T13:08:57Z
publicdate: 2026-01-27T13:00:06Z
title: सूरज का ख़ज़ाना (रूसी कहानी) (The Sun’s Treasure in Hindi)
year: 2026
description:
A poetic nature story about children discovering moral values through the natural world. Harmony with nature is central. बच्चों की दृष्टि से कही गई यह कहानी प्रकृति के माध्यम से नैतिक मूल्यों की खोज करती है। प्रकृति के साथ सामंजस्य मुख्य विषय है।


backup_location: ia906103_18
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: Fainna Solasko
description: A picture story book for children
identifier: FainnaSolaskoKutkhaTheRaven
indexflag: index,nonoindex
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2016-03-30T17:01:46Z,2026-05-20T08:33:21Z
publicdate: 2016-03-30T17:01:46Z
subject: children's book,story book,picture book,soviet literature
title: Kutkha The Raven
format:
Abbyy GZ,Animated GIF,Cloth Cover Detection Log,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,JPEG Thumb,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF,chOCR,hOCR


creator: N. Piskunov
date: 1977-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: n.-piskunov-calculo-diferencial-e-integral-tomo-i-editorial-mir-1977esp
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: spa
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-05-23T14:30:14Z,2026-02-05T20:41:06Z
publicdate: 2022-05-23T14:30:14Z
publisher: Editorial Mir
title: Calculo Diferencial E Integral – Tomo I
year: 1977
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-ariel_ponce,fav-arriaga_martinez_alexa_gabriela,fav-augusto_montalbetti,fav-dario_alejandro_gonzalez_herrera,fav-edgar_andr_gardu_o_dominguez,fav-elfer874,fav-fing19,fav-fredorm2017,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-hello_world201,fav-hernanhorta,fav-jhonny_quispe_calani,fav-k-on_lover,fav-lesdervan,fav-lilo67,fav-lim307,fav-llahidee_koler,fav-lucas_carughi,fav-lumarggoy_gmail_com,fav-menetitus,fav-misapink394,fav-odrareg,fav-pb_ess,fav-pocoyina05,fav-quakebibi,fav-renan481,fav-roberto_mart_nez718,fav-tadeo_rodr_guez_ted_,fav-tonathi_real

description:
Sobre el libro Libro de texto del difunto profesor Nikolai Piskunov DSs (Física y Matemáticas) está dedicado a las divisiones más importantes de las matemáticas superiores. Esta edición revisada y publicada por última vez en dos volúmenes El primer volumen trata los siguientes temas: Número, Variable, Función, Límite, Continuidad de una Función, Derivada y Diferencial, Ciertos Teoremas sobre Funciones Diferenciables, La Curvatura de una Curva, Números Complejos, Polinomios, Funciones de Varias Variables, Aplicaciones del Cálculo Diferencial a la Geometría Sólida, La Integral Indefinida, La Integral Definida, Aplicaciones Mecánicas de la Integral Definida. El segundo volumen trata los siguientes temas: Ecuaciones Diferenciales, Integrales Múltiples, Integrales de Líneas y Superficies, Series, Series de Fourier, Ecuaciones de Física Matemática, Cálculo Operacional y Algunas de sus Aplicaciones, Elementos de la Teoría de la Probabilidad y Estadística Matemática, Matrices. Hay numerosos ejemplos y problemas en cada sección del curso, muchos de ellos demuestran los vínculos entre las matemáticas y otros sentidos que hacen que el libro sea útil para el autoaprendizaje.es un libro de texto para escuelas técnicas superiores que ha pasado por varias ediciones en ruso y también ha sido traducido al francés y al español.

subject:
editorial mir,calculus,calculo,mathematics,matemáticas,Número,Variable,Función,Límite,Continuidad de una Función,Derivada y Diferencial,Ciertos Teoremas sobre Funciones Diferenciables,La Curvatura de una Curva,Números Complejos,Polinomios,Funciones de Varias Variables,Aplicaciones del Cálculo Diferencial a la Geometría Sólida,La Integral Indefinida,La Integral Definida,Aplicaciones Mecánicas de la Integral Definida


btih: 74c213816304ef4edab20afdc0548762f4dabcb4
creator: N. F. Kazakov ( Ed.)
date: 1985-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: n.-f.-kazakov-ed.-diffusion-bonding-of-materials-mir-1985
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-09-18T12:21:59Z,2026-05-16T18:41:42Z
publicdate: 2024-09-18T12:21:59Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
subject: soviet literature,materials science,metals,properties of metals,metallurgy,steel,alloys
title: Diffusion Bonding Of Materials
year: 1985
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-chriszoe,fav-dion_van_strydonck,fav-lauren_everts,fav-matt_404,fav-nikemaul,fav-ode127,fav-pio07,fav-vignam

description:
This book is an attempt to pool the experience in vacuum diffusion bonding accumulated by a number of mechanical engineering works, research establishments, and colleges. Translated from Russian by Boris V. Kuznetsov Credits to the Original uploaders. Preface 1. An Outline of Diffusion Bonding in Vacuum 2. A Theory of Diffusion Bonding 3. Principal Bonding Variables and Recommended Procedures for Diffu... 4. Equipment for Diffusion Bonding 5. Production Rate. Mechanization and Automation of Equipment 6. Diffusion Bonding of Steels 7. Bonding of Cast Iron and Cast Iron to Steel 8. Bonding of Dissimilar Metals and Alloys 9. Bonding of Refractory and Active Metals and Their Alloys 10. Bonding of High-Temperature Alloys, Nickeland Nickel Alloys 11. Bonding of Cemented Carbides and of a Cemented Carbide to Steel 12. Repair and Reconditioning by Diffusion Bonding 13. Bonding of Porous Materials 14. Diffusion Metallurgy 15. Nonmetals and Their Joining to Metals 16. Quality Control of Diffusion-Bonded Joints 17. Accident Prevention. Cleanliness in Vacuum Diffusion Bonding Appendices


btih: 0de32572ffd50470497d03f04419deb2437d72ab
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-ellie_swekla
creator: N.D. Zavalov,V.A. Ponamarenko
date: 1972-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: n.-d.-zavalov-v.-a.-ponamarenko-the-activity-of-cosmonauts-ntt-1972
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
licenseurl: https://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/mark/1.0/
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-07-26T14:36:06Z,2026-02-05T20:41:26Z
publicdate: 2024-07-26T14:36:06Z
publisher: NASA Technical Translations
title: The Activity Of Cosmonauts
year: 1972
description:
The problems faced by cosmonauts in space are unique in:many respects. Isolation, prolonged inactivity, the need to be constantly alert, weightlessness - all of these factors create frequently unusual sensations and illusions which cannbe dangerous if the cosmonaut does not recognize the problem and deal adequately with it. The work contains abstracts of numerous Soviet papers on spacecraft simulator experiments involving isolation, hypokinesia, and other stressful situations. Translation of: "Deyatel'nost' Kosmonavta," Material for Chapter 4, Volume 2, Part 4 of the work: Osnovy Kosmicheskoy Biologii i Meditsiny [Foundations of Space Biology and Medicine], Moscow, Academy of Sciences of the USSR, 1970, 160 pages Section 1 General Characteristics of the Conditions and Features of Activity of Cosmonauts 1 Section 2 Indices and Methods of Studying Working Ability 19 Section 3 Factors Determining Efficiency and Reliability of Activity 47 Section 4 Information Analysis and the Making of Decisions by the Individual 68 Section 5 The Man-Machine Problem 90 References 115

subject:
soviet literature,space travel,space technology,space life,cosmonauts,man-machine,spaceship,space rockets,weightlessness,space medicine


btih: 7b7acaa26564dc630ce166660b293607d37b240e
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-nano97,fav-roberto_mart_nez718,fav-tidales_boragues
creator: N.V. Nikulin
date: 1977-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: n.-v.-nikulin-josefina-munoz-martinez-manual-del-electricista-principiante-sobre
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: spa
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-12-05T08:14:01Z,2025-12-05T08:36:43Z
publicdate: 2025-12-05T08:14:01Z
publisher: Editorial Mir
title: Manual Del Electricista Principiante Sobre Materiales Y Artículos Eletrotécnicos
year: 1977
description:
Los materiales electrotécnicos constituyen el fundamento de la electrotecnia moderna. Abarcan aislantes, conductores, semiconductores y materiales magnéticos, así como artículos esenciales como aisladores, condensadores, cables y dispositivos semiconductores. La fiabilidad de máquinas, aparatos e instalaciones eléctricas depende en gran medida de la correcta selección y calidad de estos materiales, pues una parte considerable de las averías se origina en fallos de aislamiento. Del mismo modo, las propiedades de los materiales magnéticos condicionan las dimensiones y las pérdidas energéticas de motores y transformadores, mientras que el avance en el estudio de semiconductores ha permitido desarrollar rectificadores, amplificadores y otros dispositivos imprescindibles para resolver problemas complejos de la electrotecnia actual. Elegir de forma racional estos materiales permite diseñar equipos de alto rendimiento, baja masa y reducidas dimensiones; para ello es necesario comprender plenamente sus propiedades eléctricas, mecánicas y magnéticas. Este manual ofrece una presentación concisa y accesible de los principales materiales y artículos electrotécnicos, incluidos aisladores, condensadores, alambres para bobinado y montaje, cables y determinados componentes semiconductores. Cada sección comienza con una descripción breve de las propiedades y aplicaciones del grupo correspondiente y continúa con tablas que recogen las características numéricas más relevantes. Los valores mínimos se basan en normas GOST y TU, mientras que los máximos proceden de ensayos experimentales. De este modo, el lector dispone de una referencia clara y fiable para el estudio y la selección de materiales electrotécnicos en aplicaciones prácticas. Traducido del ruso por por Josefina Muñoz Martínez Todos los créditos a los uploaders originales.

subject:
literatura soviética,materiales electrotécnicos,aislamiento eléctrico,materiales magnéticos,semiconductores,electrotecnia,características técnicas


creator: N. Vilenkin
date: 1968-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: n.-vilenkin-special-functions-and-theory-of-group-representations-1968
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-06-23T06:22:42Z,2026-02-05T20:41:13Z
publicdate: 2024-06-23T06:22:42Z
subject: soviet literature,mathematics,group representations,special functions
title: Special Functions And Theory Of Group Representations
year: 1968
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-admiralspot42,fav-emad_sadeghi,fav-floura28zz,fav-jason_munoz810,fav-luis_gordillo,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-tmtm750

description:
The aim of this book is a systematic account of the theory of special functions from the group-theoretic point of view. In this book we study the theory of special functions from the group-theoretic point of view. At first sight, the theory of special functions appears as a chaotic collection of formulas: apart from the fact that there exists an immense aggregate of the special functions themselves, for each of them there are, at present, all sorts of differential equations, integral representations, recurrence formulas, com­ position theorems and so on.  Translated from the Russian by V.N. Singh


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-ilem,fav-soviet_guy1945,fav-tfon
creator: Arkadi Gaidar
date: 1948-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: arkadi-gaidar-timur-and-his-squad-stories
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-08-24T07:26:23Z,2026-06-23T13:44:03Z
publicdate: 2022-08-24T07:26:23Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Publishing House
subject: soviet,stories,children's literature,adventure
title: Timur And His Squad - Stories
year: 1948
description:
This book is a collection of four short novels by Arkady Gaidar: School, Chuck and Geck, Blue Cup and Timur and His Squad. Timur and His Squad is a short novel by Arkady Gaidar, written and first published in 1940. The book tells the story of a gang of village kids who sneak around secretly doing good deeds, protecting families whose fathers and husbands are in the Red Army, and doing battle against nasty hooligans. It had a huge impact upon the young Soviet audiences. Timurite movement (Timurovtsy), involving thousands of children, became a massive phenomenon all over the country. Timur and His Squad remained part of the curriculum in every Soviet school even up into the 1990s. (From Wikipedia) The book was translated from Russian by Lucy Flaxman and edited by Leonard Stoklitsky. The book was published in1948 by Foreign Languages Publishing House.


btih: f3b3e5d7237756100d555175b1d38743a79a0ad4
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-farkinghill73,fav-marinalo,fav-pitou13001
creator: Nigel Grant
date: 1964-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: nigel-grant-soviet-education-1964
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-03-11T05:22:40Z,2026-02-05T20:44:49Z
publicdate: 2025-03-11T05:22:40Z
subject: soviet education,soviet schools,soviet pedagogy,western perspectives
title: Soviet Education
year: 1964
description:
The book provides an overview of Soviet education, focusing on factual accounts rather than extensive conclusions. The author draws from personal observations during visits to Moscow and Leningrad in 1962, supplemented by discussions with educators, students, and officials. While these visits offered valuable insights, they were limited in scope, making additional sources such as Soviet literature, Western analyses, and journalistic reports essential for a broader understanding. However, gaps in information persist, requiring careful cross-referencing and interpretation. Acknowledging these challenges, the author has relied on a variety of sources, including British and American experts, Soviet publications, and conversations with educators. The book aims to present an objective account, highlighting both the strengths and shortcomings of the Soviet educational system. Contributions from colleagues and scholars have enriched the content, but the final interpretations and any errors remain the author's responsibility.


creator: P.I. Nikitin
date: 1983-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: nikitin-p.-i.-the-fundamentals-of-political-economy-progress-1983
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-09-15T08:36:41Z,2026-02-05T20:44:52Z
publicdate: 2023-09-15T08:36:41Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet,philosophy,capitalism,socialism
title: The Fundamentals Of Political Economy
year: 1983
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-condorblack,fav-floura28zz,fav-janit_pongpuak,fav-lukas_korso,fav-nikemaul,fav-peter_traub,fav-seth_mendenhall,fav-uri_aurora_87

description:
a book outlining historical and fundamental aspects of political economy from a Soviet perspective. Translated from the Russian by Jane Sayer Designed by Vladimir Bisengaliev Credits to the Original uploader.


btih: 9dea8bc7e47dbcad234c63473a891d5dba6cea9b
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: Nikolai Gogol
date: 2026-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: nikolai-gogol-the-mantle-1842
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
licenseurl: https://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-03-22T13:38:15Z,2026-03-28T05:46:47Z
publicdate: 2026-03-22T13:38:15Z
publisher: The Mir Titles Project
subject: russian literature,classics of russian literature,russian short stories
title: The Mantle
year: 2026
description:
A poor clerk, Akaky Akakievich, saves obsessively to buy a new overcoat, which briefly transforms his life. When it is stolen, he is ignored by society, leading to his decline and death—followed by a haunting, symbolic revenge. Translated from Russian by Claud Field  Originally published in 1842


btih: 5c4535a5bb61cb2bcebd1fe86099c866f22a5576
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: Nikolai Nosov
date: 1986-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: nikolai-nosov-dunnos-adventures-an-accident-raduga-1986
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-09-03T14:35:20Z,2026-02-05T20:44:55Z
publicdate: 2024-09-03T14:35:20Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
subject: soviet,literature,children's literature,picture story book,illustrated books
title: Dunno's Adventures An Accident
year: 1986
description:
A picture story book for children.   Dunno's adventures with a hot air balloon and its accident Drawings by Boris Kalaushin Translated from the Russian by Margaret Wettlin

stripped_tags:
span style="color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:16px;background-color:rgb(255,255,255);",span style="color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;background-color:rgb(255,255,255);",div style="color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;"


backup_location: ia906104_12
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-leonardo662020,fav-pio07,fav-user_71996
creator: L. Vlasov,D. Trifonov
identifier: Trifinov107StoriesAboutChemistry
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2016-04-05T04:24:04Z,2026-02-06T00:27:03Z
publicdate: 2016-04-05T04:24:04Z
title: Trifinov 107 Stories About Chemistry
description:
A book about stories and anecdotes from history of chemistry and chemists A hundred years or so ago a scientist had the idea of writing a book to describe all the discoveries and advances of chemistry and the properties of all the compounds then known. But even a hundred years ago chemistry was progressing so rapidly that the would-be author felt an urge to appeal to his colleagues to stop their research for at least a year. Otherwise he simply wouldn't be able to keep abreast of all the new facts and theories. What would be his predicament today, with chemistry's horizons literally boundless as they are now? The authors of this book have endeavoured to touch upon the most important and interesting problems of chemistry. Their book describes and explains the structure of the Periodic System of Elements; it guides you through a kind of chemical museum full of curious exhibits; it tells of the intricate substances chemists have produced and how they have learned to work even with single atoms of the elements; it acquaints you with the various chemical professions and shows how chemistry has penetrated all spheres of human activity. We hope reading these short but instructive stories about the exciting discoveries of chemistry will urge you to find out more about this fascinating science and to take up chemistry seriously.

subject:
children's book,story book,picture book,soviet literature,chemistry,history of science,chemists,compounds,discovery,chemicals,elements,periodic table,science


btih: e4a062bc83faf320d78fb49991d514abb9cda402
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-ellie_swekla,fav-vncomrade
date: 1980-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: national-folk-sports-in-the-ussr-progress-1980
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-02-17T11:42:06Z,2026-02-17T11:55:37Z
publicdate: 2026-02-17T11:42:06Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet literature,sports,USSR,folk sports,traditional sports
title: National Folk Sports In The USSR
year: 1980
description:
The Soviet Union earned the right to stage the Olympic Games as one of the world's strongest sporting nations. And the attainments of its sportsmen justly belong to all the diverse peoples who populate the world's largest country. Such rich mine of sports talent, now harnessed to our purposeful system, goes deep into popular traditions spanning the centuries. Such are the roots for success of worldrenowned athletes like Vasily Alexeyev, Soslan Andiev. Valery Borzov, Vladimir Yushchenko, Calina Kulakova and Tatiana Averina. Translated from the Russian by James Riordan Compiled by Yuri Lukashin Designed by Dmitry Orlov Photos by Ye. Volkov, V. Galaktionov, V. Ganchuk, M. Govorkov, L. Gursky, R. Merson, S. Preobrazhensky, V. Tutov. Contents  Folk Games (Yu. Lukashin) 6 Skill, Speed and Accuracy (V. Gorbunov, L. Goryanov) 27 Ancient and Modern (G. Absalyamov, M. Govorkov, V. Sinyavsky) 44 True to Age-old Traditions (M. Govorkov) 75 Caucasian Folk Games (A. Galitsky) 89 In the Kazakh Steppes, Uzbek Valleys and Tajik Mountains (Yu. Lukashin) 111 National Composition of the Population of The USSR 119


creator: K. N. Mukhin
date: 1987-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: mukhin-experimental-nuclear-physics-vol-1-mir-1987
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-12-17T05:40:23Z,2026-02-05T20:39:46Z
publicdate: 2022-12-17T05:40:23Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: Experimental Nuclear Physics Vol 1 Physics of The Atomic Nucleus
year: 1987
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-carson_main,fav-cooper_snowdon,fav-dives1012,fav-floura28zz,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-gherling,fav-kennedy_cajachagua,fav-matt_404,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-rafaeltm,fav-vignam

description:
This book is based on the lectares on experimental nuclear physics delivered by the author for many years at various faculties of the Moscow Physical Engineering Instilale. As was mentioned in the Preface to the Fourth Russian Edition, the main emphasis is laid od the description cf basic experiments in nuclear physics and their interpretation on the basis of the symmetry of the laws of nature. A simple theoretical interpretation is also presented, which, however, cannot replace a serious theoretical source on nuclear physics. The author believes, however, that an analysis of t ie basic con­ cepts of the theory together with experiments will help generate a deeper understanding of Lhe physics of the phenomena under con­ sideration. Besides, such a presentation Makes Iho book suitable foe self-education. The translation is based on the latest Russian edition (1983). Nnertheless, the material was updated for the present publication. The first volume ij supplemented hy information concerning the discovery of new types of radioactivity. Tlie second volume contains new material on the discovery of intermediate vector bosons. Besides, redundant material and topics of no interest to English-speaking readers have been omitted. Misprints and errors noted in the Russian edition have been corrected.  Translated from Russian by Ram S. Wadhwa, Ph.D. First published 1987 Revised from the 1983 Russian edition Note: The scan quality is poor, the page sizes are mismatched and some pages may be missing.

subject:
physics,nuclear physics,nuclear reactions,nuclear reactors,nuclear radiation,thermonuclear fission,experiments


btih: 48f4a9c9840abdb1daa212fa51a9d6decf62da80
creator: V. G. Karmanov
date: 1989-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: v.-g.-karmanov-mathematical-programming-mir-1989
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-12-24T06:22:48Z,2025-12-29T17:56:05Z
publicdate: 2025-12-24T06:22:48Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: Mathematical Programming
year: 1989
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-_superuser,fav-anup_kumar_roy,fav-carson_main,fav-croissante_la,fav-dnaultra5,fav-emad_sadeghi,fav-fvguerino,fav-kennedy_cajachagua,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-pio07

description:
This book offers an introductory treatment of mathematical programming and the numerical methods used to solve extremal and optimisation problems. Based on many years of teaching at Moscow University, it is designed as a first systematic exposure to the subject rather than as a reference manual. Accordingly, the emphasis is on fundamental ideas, core methods, and the logical structure of optimisation theory, not on providing ready-made algorithms for every practical problem. The book develops from basic concepts and mathematical foundations to linear, nonlinear, and convex programming, with particular attention to optimality conditions, stability, and convergence of numerical methods. It covers key techniques such as penalty functions, regularisation, gradient-based methods, and modified Lagrange functions, while also explaining the role of one-dimensional minimisation and unconstrained optimisation within broader programming frameworks. Throughout, the author maintains a critical focus on efficiency, convergence rates, and practical reliability, making the book especially suitable for students and readers seeking a rigorous but accessible introduction to mathematical programming. Credits to the original uploaders Translated from the Russian by Vladimir Volosov

subject:
soviet literature,mathematics,computer programming,mathematical programming,numerical methods,optimisation theory,linear programming,nonlinear programming,operations research


backup_location: ia905507_8
creator: O. M. Olgin
date: 1988-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: ExperimentsWithoutExplosions
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2015-12-23T06:59:16Z,2026-02-04T21:48:39Z
publicdate: 2015-12-23T06:59:16Z
title: Experiments Without Explosions
year: 1988
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-31448jtma,fav-alexa_maturana,fav-dahan_wang,fav-demberlin,fav-dnetid,fav-labell905,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-rick_rick548

description:
We now see another wonderful book in chemistry titled Experiments Without Explosions by O. M. Olgin. The book consists of six parts. The first part contains advice on how to set up a home laboratory, and preliminary instructions that are essential for any beginning chemist on how to work, and the dos and don'ts of chemistry. The other five parts of this book describe the experiments, experiments without explosions. In order to separate the groups of experiments, and make it easier for the reader to select an experiment, each part is divided into chapters. Many thanks to gnv64 for this book. CONTENTS Preface 5 1 The Home Laboratory 14 2 The First Experiments 31 Drawing with Iodine 31 Home-Made Indicators 32 Extraction 36 Experiments with Gases 38 Oxidation-Reduction 42 Adsorption 46 Dry Cleaning 50 Washing Clothes 53 A Soap Candle 58 Chalk, Marble, Eggshell 61 Electrolysis in a Glass 63 Tin and Lead 69 Aluminium, Chromium, and Nickel 74 Experiments with Copper Wire 77 Smoke Without Fire 80 3 Let's Look into the Cupboard 87 Experiments with Protein 88 Experiments with Carbohydrates 91 Sugar from Sawdust 98 A Cup of Tea 104 Let's Make Use of Bones! 108 Why Berries Release Juice 113 Summertime Experiments 118 How Much Vitamin C Does an Apple Contain? 121 Almonds—Bitter and Sweet 127 4 Business with Pleasure 131 Oil Paints 131 Pigments 135 Watercolours 142 How to Fight Corrosion 148 How to Paint Without Paints 151 Electroplating 156 Galvanoplastics 161 Noble Patina 165 Glass and Enamel 168 Home-Made Plasticine and Sealing Wax 174 Let Us Silver a Mirror! 178 5 Sleight of Hand 185 Spoon-Rectifier 185 Light a Lamp with a Match! 189 The Long Service Life of a Battery 195 Sources of Current from Stuff at Hand 198 All Crystals, Big and Small 203 Crystal Patterns 209 A Plate Bearing Riches 212 How to Make the Invisible Visible 214 Simple Tricks 218 A Chemical Clock 223 A Rainbow Without the Sun 226 Luminous Solutions 228 The Luminescence of Solid Bodies 221 A Fantastic Bouquet of Flowers 232 6 With Your Own Eyes 235 Experiments with Enzymes: Oxidases and Peroxidases 236 Experiments with Enzymes: Dehydrogenases 243 Experiments with Enzymes: Amylases 247 And Not Only Amylase 251 Chromatography at Home 253 The Ray of Light Fell on the Crystal 258 An Unusual Photograph 262 Caution! High Speed! 266 Artificial Fibres 277 A Chemical Watchman 280

stripped_tags:
p style="text-align:left;",em,blockquote,img class="wp-more-tag mce-wp-more" title="Read more..." src="data:image/gif;base64,R0lGODlhAQABAIAAAAAAAP///yH5BAEAAAAALAAAAAABAAEAAAIBRAA7" alt="" /,strong

subject:
chemistry,adsorption,carbohydrates,chemical,reactions,enzymes,experiments,explosions,home,lab,oil,paints,protiens,washing


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-kaavya12345216,fav-mmelissa_,fav-the_bode,fav-vaivacloaca
creator: Mary Skrypnyk
date: 1984-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: how-the-carpathian-mountains-were-born-a-ukrainian-legend
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-05-04T07:26:53Z,2026-02-04T22:18:20Z
publicdate: 2022-05-04T07:26:53Z
subject: folktales,soviet,ukraine,carpathian mountains
title: How The Carpathian Mountains Were Born - A Ukrainian Legend
year: 1984
description:
A Ukrainian folktale about the formation of Carpathian mountains Translated by Mary Skrypnyk Illustrated by Nadia Kirilova


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: ایم ایلین (M. Ilin, ),ای سیگل (E. Segal)
date: 1986-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: how-did-man-became-a-giant-in-urdu-1986
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: urd
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-07-13T14:12:08Z,2026-05-06T09:53:07Z
publicdate: 2024-07-13T14:12:08Z
stripped_tags: span class="EzKURWReUAB5oZgtQNkl" style="white-space:pre-wrap;",span style="white-space:pre-wrap;"
title: ( How Did Man Became A Giant? In Urdu)انسان بڑا کيسے بنا
year: 1986
description:
There is a great power on Earth. He has weapons that easily lift the steam engine of a fire train. His legs are such that he can run thousands of kilos a day. His wings are such that, more than all birds, he can fly through the clouds. It has the ability to swim better than any other fish. He has eyes that can see unseen things and ears that can hear the other end of the world. He is so powerful that he can tear tunnels on mountains and block waterfalls in the air, according to his will, he is reshaping the world, planting forests, connecting seas, bringing water to deserts. Who is this monster ? This great man ! How did man become the Lord of the Earth ? We will tell the truth in this book. زمین پر ایک بڑی طاقت ہے ۔  اس کے پاس ایسے ہتھیار ہیں جو فائر ٹرین کے بھاپ انجن کو آسانی سے اٹھا لیتے ہیں ۔  اس کی ٹانگیں ایسی ہیں کہ وہ دن میں ہزاروں کلو دوڑ سکتا ہے ۔  اس کے پنکھ ایسے ہیں کہ تمام پرندوں سے زیادہ وہ بادلوں سے اڑ سکتا ہے ۔  اس میں کسی بھی دوسری مچھلی سے بہتر تیرنے کی صلاحیت ہے ۔  اس کی آنکھیں ہیں جو پوشیدہ چیزیں اور کان دیکھ سکتی ہیں جو دنیا کے دوسرے سرے کو سن سکتی ہیں ۔  وہ اتنا طاقتور ہے کہ وہ پہاڑوں پر سرنگیں پھاڑ سکتا ہے اور ہوا میں آبشاروں کو روک سکتا ہے ، اپنی مرضی کے مطابق ، وہ دنیا کو نئی شکل دے رہا ہے ، جنگلات لگا رہا ہے ، سمندروں کو جوڑ رہا ہے ، صحراؤں میں پانی لا رہا ہے ۔  یہ عفریت کون ہے ؟ یہ عظیم آدمی ! انسان زمین کا مالک کیسے بن گیا ؟  ہم اس کتاب میں سچ بتائیں گے. پہلی بار : ۱۹ دوسرا ایڈیشن : ۶۱۹۸۴ ا تیسری بار : ۶۱۹۸۶ نگران اشاعت : حوری نورانی ناشر : ملک نورانی همینه دانیال وکتوریه حمیرز ۲ عبداللہ ہارون روڈ کراچی طابع : احمد برا درس، کراچی قیمت : ۳۳ روپے

subject:
children's book,story book,picture book,soviet literature,history,anthropology,civilization,ancient humans,tools,fire,discovery,hunter gatherers,farming,hunting,weapons,بچوں کی کتاب ، کہانی کی کتاب ، تصویری کتاب ، سوویت ادب ، تاریخ، بشریات ، تہذیب ، قدیم انسان، اوزار ، آگ ، دریافت، شکاری جمع کرنے والے ، کاشتکاری، شکار ، ہتھیار


backup_location: ia906905_3
date: 1978-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: GnedenkoTheoryOfProbability
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2019-06-05T05:44:58Z,2026-02-04T22:03:48Z
publicdate: 2019-06-05T05:44:58Z
stripped_tags: blockquote,em
subject: probability,mathematics
title: Gnedenko Theory Of Probability
year: 1978
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-0cmma0,fav-400truffaut,fav-aldacar123,fav-alessandro_troisi,fav-alex_hewitt386,fav-alfa_eco,fav-alisy3947,fav-amin_cheikhi,fav-amitinc,fav-andres_caballero803,fav-argimenes,fav-bhavin350,fav-brainiac0101,fav-cheedai,fav-cheo64,fav-codoprotostar,fav-david_richards2,fav-decurtibus,fav-dramyg1,fav-dstev1,fav-ek_ladki,fav-elias_abobo,fav-emad_sadeghi,fav-ersin_ba_ruh,fav-esteban_carvajal564,fav-f_bio_souza621,fav-felixmarin,fav-flashgordonar,fav-floura28zz,fav-hawkins04,fav-hello_world201,fav-humrevco,fav-janit_pongpuak,fav-jayanta_oinam,fav-jo_o_victor_ramos,fav-john_b858,fav-juanantonioveralopez,fav-julia_pniewska,fav-julio_rodriguez603,fav-kelvin_phillips,fav-krkunal,fav-kumarh1982,fav-lianams,fav-luis_f_joaquim,fav-luis_gordillo,fav-mahinthjoe,fav-manas_marthi,fav-marcello2025,fav-mark_harris_cheesetaster_,fav-markie331,fav-matheus_vaz_manzke,fav-meeran29,fav-mi_lia,fav-micho479,fav-milanigno,fav-mskoh52,fav-mui224,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-new2pnw,fav-nikemaul,fav-noah312,fav-ofyalcin,fav-oliveira_murilo_gomes_de,fav-onjo,fav-parisandr,fav-pb2012,fav-pb_ess,fav-pedro_rodriguez748,fav-pio07,fav-pjmm_,fav-porsas123,fav-puppy_garker,fav-qiong_cai,fav-raminvali,fav-ricky_ponting,fav-rioferdinand,fav-rnella01,fav-roland_w605,fav-rumman157r,fav-sam_h372,fav-sandeeppillai,fav-sarasamy,fav-sergiolone,fav-shauhram,fav-slowread,fav-szarka,fav-ting_jiang,fav-user396100,fav-usr92837532192,fav-vabsw,fav-vsolo2209,fav-whitejack,fav-wingong_lingou

description:
This book aims to give an exposition of the fundamentals of the theory of probability, a mathematical science that treats of the regularities of random phenomena. This book was translated from the Russian by George Yankovsky. The book was published by first Mir Publishers in 1969, with reprints in 1973, 1976 and 1978. The book below is from the 1978 reprint.

format:
Abbyy GZ,Daisy,DjVu,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Item Tile,Metadata,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-alinso,fav-bhd13,fav-pio07,fav-raghu13957
creator: I. Artobolevski
date: 1976-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: i.-artobolevski-les-mecanismes-dans-la-technique-moderne-tome-2-partie-1-mecanis
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: fre
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-12-16T18:17:32Z,2026-02-04T22:21:25Z
publicdate: 2022-12-16T18:17:32Z
publisher: Éditions Mir
subject: Leviers,mécanismes
title: Les Mécanismes Dans La Technique Moderne Tome 2 Partie 1 Mécanismes À Leviers
year: 1976
description:
Préface Comme le premier tome, le deuxième tome (en deux parties) de l'ouvrage « Les mécanismes dans la technique moderne * *&gt;st consacré aux mécanismes à leviers. Dans le présent tome, le lecteur trouvera les schémas et la description de divers types de méca­ nismes à leviers constitués de couples de rotation et de trans­ lation. Le I I e tome comprend également des mécanismes de type combiné: mécanismes à leviers et engrenage, à leviers et came, à leviers et rochet, etc. On examine à part les mécanismes à leviers comportant des éléments flexibles et élastiques. On trou­ vera en fin de volume les schémas et la description des mécanis­ mes à leviers et cale et des mécanismes à leviers et vis. Le deuxième tome contient 1376 mécanismes (première partie 770, deuxième partie 605). Compte tenu des mécanismes inclus dans le premier volume, le nombre total de mécanismes à leviers s'élève à 2288. Le premier tome contient (pp. 17—39) les index des mécanismes classés selon les critères de leur structure et de leur fonctionnement. Le premier tomo comporte également (pp. 13—16) toutes les indications nécessaires concernant l'utili­ sâtion de schémas et de systèmes de classification des mécanismes que l'on a adoptés. On trouve à la fin des tomes les index alphabétiques de tous les mécanismes qu'ils contiennent. Nous tenons à exprimer notre vive reconnaissance à V. Zi- noviev dout sa collaboration et son aide précieuse lors de la publi­ cation du présent volume.  Traduit du russe par D. Joukovski Un grand merci à Henri Leveque pour le scan original.

stripped_tags:
div style="color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;",span style="color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;background-color:rgb(255,255,255);"


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-alinso,fav-pio07,fav-raghu13957
creator: I. Artobolevski
date: 1976-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: i.-artobolevski-les-mecanismes-dans-la-technique-moderne-tome-3-mir-1975
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: fre
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-12-16T18:12:33Z,2026-02-04T22:21:24Z
publicdate: 2022-12-16T18:12:33Z
publisher: Éditions Mir
subject: Mécanismes à engrenage
title: Les Mécanismes Dans La Technique Moderne Tome 3 Mir 1975
year: 1976
description:
 Traduit du russe par G. Gorelkine Un grand merci à Henri Leveque pour le scan original. Le présent volume de l’ouvrage de référence «Les mécanis­ mes dans la technique moderne » est consacré aux mécanismes à engrenage. Nous donnons une description plus détaillée de la structure des mécanismes les plus usités, en nous étendant parti­ culiérement sur la cinématique, les dimensions de leurs éléments, etc. La représentation schématique des mécanismes et leur des­ cription restent les mêmes que celles adoptées dans les deux pre­ miers volumes consacrés aux mécanismes à leviers. La systématisation des mécanismes est réalisée en s’ap­ puyant sur une classification établie à partir de leurs critères de construction et de structure et en indiquant leur destination fonc­ tionnelle. Pour rendre l’usage des volumes III et IV plus commode, nous donnons deux tableaux à l’aide desquels on peut facilement trou­ ver les mécanismes de structure et de fonctionnement nécessaires. D’autre part, le lecteur trouve à la fin de chaque volumo l’index alphabétique des mécanismes constitué suivant le prin­ cipe de leur destination fonctionnelle. L’indexation des sous-groupes est conservée telle qu’elle a été donnée dans les deux premiers volumes, compte tenu, il va sans dire, des mécanismes nouveaux examinés dans ce volume. Pour toutes les questions relatives à l’usage de cet ouvrage de référence et aux particularités concernant la représentation et la description des mécanismes, l’auteur renvoie les lecteurs à la préface et à l’introduction publiées dans le premier volume de cet ouvrage de référence.


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-coop1er,fav-nikemaul
creator: I. Laptev
date: 1979-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: i.-laptev-the-world-of-man-in-the-world-of-nature-progress-1979
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-09-14T15:36:52Z,2026-02-04T22:21:26Z
publicdate: 2023-09-14T15:36:52Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
title: The World Of Man In The World Of Nature
year: 1979
description:
A book addressing various philosophical, political, social and economic aspects of nature, ecology,  and human world and their interaction.  Translated from the Russian by Peter Tempest Designed by Vyacheslav Chemetsov Many thanks to Daniel Baker for the original scans.

subject:
nature,soviet,science,ecology,politics,conservation,destruction,profiteering,morality,future,sustainability


creator: I. M. Yaglom
date: 1977-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: i.-m.-yaglom-algebra-extraordinaria-lecciones-populares-de-matematicas_202309
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: spa
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-09-07T11:37:16Z,2026-02-04T22:21:28Z
publicdate: 2023-09-07T11:37:16Z
publisher: Editorial Mir
subject: algebra,mathemáticas,álgebras de Boole,Leyes del pensamiento,Pl'oposiciones
title: Álgebra Extraordinaria ( Lecciones Populares De Matemáticas)
year: 1977
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-llahidee_koler,fav-lucas_carughi,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-roberto_mart_nez718,fav-tecolote2023

description:
Traducido Del Ruso Por Caros Vega nota: la calidad del escaneo es pobre pero legible Créditos al cargador original.


btih: 2e07f1644acaf1a3a01b0403042ac0529cc4747f
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-matt_404,fav-nutinmycoffee,fav-pb_ess,fav-pierre_b312
creator: I. V. Kragelsky,V. V. Alisin
date: 1981-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: i.-v.-kragelsky-v.-v.-alisin-friction-wear-lubrication-tribology-handbook-volume-3-mir-1981
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-05-20T14:09:13Z,2026-03-24T13:38:25Z
publicdate: 2025-05-20T14:09:13Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
subject: soviet literature,mechanical engineering,lubrication,wear,friction
title: Friction, Wear, Lubrication - Tribology Handbook - Volume 3
year: 1981
description:
The evolution of mechanical engineering gives rise to new fields of study, whose development is dictated by practical needs. At its early stage, machine design was primarily concerned with the kinematical analysis of machine parts in relative motion. The need for strength calculation emerged later, when high-power engines came into existence. In recent years, a third branch of machine design has emerged and developed—tribology (from the Greek word tribos, meaning to rub). This field focuses on the study of contact interaction between solids in relative motion, which produces friction in the contact area. Frictional forces not only reduce the useful power output of engines but also cause dimensional changes in mating parts, thereby impairing machine accuracy. Under unfavourable conditions, external friction may turn into internal friction, leading to the galling of frictional surfaces and, ultimately, to their seizure—that is, to machine failure. However, in some cases, frictional forces are beneficial (for instance, in brakes, friction transmissions, and similar mechanisms). Soviet scientists have made vast contributions to the development of tribology. This handbook summarises the results of their research on the friction and wear of machine parts and provides data on lubricants and lube additives for various sliding and rolling contact joints operating under diverse conditions. Compiled by a large team of leading scientists, the handbook is intended to assist design engineers in choosing materials and lubricants suitable for specific rubbing conditions. It may also prove helpful to repair and maintenance engineers. As the first tribology handbook to be published in this country, some imperfections in its content and structure are perhaps inevitable. The authors, therefore, will gratefully welcome any suggestions aimed at improving this work. All credits to Quantum AI Translated from the Russian by Felix Palkin and Valerian Palkin


btih: a4dcbc52001335087d62b9f43b42e2fa80ece251
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-matt_bradley
creator: Ieva Simonaityte
date: 1950-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: ieva-simonaityte-buse-and-her-sisters-flph-1950
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-02-20T07:00:24Z,2026-02-04T22:23:44Z
publicdate: 2025-02-20T07:00:24Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Publishing House
subject: soviet literature,lithuanian literature,soviet novels
title: Busè And Her Sisters FLPH
year: 1950
description:
Mikšas Karnelis of Benagiai had four handsome daughters—which was the most handsome, it would have been hard to say... But "handsome is as handsome does," as the saying goes. And the Karnelis house often rang with a loud, peremptory voice: "Barbé, wash the dishes! Magdé, peel the potatoes! Trude, go and mind the geese! Pa—can't you see the wheel’s coming off the cart again? Ma—go and make the butter!" Or to the maid: "Don’t stand here propping up the wall! There’s plenty for you to do." All this came from the eldest daughter, Buse. Her one interest, her one care, was the farm, which she hoped to inherit. She wanted to make it a farm that people would look at with envy and respect. The sisters' lives took different paths. Magdé and Barbé also dreamed of wealth but saw little of it. Magdé married a wheelwright and spent her life making reluctant ends meet. Barbé, idle and sly, often got something for nothing on a petty scale, but wealth eluded her. The youngest sister, Trudé, and her husband, Biblys, struck out along a very different path. But what about Buse? Buse Pikčiūrnienė married too—an unattractive man whom she did not love, but one who had a small farm and never crossed her. Under Buse, the farm prospered. Land was added to it—including the land of neighbours whom she had assisted to their ruin. Buse expected in her old age to enjoy peace and the universal respect to which she considered her wealth entitled her. For whatever means she had used in gathering it, she was always justified in her own eyes and sincerely believed herself to be a most estimable person—a belief supported by the pastor and various toadies. But the respect was very far from being universal. The farmhands hated her for her grasping, cheating ways. Her clever daughter-in-law gradually got the upper hand even over Buse, and the hard truths spoken by Biblys and her unsubmissive sister Trudé struck at the roots of her whole life. Buse And Her Sisters, by the veteran Lithuanian writer Ieva Simonaitytė (b. 1897), is a chronicle of life in Benagiai spanning over fifty years. But much water has flowed under the bridges since Buse took charge of her husband's farm like a whirlwind. Now, only the old folks remember those days. Translated From The Russian By Eve Manning Designed By V. Alexeyeva Many thanks to Shankar Brahme Samaj Vigyan Granthalaya, Pune for providing access to the book.


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-betohl,fav-fredorm2017,fav-hypercube8,fav-pb_ess,fav-vignam
creator: Ya. Panovko
date: 1971-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: panovko-elements-of-the-applied-theory-of-elastic-vibration
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2020-05-03T15:48:49Z,2026-02-05T20:59:02Z
publicdate: 2020-05-03T15:48:49Z
title: Elements Of The Applied Theory Of Elastic Vibration
year: 1971
description:
We may distinguish at least the following live sufficiently inde­pendent categories of vibratory processes differing in their nature: free vibrations, i.e., vibrations which are performed by a mecha­nical system having no energy supply from outside if the system is disturbed from its position of equilibrium and then released; critical states of rotating shafts and rotors which consist in a sudden increase in the deflections of their axes at definite speeds of rotation (or in definite ranges of speeds); forced vibrations which result when the mechanical system is acted on by fluctuating external forces (driving forces); parametric vibrations caused by periodic variations of the para­ meters of a system (for example, its stiffness); self-excited vibrations, i.e., vibratory processes which are main­tained by constant sources of energy of a non-vibratory nature. Each of these categories of vibratory processes is discussed in the appropriate chapter.

subject:
mir books,mir publishers,engineering,structures,analysis,mechanics,elesticity,free vibrations,forced vibrations,rotors,shafts,parametric vibrations,frictional vibrations


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-apeiron91,fav-floura28zz,fav-munif_muttafik
creator: I. R Gerasimov
date: 1983-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: i.-r-gerasimov-geography-and-ecology-a-collection-of-articles-1971-1981-progress-1983
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-01-27T17:24:21Z,2026-02-04T22:21:40Z
publicdate: 2024-01-27T17:24:21Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet literature,popular science,geology,ecology,science
title: Geography And Ecology - A Collection Of Articles 1971-1981
year: 1983
description:
This book presents a collection of articles by the eminent Soviet scientist Academician I.P. Gerasimov, Director of the Institute of Geography of the USSR Academy of Sciences. These articles focus on one of today’s most urgent problems - the interaction between human society and the surrounding natural world, the rational use of natural resources, and how modern geographic science approaches this question. Translated from the Russian  Designed by Vladimir Surikov All credits to Guptaji. CONTENTS                                                  Preface: Problems in Ecology and Today’s Geographic Science   5 I. GEOGRAPHY’S CONTRIBUTION TO THE SOLUTION OF ECOLOGICAL PROBLEMS  11    1. The Scientific and Technological Revolution and the Soviet Geography   13    2. Scientific Principles Concerning the Socialist Use of Natural Resources       and the Objectives of Basic Research   23    3. Methodological Problems in Extending the Ecological Approach       in Modern Science   33    4. Constructive Geography as the Science of Goal-Oriented       Transformations and Regulation of the Environment   43 II. STUDIES OF NATURAL ECOSYSTEMS (LANDSCAPES)     AND OF THEIR ANTHROPOGENIC TRANSFORMATION  51    1. The Material Cycle within Major Types of Natural Ecosystems       of the USSR   53    2. Theory of Natural Ecosystems (Geoccobiotas) as a Synthesis of       Landscape Science and Biogeocoenology in Soviet Geography       and Biology   64    3. Development of Scientific Fundamentals for Geosystem Monitoring:       Major Objective of Geography   77    4. A Facility for Experimental Field Studies of Natural and       Anthropogenic Geosystems of the Central Part of the Russian       Plain’s Forest-Steppe Region (Analytical Description, Program,       Initial Findings)   90 III. GEOGRAPHIC ASPECTS OF MAJOR ECOLOGICAL PROBLEMS   107    1. Natural Hazards on the Territory of the USSR: Study, Control, and Warning   109


creator: W. Sierpinski
date: 1964-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: sierpinski-a-selection-of-problems-in-the-theory-of-numbers
indexflag: index,nonoindex
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2021-11-03T12:07:22Z,2026-04-07T17:53:10Z
publicdate: 2021-11-03T12:07:22Z
title: A Selection Of Problems In The Theory Of Numbers
year: 1964
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-abhijeet_tiwari222,fav-aliedi,fav-and100,fav-carson_main,fav-ivo395,fav-jwile62,fav-kennedy_cajachagua,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-neeraj_1832,fav-nikemaul,fav-pio07,fav-renan481,fav-timomartin,fav-vignam

description:
A Selection of Problems in the Theory of Numbers focuses on mathematical problems within the boundaries of geometry and arithmetic, including an introduction to prime numbers. This book discusses the conjecture of Goldbach; hypothesis of Gilbreath; decomposition of a natural number into prime factors; simple theorem of Fermat; and Lagrange's theorem. The decomposition of a prime number into the sum of two squares; quadratic residues; Mersenne numbers; solution of equations in prime numbers; and magic squares formed from prime numbers are also elaborated in this text. This publication is a good reference for students majoring in mathematics, specifically on arithmetic and geometry. Table of Contents On the Borders of Geometry and Arithmetic What We Know and What We Do Not Know about Prime Numbers 1. What are Prime Numbers? 2. Prime Divisors of a Natural Number 3. How Many Prime Numbers are There? 4. How to Find All the Primes Less than a Given Number 5. Twin Primes 6. Conjecture of Goldbach 7. Hypothesis of Gilbreath 8. Decomposition of a Natural Number into Prime Factors 9. Which Digits Can There Be at the Beginning and at the End of a Prime Number? 10. Number of Primes Not Greater than a Given Number 11. Some Properties of the n-th Prime Number 12. Polynomials and Prime Numbers 13. Arithmetic Progressions Consisting of Prime Numbers 14. Simple Theorem of Fermat 15. Proof That There is an Infinity of Primes in the Sequences 4k+1, 4k+3 and 6k+5 16. Some Hypotheses about Prime Numbers 17. Lagrange's Theorem 18. Wilson's Theorem 19. Decomposition of a Prime Number into the Sum of Two Squares 20. Decomposition of a Prime Number into the Difference of Two Squares and Other Decompositions 21. Quadratic Residues 22. Fermat Numbers 23. Prime Numbers of the Form nn + 1, nnn + 1 etc. 24. Three False Propositions of Fermat 25. Mersenne Numbers 26. Prime Numbers in Several Infinite Sequences 27. Solution of Equations in Prime Numbers 28. Magic Squares Formed from Prime Numbers 29. Hypothesis of A. Schinzel One Hundred Elementary but Difficult Problems in Arithmetic References

subject:
mathematics,problems,high school,solutions,problem books,number theory,prime numbers,natural numbers,patterns,polynomials,fermat numbers,lagrange's theorem,mersenne numbers,elementary problems,difficult problems,goldbach conjecture,prime factors,arithmetic progressions


backup_location: ia905800_12
contributor: Mirtitles
creator: V. Kolesnikov
date: 1971-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: KolesnikovTheRootSystemOfFruitPlants
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2013-11-25T07:31:22Z,2026-02-05T17:44:33Z
publicdate: 2013-11-25T07:31:22Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
stripped_tags: p class="p1",span class="Apple-tab-span"
subject: botany,agriculture,farming,fruit plants,roots,root systems,root hairs,research,agrotechnology
title: The Root System Of Fruit Plants
year: 1971
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-crazyvintagelady,fav-diamantinasanchez,fav-dstev1,fav-floura28zz,fav-helen_charoupia,fav-trang_v_461

description:
The Root System of Fruit Plants provides the horticulturist with the information he needs to be able to choose an adequate method for discovering the causes of weak growth in fruit-bearing plants, for determining the correct depth of soil treatment in orchards and soft-fruit plantations, and for improving the system of agrotechnical measures that will ensure high yields of fruit. Many of these techniques can be employed in studying the root systems of forest trees, decoratives, and grapevines, and some arc also applicable for the examination of vegetables and field crops. The book is recommended for research workers, teachers, post-graduate students, and undergraduates of agricultural faculties and colleges, and for practising agronomists. The book was translated from the Russian by Ludmila Aksenova, and was first published by Mir Publishers in 1971.  CONTENTS  FROM THE AUTHOR 9 Chapter 1.  STRUCTURE AND ACTIVITY OF THE ROOT SYSTEM 11 The Role of the Root System and the History of Its Study 12  Types of Root System of Trees and Shrubs 19  Types of Hoots 23  Root Hairs 27 The Mycorrhiza (or Hoot Fungus) and Rhizosphere of Plants 33 Cyclic Renewal (Self-Thinning) of Roots 33  Effect of External Factors on Root Growth 41  Formation of the Root System 49  Correlation and Localization of Plant Life Activity 67  Vegetation and Rest Periods in Fruit Plants 69  Meteorological and Soil Conditions of Studies 72  Growth and Fruiting Control 79 Chapter 2. DEVELOPMENT AND CLASSIFICATION OF METHODS OF ROOT SYSTEM STUDIES 82 Classification of Methods 84 Chapter 3.  THE SKELETON METHOD 87 Specific Features and Application 87  Techniques of Root Excavation 89  Drawing a Plan of Horizontal Roots 92  Drawing a Plan of Vertical Roots 93  Additional Observations 94 Simplified Modification of the Skeleton Method 95 Treatment of Data Obtained 97  Evaluation of the Method and Examples of Its Application 101 Chapter 4.  THE MONOLITH METHOD 103 Specific Features and Purpose 103  Techniques of Excavation and Preparation of Roots for Grading 105  Simplified Modification of the Monolith Method 108  Treatment of Data Obtained 122  Evaluation of the Method and Examples of Its Application 127 Chapter 6. THE TRENCH (PROFILE) METHOD 134 Specific Features and Purpose 134  Techniques of Root Excavation 135  Modifications and Simplifications 136  Treatment of Data Obtained 139  Evaluation of the Method and Its Applications 146 Chapter 6.  METHOD FOR WASHING OUT ROOTS OF WHOLE PLANTS 148 Specific Features and Purpose 148  Techniques of Root Excavation 149  Modifications of the Method 151 Treatment of Data 155 Evaluation of the Method and Its Applications 158 Chapter 7.  FIELD (GLASS-PANEL) METHOD 159 Specific Features and Purpose 159  Root Cabins and Root Laboratories 160  Modifications of the Method 165  Treatment of Data Obtained 171  Evaluation of the Method and Its Applications 176 Chapter 8.  FREE-MONOLITH METHOD 180 Specific Features and Purpose 180  Techniques of Root Excavation 186  Specific Features of Roots 189  Modifications of the Method 193  Root Recording and Treatment of Data Obtained 194  Evaluation of tho Method and Its Applications 201 Chapter 9.  BORING METHOD 204 Specific Features and Purpose 204  Construction of Tool for Root Excavation and Techniques Used 205  Evaluation of the Method and Its Applications 206 Chapter 10.  VOLUMETRIC AND ADSORPTION METHODS 209 Methods of Root Washing 209  Estimation of the Surface Area of the Hoot System 214  Adsorption Method 219 Chapter 11. OTHER METHODS 223 Method for Studying the Distribution of Absorbing Roots in the Soil 223 Method for Studying the Root System on Slopes 225  Growing of Soil Cultures in Vegetation Vessels and Boxes 229  Method for Separating the Absorbing Roots from the Fibre 240  Method for Recording Root Hairs 241  Methods for Determining Root Diameter 245  Methods for Studying Root Regeneration 245  Methods for Determining the Effect of Temperature on Root Growth (Muromtsev, 1955) 246  Method for Photographic Sketching of the Root System 248  Aspects of Fruit Plant Root System Studies 249  References 255


backup_location: ia905705_0
contributor: Mirtitles
creator: A. G. Kurosh
date: 1977-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: AlgebraicEquationsOfArbitraryDegreelittleMathematicsLibrary
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2013-08-16T07:09:32Z,2013-08-16T07:11:40Z,2026-02-03T21:35:11Z
publicdate: 2013-08-16T07:11:40Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
subject: mathematics,algebra,equations,arbitrary degree,mir publishers,little mathematics library
title: Algebraic Equations of Arbitrary Degree (Little Mathematics Library)
year: 1977
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-1939a,fav-_superuser,fav-adilio917,fav-carson_main,fav-ellie_swekla,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-llahidee_koler,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-paul_dirac,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-raghu13957,fav-rohit_gupta696,fav-theperegrine,fav-timomartin

description:
This booklet is a revision of the authorâs lecture to high school students taking part in the Mathematics Olympiad at Moscow State University. It gives a review of the results and methods of the general theory of algebraic equations with due regard for the level of knowledge of its readers. No proofs are included in the text since this would have required copying almost half of a university textbook on higher algebra. Despite such an approach, this booklet does not make for light reading. Even a popular mathematics book calls for the readerâs concentration, thorough consideration of all the definitions and statements; check of calculations in all the examples, application of the methods described to his own examples, etc.


creator: I. M. Vinogradov
date: 1954-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: vinogradov-elements-of-number-theory
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2021-12-04T15:27:54Z,2026-02-06T01:51:55Z
publicdate: 2021-12-04T15:27:54Z
title: Elements Of Number Theory
year: 1954
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-abhijeet_tiwari222,fav-ahylla,fav-andres_caballero803,fav-area5150,fav-gawkingon,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-henry_w_watlington,fav-irohamca,fav-itsn_n,fav-joaopedro584,fav-jwile62,fav-kennedy_cajachagua,fav-mahmoud_mahmoud918,fav-ms157,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-native80,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-renan481,fav-ruffratseatcats,fav-tangled_banks,fav-timomartin,fav-user964685,fav-verante,fav-vignam,fav-zlvaughan0

description:
From the author  In my book I present a systematic exposition of the funda­ mentals of number theory within the scope of a university course. A large collection of problems introduces the reader to some of the new ideas in number theory. This fifth edition of my book differs considerably from the fourth. A series of changes, allowing a simpler exposition, have been made in all the chapters of the book. The most important changes are the merging of the old chapters IV and V into one chapter IV (reducing the number of chapters to six) and the new, simpler proof of the existence of primitive roots. The problems at the end of each chapter have been essentially revised. The order of the problems is now in complete cor­ respondence with the order of the presentation of the theoretical material. Some new problems have been added; but the number of numbered problems has been substantially reduced. This was accomplished by the unification, under the letters a, b, c, . . ., of previously separate problems which were re­ lated by the method of solution or by content. All the solutions of the problems have been reviewed; in many cases these solu­ tions have been simplified or replaced by better ones. Particu­ larly essential changes have been made in the solutions of the problems relating to the distribution of n-th power residues and non-residues, and primitive roots, as well as in the estimations of the corresponding trigonometric sums.

subject:
mathematics,number theory,soviet,divisibility theory,number theoretical functions,Euclid’s Algorithm,continued fractions,prime numbers,Mobius Function,Euler Function,congruences,residues,fermat's theorem,congruences of second degree,primitive roots,primitive indices,composite modulus


creator: I. M. Vinogradov
date: 1963-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: vinogradov-the-method-of-trigonometric-sums-in-the-theory-of-numbers
indexflag: index,nonoindex
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2021-09-23T09:55:20Z,2026-02-06T01:51:56Z
publicdate: 2021-09-23T09:55:20Z
stripped_tags: div class="page" title="Page 5",div class="layoutArea",div class="column"
title: The Method Of Trigonometric Sums In The Theory Of Numbers
year: 1963
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-carson_main,fav-floura28zz,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-pio07,fav-renan481,fav-sigmaalgebra,fav-timomartin

description:
Since 1934 the analytic theory of numbers has been largely transformed by the work of Vinogradov. This work, which has led to remarkable new results, is characterized by its supreme ingenuity and great power. Vinogradov has expounded his method and its applications in a series of papers and in two monographs *), which appeared in 1937 and 1947. The present book is a translation of the second of these monographs, which incorporated the improvements ef­ fected by the author during the intervening ten years. The text has been carefully revised and to some extent rewritten. The more difficult arguments have been set out in greater detail. Notes have been added, in which we mention the more im­ portant changes made and comment on the subject-matter; we hope these will be of assistance or of interest to the reader.

subject:
mathematics,soviet,trigonometry,theory of numbers,waring's problem,lemmas,weyl sums,polynomials,goldbach's problem


creator: N. Piskunov
date: 1981-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: piskunov-differential-and-integral-calculus-volume-2-mir
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-05-25T07:25:55Z,2026-02-05T21:58:54Z
publicdate: 2022-05-25T07:25:55Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: Differential And Integral Calculus Volume 2 Mir
year: 1981
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-alianfighter,fav-dstev1,fav-dwariberiamoon,fav-erica_tedesco,fav-floura28zz,fav-fredorm2017,fav-hello_world201,fav-kev009,fav-khoshmaram,fav-koolobo2,fav-manoj_jeyaram_mjn82_,fav-mateus_mesquita_teixeira,fav-mi_ko45,fav-mpss941,fav-muhammad_muntasir,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-oluoch54,fav-pb_ess,fav-pcruz,fav-pio07,fav-primoz_napotnik,fav-raghu13957,fav-rp_tech225,fav-scmstuffs,fav-shauhram,fav-thegladiator_ofn,fav-timomartin,fav-user_23638,fav-whitejack,fav-yanis_rotge

description:
About the book Text book by the late professor Nikolai Piskunov DSs (Physics and Maths) is devoted to the most important divisions of higher mathematics. This edition revised and last published in two volumes The first volume dealing with the following topics: Number, Variable, Function, Limit, Continuity of a Function, Derivative and Differential, Certain Theorems on Differentiable Functions, The Curvature of a Curve, Complex Numbers, Polynomials, Functions of Several Variables, Applications of Differential Calculus to Solid Geometry, The Indefinite Integral, The Definite Integral, Mechanical Applications of the Definite Integral. The second volume dealing with the following topics: Differential Equations, Multiple Integrals, Line and Surface Integrals, Series, Fourier Series, The Equations of Mathematical Physics, Operational Calculus and Certain of its Applications, Elements of the Theory of Probability and Mathematical Statistics, Matrices. There are numerous examples and problems in each section of the course many of them demonstrate the ties between mathematics and other senses making the book useful for self study is a textbook for higher technical schools that has gone through several editions in Russian and also has been translated into French and Spanish. Fourth Printing  Translated from the Russian by George Yankovsky

subject:
Differential Equations,Multiple Integrals,Line and Surface Integrals,Series,Fourier Series,The Equations of Mathematical Physics,Operational Calculus and Certain of its Applications,Elements of the Theory of Probability and Mathematical Statistics,Matrices,mathematics,soviet,mir publishers


backup_location: ia906800_24
creator: Y. Lakhtin
date: 1950-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: LakhtinEngineeringPhysicalMetallurgy
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2018-08-14T06:52:56Z,2026-02-05T20:01:26Z
publicdate: 2018-08-14T06:52:56Z
title: Engineering Physical Metallurgy
year: 1950
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-bar_can_ba_ol,fav-carson_main,fav-dstev1,fav-floura28zz,fav-leonardo662020,fav-maria_col_n,fav-matt_404,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-rosarara,fav-sagar_aqua

description:
A book on Engineering Physical Metallurgy This book should be of particular aid to new engineering person- nel, only recently engaged in industry, in coordinating their theo- retical knowledge with the actual engineering practice they en- counter and should also help them to better understand special treatises on physical metallurgy and heat treatment. More expe- rienced engineers may use it to renew their theoretical knowledge on the subject. The book may be expediently employed as supplementary read- ing by students of metallurgical and mechanical engineering in- stitutes and technical schools attending courses in general physical metallurgy. One aim of the author was to elucidate the latest developments made in engineering physical metallurgy, both in the Soviet Union and in other countries. Principal attention is given to the physical nature of the phenomena described. The author does not claim to have made a complete exposition of all the aspects of physical metallurgy. His intention was merely to set forth the fundamentals of physical metallurgy and heat treatment of steel, cast iron, and nonferrous metals in a consecutive and easily understandable manner.  CONTENTS Preface  7  List of Symbols 9 Chapter 1. Crystal Structure of Metals 11  1-1. Atomic Structure of Metals 11  1-2.Allotropy 18  1-3. Crystallographic Notation of Atomic Planes 19  1-4. The Structures of Actual: Metal Crystals 20  1-5. Properties of Metals 24 Chapter 2. Solidification and Metal Ingot Structures 26  2-1. Solidification of Metals 26  2-2. Metal Ingot Structure 34 Chapter 3. Plastic Deformation and Recrystallisalion in Metals 38  3-1. Plastic Deformation 38  3-2. Recovery and Recryslallisation 45 Chapter 4. Methods for Studying Metal Structure 51  4-1. Macrostructure (Macrography)51  4-2. Microstructure (Micrography) 53  4-3. X-Ray Analysis 59 4-4. Physical Methods for Studying and Inspection or Metals and Alloys 64 Chapter 5. The Mechanical Properties of Metals 73  5-1. Mechanical Testing of Metals 73 5-2. Tension Tests 73   5-3. Hardness Test 81   5-4. Impact Tests 86 5-5. Fatigue Tests 89  5-6. Tests a Elevated Temperatures 92  5-7. Fabrication Tests 94 Chapter 6. Binary Alloys. Constitution and Equilibrium Diagram 96 6-1. General Principles or Phase Transformations in Alloys 96  6-2. The Phase Hule and Equilibrium Diagrams  99  6-3. Equilibrium Diagram of a Binary System in Which the Components Form a Mechanical Mixture of Crystals in the Solid State and Are Completely Mutually Soluble in the Liquid State 102  6-4. Equilibrium Diagram of a System Whose Components Are Mutually Soluble in Both the Liquid and Solid Slates 112  6-5. Equilibrium Diagram of a System in Which the Components Have Unlimited Solubility in the Liquid State and Form Chemical Compounds upon Solidification 127 6-6. Equilibrium Diagram of a System Whose Components Are Subject to Allotropic Transformations 132 6-7. Diagrams of Ternary Systems 134 Chapter 7. The Iron-Carbon Equilibrium Diagram 142  7-1. Iron 142 7-2. The Iron-Carbon Equilibrium Diagram 146 Chapter 8. Phase Transformations in the Iron-Carbon System 158  8-1. Formation of Austenite (Transformations That Occur in Heating Steel) 158  8-2. Austenite Grain Growth in Heating 161  8-3. Transformation of Austenite into Pearlite (Isothermal Decomposition of Austenite) 169 8-4. Transformation of Austenite upon Continuous Cooling 178 8-5. Martensitic Transformation in Steel 183 8-6. Tempering of Steel 187 8-7. Ageing 192 Chapter 9. Heat Treatment of Steel 194  9-1. Annealing of Steel 195 9-2. Normalising of Steel 202 9-3. Hardening of Steel 204 9-4. Tempering of Steel 226 9-5. Sub-Zero Treatment of Steel 232 9-6. Defects Due to Heat Treatment of Steels 232 Chapter 10. Surface Hardening of Steel 239 10-1. High-Frequency Induction Hardening 239 10-2. Hardening with Electric Contact Resistance Heating 248 10-3. Hardening with Electrolytic Heating 249 10-4. Oxyacetylene Flame Hardening 250 Chapter 11. Chemical Heat Treatment of Steel (Case-Hardening)  11-1. Physical Principles Involved in Chemical Heat Treatment 273 11-2. Carburising of Steel  11-3. Nitriding of Steel  11-4. Cyaniding and Carbonitriding of Steel  282  11-5. Di!Tusion Coatings 287 Chapter 12. Minor Constituents and Alloying Elements in Steel 295  12-1. Effects Produced by the Minor Constituents  295  12-2. Distribution of Alloying Elements in Steel 297  12-3. Effects of the Alloying Elements on Phase Transformations in Steel 307 12-4. Structural Classes of Alloy Steels 320 Chapter 13. Steel 324 13-1. General Classification 324 13-2. Ordinary and Improved Carbon Structural Steels 326 13-3. Quality Carbon Structural Steels 329 13-4. Carbon Steels for Castings 333 13-5. Free Cutting Steels 334 13-6. Low-Alloy Constructional Steels 335 13-7. Alloy Structural Steels 337 13-8. Tool Steels 353 13-9. Wear-Resistant (Austenitic) Steels 367 13-10. Stainless and Acid-Resistant Steels 367 13-11. Scale-Resistant and Heat-Resistant Steels and Alloys 372 13-12. Magnetic Steels and Alloys 383 13-13. Alloys with Definite Expansion and Elasticity Properties 389 Chapter 14. Cast Iron and its Heat Treatment 391 14-1.Grey Cast Iron 391 14-2. Heat Treatment of Cast Iron 401 14-3. Malleable Cast Iron 403 Chapter 15. Copper and Its Alloys 406 15-1. Copper 406 15-2. Brasses 409  15-3. Bronzes 413 Chapter 16. Nickel and Its Alloys 423 Chapter 17. Aluminium and lis Alloys 425 17-1. Aluminium 425 17-2. Classification of Aluminium Alloys 427  17-3. Non-Heat-Treatable Wrought Aluminium Alloys 428  17-4. Heat-Treatable Wrought Aluminium Alloys 429  17-5. Aluminium-Base Casting Alloys 437 Chapter 18. Magnesium and its Alloys 442  18-1. Magnesium 442  18-2. Magnesium Alloys 442 Chapter 19. Titanium and Its Alloys 446 Chapter 20. Zinc, Lead, Tin and Their Alloys 450  20-1. Zinc and Its Alloys 450  20-2. Lead and Its Alloys 451  20-3. Tin and Its Alloys 452 Chapter 21. Babbitts (Antifriction Alloys) 454 Chapter 22. Rare Metals and Their Alloys 458 References 463  Index 468  

subject:
engineering,metallurgy,metals,steel,furnace,alloys,zinc,iron,copper,chemical treatment,mehcanical properties


creator: P. Orlov
date: 1980-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: orlov-fundamentals-of-machine-design-vol-3-mir-1980
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-03-04T06:16:32Z,2026-02-05T20:56:45Z
publicdate: 2023-03-04T06:16:32Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: Fundamentals Of Machine Design Vol 3
year: 1980
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-carson_main,fav-chandra_hasan764,fav-deentaylor,fav-ilem,fav-koolobo2,fav-matt_404,fav-nikemaul,fav-pio07

description:
A technical and methodic handbook for the designers of machines, useful as a textbook for mechanical engineering faculties. Gives a systematic exposition of the rules for rational machine design on the basis of unification and standardization, and for building industrial machines incorporating in their design provisions for further development, lengthening of service life, and improvement of reliability. Surveys ways of reducing weight and increasing strength and rigidity. Considers problems of thermal stress and the effect of thermal deformation on the operation of parts and sub-assemblies. Describes methods of improving efficiency, increasing sturdiness, making assembly easier, and improving operating conditions. Translated from the Russian by a. Troitsky  Credits to the original uploader All 5 volumes are now added  https://archive.org/details/orlov-fundamentals-of-machine-design-vol-1-mir-1976 https://archive.org/details/orlov-fundamentals-of-machine-design-vol-2-mir-1986 https://archive.org/details/orlov-fundamentals-of-machine-design-vol-3-mir-1980 https://archive.org/details/orlov-fundamentals-of-machine-design-vol-4-mir-1980 https://archive.org/details/p.-orlov-fundamentals-of-machine-desing-vol-5-mir-1980

stripped_tags:
div style="color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;",a href="https://archive.org/details/orlov-fundamentals-of-machine-design-vol-1-mir-1976" style="background-image:none;background-position:0% 0%;background-repeat:repeat;background-attachment:scroll;color:rgb(75,100,255);text-decoration:none;" rel="ugc nofollow",a href="https://archive.org/details/orlov-fundamentals-of-machine-design-vol-2-mir-1986" style="background-image:none;background-position:0% 0%;background-repeat:repeat;background-attachment:scroll;color:rgb(75,100,255);text-decoration:none;" rel="ugc nofollow",a href="https://archive.org/details/orlov-fundamentals-of-machine-design-vol-3-mir-1980" style="background-image:none;background-position:0% 0%;background-repeat:repeat;background-attachment:scroll;color:rgb(75,100,255);text-decoration:none;" rel="ugc nofollow",a href="https://archive.org/details/orlov-fundamentals-of-machine-design-vol-4-mir-1980" style="background-image:none;background-position:0% 0%;background-repeat:repeat;background-attachment:scroll;color:rgb(75,100,255);text-decoration:none;" rel="ugc nofollow",a href="https://archive.org/details/p.-orlov-fundamentals-of-machine-desing-vol-5-mir-1980" style="background-image:none;background-position:0% 0%;background-repeat:repeat;background-attachment:scroll;color:rgb(75,100,255);text-decoration:none;" rel="ugc nofollow"

subject:
engineering,engineering design,machines,mechanical enginerrings,reliability,indistrial machines,thermal deformation,machine design,assembly,cast members,machined parts,welded joints,riveted joints,cold plastic deformation joints


backup_location: ia905706_27
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-pb_ess,fav-theperegrine
contributor: Mirtitles
creator: Y. Borisov, I. Pyatnova
identifier: HarnessingTheSun
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2013-09-10T11:59:07Z,2026-02-04T22:08:26Z
publicdate: 2013-09-10T11:59:07Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Publishing House
subject: physics,science,solar energy,semiconductors,energy studies
title: Harnessing The Sun
description:
In this book the authors talk about the possible ways, with help of semiconductors, to harvest solar energy for our needs. The authors are very optimistic about the prospect of having solar energy as a viable source for the future (now). Translated from the Russian by Igor Gavrilov and published by the Foreign Languages Publishing House in 1963.


avg_rating: 0
backup_location: ia906801_20
creator: L. V. Tarasov
date: 1988-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: LevTarasovCalculusBasicConceptsForHighSchools
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
num_reviews: 1
oai_updatedate: 2018-09-04T07:32:13Z,2026-02-05T20:05:35Z,2019-04-02T02:22:05Z
publicdate: 2018-09-04T07:32:13Z
reviewdate: 2019-04-02T02:22:05Z
title: Calculus Basic Concepts For High Schools
year: 1988
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-ahylla,fav-alessandro_troisi,fav-alfa_eco,fav-ashsh500,fav-athena_17,fav-chandra_hasan764,fav-choyt55,fav-dramyg1,fav-ducbang,fav-elias_abobo,fav-emad_sadeghi,fav-f_bio_souza621,fav-habichuelacolora,fav-hello_world201,fav-james_derryberry,fav-johncrandall522,fav-jpazsoldan,fav-jsvnm,fav-kennedy_cajachagua,fav-koolobo2,fav-kuraiseikatsu,fav-lariki,fav-lhasty8667,fav-lorenzo358,fav-manoj_jeyaram_mjn82_,fav-mauro_martarello,fav-megan_thorne,fav-michael_r_ttger,fav-mouloud_meddi,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-pio07,fav-pramod_surya_makkena,fav-renan481,fav-rilberte_costa,fav-shamisen6624,fav-tankut,fav-the_big_l_s_pringle,fav-thf,fav-timomartin,fav-user396100,fav-verante,fav-weewooweewoow,fav-whahooly,fav-whitejack

description:
The whole book is presented as a relatively free-flowing dialogue between the AUTHOR and the READER. From one discussion to another the AUTHOR will lead the inquisitive and receptive READER to different notions, ideas, and theorems of calculus, emphasizing especially complicated or delicate aspects, stressing the inner logic of proofs, and attracting the reader's attention to special points. I hope that this form of presentation will help a reader of the book in learning new definitions such as those of derivative, antiderivative, definite. integral, differential equation, etc. I also expect that it will lead the reader to better understanding of such concepts as numerical sequence, limit of sequence, and function. Briefly, these discussions are intended to assist pupils entering a novel world of calculus. And if in the long run the reader of the book gets a feeling of the intrinsic beauty and integrity of higher mathematics or even is appealed to it, the author will consider his mission as successfully completed. Preface v 1  INFINITE NUMERICAL SEQUENCE 1 2  LIMIT OF SEQUENCE 17 3  CONVERGENT SEQUENCE 29 4  FUNCTION 45 5  MORE ON FUNCTION 61 6  LIMIT OF FUNCTION 85 7  MORE ON THE LIMIT OF FUNCTION 103 8  VELOCITY 115 9  DERIVATIVE 129 10  DIFFERENTIATION 147 11  ANTIDERIVATIVE 169 12  INTEGRAL 185 13  DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 199           14 MORE ON DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 215            PROBLEMS  227

stripped_tags:
div style="color:rgb(51,51,51);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;background-color:rgb(255,255,255);",div class="page" title="Page 5",div class="layoutArea",div class="column",span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:NewG8;font-weight:700;color:rgb(80.4%,36%,36%);",span style="font-size:12pt;font-family:NewG8;color:rgb(80.4%,36%,36%);",ol style="list-style-type:none;",ol,div class="page" title="Page 6",span style="color:rgb(205,92,92);font-family:NewG8;font-size:12pt;"

subject:
calculus,high school,mathematics,mir publishers,moscow,sequence,series,derivatives,differential equations,integral,differentiation,velocity,limits,functions


backup_location: ia906103_18
creator: F. Zigel
description: A book about astronomy
identifier: FZigelWondersOfTheNightSky
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2016-03-30T16:41:35Z,2026-02-04T21:58:30Z
publicdate: 2016-03-30T16:41:35Z
subject: soviet literature,mir publishers,astronomy,night sky
title: Wonders Of The Night Sky
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-janit_pongpuak,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-raghu13957,fav-seafarer54,fav-shauhram

format:
Abbyy GZ,Additional Text PDF,Animated GIF,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Image Container PDF,Item Tile,Metadata,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP


btih: 72ad5db3d5533e16c79a77d50da53f9659f02916
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-adam_k340,fav-yoshiyamadeep
creator: Ivan Turgenev
date: 1950-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: ivan-turgenev-on-the-eve-flph-1950
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-05-13T12:20:32Z,2026-03-10T09:33:36Z
publicdate: 2025-05-13T12:20:32Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Publishing House
subject: soviet literature,russian literature,classics of russian literature
title: On The Eve
year: 1950
description:
On the Eve is a novel set in the summer of 1853, just before the Crimean War, and reflects the mood of uncertainty and yearning for change in Russian society. The story centres on Elena Stakhova, a sensitive and idealistic young woman from the Russian gentry who feels stifled by the trivialities and moral stagnation of her bourgeois environment. Dissatisfied with her suitor Shubin, an introspective artist, and her family’s passivity, Elena seeks a deeper, more meaningful life. Her quest for purpose is fulfilled when she meets Insarov, a passionate Bulgarian revolutionary committed to the liberation of his homeland from Ottoman rule. Elena falls in love with Insarov, drawn to his strength of character and sense of mission. Their romance is not merely personal but also symbolic, representing a longing for action and purpose in a decaying society. Despite her parents’ objections, Elena defies social convention and marries Insarov, planning to accompany him to the Balkans. However, tragedy strikes when Insarov falls ill and dies, leaving Elena adrift yet transformed by her commitment. The novel ends ambiguously, with Elena departing for Bulgaria alone, embodying the idealism and restlessness of Russia's younger generation on the brink of revolution. Translated From The Russian By Stepan Apresyan Edited By George H. Hanna Designed By B. M. Basov Many thanks to Shankar Bramhe Samaj Vidnyan Granthalaya, Pune for making this book available.


backup_location: ia906704_16
creator: K. Antonova, G. Bongard-Levin, G. Kotovsky
date: 1979-01-01T00:00:00Z
format: Abbyy GZ,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Item Tile,Metadata,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF
identifier: HistoryOfIndiaVol2AntonovaBongardLevinKotovskyProgress1979
indexflag: index,nonoindex
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2018-05-04T10:19:38Z,2026-02-04T22:16:20Z
publicdate: 2018-05-04T10:19:38Z
title: History Of India Vol 2
year: 1979
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-ac_phale319,fav-jane_orrick,fav-jems_bond493,fav-john_b858,fav-kindness01,fav-marko_t454,fav-muhammad_salah,fav-pdf1995,fav-pio07,fav-signersign,fav-spinturaart

description:
In this post, we will see two volumes of the book  A History of India  by  K. Antonova, G.  Bongard-Levin, and G. Kotovsky. Soviet historians compiled and published a four-volume History of India in 1959-1969 which was well received in the country concerned. This work, some of whose authors and editors have contributed to the present study as well, has been drawn on for this new History of India in two books. At the same time use has also been made of the latest research into Indian history carried out by scholars from both the Soviet Union and many other countries. It is hoped that this book will provide the reader with a deeper knowledge of India and the history and culture of its peoples, and thus promote friendly relations between India and the Soviet Union. The books were translated from the Russian by Katherine Judelson and designed by Y. Lilov. The books were first printed by Progress Publishers in 1979. Book 2 THE BRITISH CONQUEST OF INDIA (EIGHTEENTH CENTURY) by K. A. Antonova 11 The Fall of the Moghul Empire 11 The Struggle Between the British and the French for India (1746-1763) 19 The British Conquest of South India 32 The Policies of the Colonial Authorities in India: Late Eighteenth and Early Nineteenth Centuries 50 The Economic Development of India in the First Half of the Nineteenth Century 60 The Final Stage of the Conquest of India 63 Anti-Colonial Protest 65 The Emergence of a Movement of the Bourgeoisie 68 The Great Popular Uprising of 1857-1859 70 Indian Culture in the Eighteenth and Early Nineteenth Centuries 76 INDIA AT THE ONSET OF IMPERIALISM (1860-1897) by G. G. Kotovsky 85 Changes in the System of Colonial Administration 85 India's Economic Development Between the 1860s and the 1890s 90 The National Liberation Struggle of the Peoples of India Between the 1860s and the 1890s 101 The Emergence of Bourgeois Nationalism and Its Various Trends 110 INDIA IN THE PERIOD OF PRE-WAR IMPERIALISM, AS ASIA AWAKENS (1897-1917) by G. G. Kotovsky 116 Mounting Contradictions Between Britain and India 116 The Rising Tide of the Revolutionary Movement in 1905-1908 123 India on the Eve of the First World War and Durina the War Years 134 RECENT HISTORY OF INDIA THE FIRST REVOLUTIONARY ONSLAUGHT AND THE EMERGENCE OF POLmCAL MASS ORGANISATIONS (1918-1927) by G. G. Kotovsky 153 High Tide of the National Liberation Movement 153 The Counter-Offensive of British Imperialism 171 The Emergence of a Communist Movement in India and the Formation of Workers' and Peasants' Political Organisations 176 THE RISE OF THE ANTI-IMPERIALIST MOVEMENT AND THE STRUGGLE FOR A UNITED FRONT (1928-1939) by G. G. Kotovsky 185 A New Chapter in the National Liberation Struggle 85 The Left Forces Assume a Stronger Position in the National Movement. Struggle for Leadership Intensifies 203 Progress Towards a United National Front. The Intensification of the Struggle Within the Congress 209 INDIA IN THE SECOND WORLD WAR by G. G. Kotovsky 218 The Position of the Political Parties and the Anti-Imperialist Movement During the Early War Years (1939-1941) 218 The "August Revolution" of 1942 and British Colonial Rule 224 The Economic and Political Situation in India in the Last Years of the War: (1943-1945) 226 THE FINAL STAGE IN THE STRUGGLE FOR INDEPENDENCE (1945-1947) by G. G. Kotovsky 233 The Mass Movement in 194.5-1946 and the Political Manoeuvring of the British Imperialists 233 On the Road to Freedom 243 THE DOMINION OF INDIA by G. G. Kotovsky 249 First Steps on the Road to Independence 249 Intensified Struggle 260 THE REPUBLIC OF INDIA: BUILDING THE FOUNDATIONS OF INDEPENDENCE (1950-1964) by G. G. Kotovsky 266 Internal Political Situation of the Early 1950s 266 Economic and Social Policy 274 The Emergence of the Nehru Une in India's Domestic and Foreign Policy 288 THE STRUGGLE TO PURSUE THE NEHRU LINE (1964-1972) by G. G. Kotovsky 310 The Growing Economic and Political Crisis 310 Consolidation of the Left Forces 319 INDIA IN THE MID-SEVENTIES: DEEPENING CONTRADICTIONS IN THE INTERNAL DEVELOPMENT (1973-1977) by G. G. Kotovsky 327 Economic Situation in the Mid-Seventies 327 Internal Political Situation in 1973-1975 330 A Turning-Point in India's Internal Political Development: the Emergency and the 1977 Elections 333 Foreign Policy 337

stripped_tags:
p style="margin:0px 0px 10px;color:rgb(51,51,51);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;background-color:rgb(255,255,255);",em,div class="page" title="Page 8" style="color:rgb(51,51,51);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;background-color:rgb(255,255,255);",div class="layoutArea",div class="column",blockquote style="padding:10px 20px;margin:0px 0px 20px;border-left:5px solid rgb(238,238,238);",p style="margin:0px 0px 10px;font-size:17.5px;line-height:1.25;",p style="margin:0px;font-size:17.5px;line-height:1.25;",blockquote,p style="margin:0px 0px 10px;",strong

subject:
india,history,modern,nehru,gandhi,1857 revolt,first world war,second world war,colonialism,imperialism,marathas,tipu sultan,bengal,emergency,pakistan war,china war


btih: 1c3371c20a6d3dc2425f217a6564c24aed9cbfbd
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-gocha31,fav-swarup_dey
creator: К. Нишиджима
date: 1965-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: Fundamentalnye-chastitsy-Nishijima-1965
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: rus
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2021-02-03T13:07:17Z,2026-02-04T21:57:59Z
publicdate: 2021-02-03T13:07:17Z
title: Фундаментальные частицы. К. Нишиджима. 1965
year: 1965
description:
Фундаментальные частицы. К. Нишиджима. 1965. Издательство "Мир". Fundamental particles. K. Nishijima. 1964

subject:
частицы,фундаментальные частицы,наука,физика,Мир,издательство "Мир",particles,fundamental particles,physics,science,Mir,Mir titles,Mir books


btih: 132f699999177bebeab4465914a43943a2636a05
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: Aleksandr I. Kuprin
date: 2026-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: aleksandr-i.-kuprin-black-fog-1905
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
licenseurl: https://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/mark/1.0/
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-05-23T07:39:55Z,2026-05-23T07:54:20Z
publicdate: 2026-05-23T07:39:55Z
publisher: The Mir Titles Project
subject: russian literature,classics of russian literature,russian short stories
title: Black Fog
year: 2026
description:
A dark, atmospheric sketch in which Kuprin explores psychological confusion and moral unease. It presents human consciousness as unstable under oppressive external and internal conditions. Translated from Russian by Douglas Ashby Originally published in 1905


btih: 2c3c8877b350a6bd4cdd9d25226eb9fe5b9116bc
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: Aleksandr I. Kuprin
date: 2026-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: aleksandr-i.-kuprin-hamlet-1905
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
licenseurl: https://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/mark/1.0/
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-05-23T07:42:11Z,2026-05-23T08:07:29Z
publicdate: 2026-05-23T07:42:11Z
publisher: The Mir Titles Project
stripped_tags: em
subject: russian literature,classics of russian literature,russian short stories
title: Hamlet
year: 2026
description:
A meditation inspired by Shakespeare’s  Hamlet , focusing on doubt and hesitation. It highlights inner conflict and the paralysis of excessive reflection. Translated from Russian by Rosa Savary Graham and Stephen Graham Originally published in 1905


backup_location: ia906805_17
creator: B. F. Sergeev
date: 1973-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: SergeevPhysiologyForEveryoneMir1973
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2018-12-17T04:31:00Z,2026-02-05T23:13:29Z
publicdate: 2018-12-17T04:31:00Z
title: Physiology For Everyone
year: 1973
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-hodibaba,fav-infalimus,fav-kadekandre,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-raghu13957,fav-sankha_sen,fav-seafarer54,fav-trang_v_461

description:
 Our planet, the Earth, is the home of hundreds of thousands of living creatures. Life has permeated everywhere. It has ascended to the tops of the highest mountains, where there is hardly any air, and has hid­den beneath the expanses of the oceans, reconciling itself to the tremendous pressures exerted by the waters. Life has come to the hot, arid desert; and to the eternal ice of the Arctic Living creatures have adapted themselves to an absence of oxygen, to ever­lasting gloom, and to silence. But, wherever living organisms have settled, they need food which has to be distributed throughout their bodies, and they have to carry out the processes of metabolism. They also need to feel at home in their environment and start families to ensure the survival of the species. This book will tell you about Nature’s amazing inventions which have made it possible for animals to po­ pulate our Earth, dealing as it does with live lanterns, radars, animal power stations, the mysteries of digestion, the automatism of the circulation of the blood, which is the body’s most perfect transportation system, the structure of photo- and audio-receptors the mysterious third eye, the secret workings of the brain, and the peculiarities of reproduction. Man has barely started to become familiar with Nature’s ingenious fantasy, but he is already getting to grips with the process of evolution and making usi of all Nature’s treasures and inventions. The aim o this book is to call the reader’s attention to the endless horizons of the science of living beings. The book was published in 1973 and was translated from the Russian in Oleg Meshkov.  Contents  Contents Water - A Personal Ocean The Substance to Which Our Planet Owes Its Existence  7  ‘Live’ Water 11 Dead W ater 16  How Much Do We Weigh? 19  Crocodile Tears 22  Do Fish Drink? 26  Can the Air Be Squeezed Dry? 28  The Water Manufactory 32 Construction Materials Lucullus’ Feats 37  Teeth Which ‘Crawl’  48  A Thousand-year-old Mystery Solved 55  What Do Cows Eat? 59  There Are Different Kinds of Pans 64  The Food Industry 73  The ‘Health Stores’ of Nature  79 Ventilation A Vital Element 91  Supply Department  93  Diving Suits and Aqualungs 103  In Search of Oxygen 108  Slag and Ballast 120 Thousands of Millions of Carriers It Just Dare Not Get Tired 129  Waves  142  Hydraulics 152 Where Can One Get Some Firewood? 157 The Fire-bird Just Like a Fairy-Tale 176 Solving the Mystery 182  Living Lanterns 186  The Fire-bird Serves Man 193 Live Electricity Historical Highlights 195  The Metal Conductor and the Nerve 200  An Underwater Electric Power Station 206  Locators and Oscillographs 213 Information Service The All-purpose Antenna 218  Where Did It All Come From? 221  A Third Eye 230  The Wonderful World of Light 236  Whispering Planet  252 A Personal Refrigerator A Strange Gland 268  The Functions of the Brain Convolutions 272 Delay Spells Death 277  When One Is Crazy about Frenchmen 287  The Speculations and Doubts of Scientists 293  A Courageous Deceiver 298  The Blues  301  The Racial Problem  304 Storks and Cabbages Why Does It Always Take Two? 309  Marriage and Family 314  Two Sources 324  The Request of the Enamoured Salmacis 332  Innocent Conception 336  How Many Chicks Can Hatch From One Egg? 341

subject:
life science,physiology,biology,animals,plants,water,senses,sex,food,living beings,circulatory system


backup_location: ia906900_19
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-jahanzeb_shah,fav-nikemaul,fav-user088599
creator: Kim Smirnov
date: 1985-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: SmirnovFaustVersusMephistopheles
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2019-03-30T07:02:30Z,2026-02-05T23:16:16Z
publicdate: 2019-03-30T07:02:30Z
subject: philosophy,knowledge,faustus,epistemology
title: Faust Versus Mephistopheles?
year: 1985
description:
 Where does knowledge lead - does it benefit man or will it prove to be his undoing? This con­troversy between Faust and Mephistopheles in Goethe’s Faust is a sort of key to this book by the Soviet journalist Kim Smirnov. Reflecting on let­ters sent in by his newspaper readers, the author talks to outstanding Soviet scientists-Academicians Victor Ambartsumian, Yevgeny Velikhov and Bonifaty Kedrov, to name but a few-about the interdependence between the socio-political and moral positions of the researcher, what ways he can or cannot take to reach the truth and his moral courage. The book was translated from the Russian by Peter Doria and was designed by Yuri Luter. Progress published the book in 1985. Prologue 4  1. Finding a Road 8  2. The Scalpel of Kindness 16  3. Difficult Stars 32  4. What Does It Mean to Be an Optimist? 60  5. The Hour of Introduction 80  6. Logger or Forester? 100  7. On the Other Side of the Rainbow 118  8. The Rem Khokhlov Lecture Hall 135  9. “He Only Earns His Freedom and Existence, Who Daily Conquers Them Anew’’ 163  Epilogue 179


backup_location: ia906806_20
creator: Ya. A. Smorodinsky
date: 1988-01-01T00:00:00Z
format: Abbyy GZ,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Item Tile,Metadata,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF
identifier: SmorodinskyTemperatureScienceForEveryoneMir1988
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2019-01-15T08:53:36Z,2026-02-05T23:16:25Z
publicdate: 2019-01-15T08:53:36Z
subject: physics,mir publishers,science for everyone,heat,thermodynamics,laws,temperature
title: Temperature (Science For Everyone)
year: 1988
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-betohl,fav-floura28zz,fav-fredorm2017,fav-golgonooza,fav-ilem,fav-indira675,fav-ivan260,fav-matt_404,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-raghu13957,fav-shauhram,fav-sunny5231

description:
This book on temperature was written to explain  how physical concepts arise, how new methods of  measuring physical quantities are developed,  and how the progress in physics makes well-worn  concepts move into modern fields of physics of  which our predecessors were understandably  quite ignorant. - Ya. Smorodinsky We now come to the next title in the Science for Everyone Series, Temperature written by Ya. A. Smorodinsky. The books has a lot of historical perspective on how the ideas of thermodynamics developed over the ages. Also the book takes you to many quantum phenomena and discusses in detail about many of them. From the back cover This book starts with a historical background on the notion of temperature and the development of the temperature scale. Then Ya. A. Smorodinsky covers the fundamentals of thermodynamics and statistical physics, only using concepts that will be familiar to high-school students. Having built a solid foundation, he exposes the reader to a number of phenomena that are essentially quantum-mechanical, but for which the concept of temperature "works", and works very well. These include the spins in crystal lattices, inverse population of energy levels, microwave background radiation, black holes, and cooling antiproton beams. Although it has been written for high-school students, the book contains a minimum amount of mathematics. Nevertheless, Ya.A. Smorodinsky compensates for this severe restriction by the lucid manner in which he discusses complicated effects. The book was translated from the Russian by V. I. Kisin and was first published by Mir in 1984. Contents Preface 5 Introduction 9 De recs and Temperature 12 Galileo 17 What Is Heat?  28 Thermal Equilibrium 33 Heat and Cold  35 Temperature Scale 40 Carnot 42 Ideal Carnot Cycle 45 Carnot’s Great Theorem 54 Carnot’s Line of Reasoning 58 A Simple Problem  59 The Law of the Conservation of Energy 61 Adiabats  71 Carnot Function 73 Absolute Temperature Scale 76 Lord Kelvin’s Discovery 80 Real Temperature Scale 82 International Temperature Scale 84 Kinetic Theory o Gases 85 Collisions in an Ideal Gas 87 What Is the Velocity of Molecules?  89 Kinetic Energy of Molecules and Temperature 93 Distribution of Energy over Degrees of Freedom 96 Heat Capacity 99 Maxwell Distribution 101 What Is a Distribution? 103 Various Mean Values  105 Maxwell Distribution and Chaos  107 Absolute Temperature and Quantum Mechanics 114 Magnetic Needles 119 Unattainability of Absolute Zero 122 Entropy 125 Carnot Cycle on T vs S Diagrams 129 Conjugate Quantities . 131 Entropy of an Ideal Gas  132 Real, Irreversible World 134 Price of Work 136 One More Formula for Entropy 139 Two Laws of Thermodynamics 140 Refrigerator 143 Thomson’s Heat Pump 146 Boltzmann' Formula 148 S as a Function of Temperature 151 Density of States 154 Temperature of Atomic Nuclei 155 Spins in Crystal Lattices 159 Spin Equilibria and Temperature 161 Negative Temperatures 163 Maximum Temperature 167 Masses of Elementary Particles 170 Unexpected Paradox 173 Low Temperatures 174 Magnetic Cooling 177 Problem for Fun  183 A Different Solution 188 Blackbody Radiation 189 Ultraviolet Catastrophe  193 A New Fundamental Constant 195 Photon Gas 201 Blackbody  206 Primordial Background Radiation 207 Baryonic Asymmetry of the Universe 212 Black Holes 217 Black-Hole Paradox 219 Planck's Units  221 Emission of Radiation from a Black Hole 224 Death of a Black Hole 225 A New Paradox 227 Cooling of Antiproton Beams 229 Temperature and Variance 232 Brownian Movement 233 Fluctuations 237 Maxwell's Imp 241 Up the Temperature Scale 245 How Is Memory Lost? 249 Lorentz’s Gas 253 Mixing  255 What Is the Number of Degrees of Freedom? 258 Conclusion 260


backup_location: ia905705_2
contributor: Mirtitles
creator: G. A. Alekseev
date: 1986-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: EnergyAndEntropy
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2013-08-17T10:23:42Z,2013-08-17T10:42:16Z,2026-02-04T21:45:45Z
publicdate: 2013-08-17T10:42:16Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
subject: physics,energy,entropy,machines,thermodynamics,second law,negentropy,machines,conversion
title: Energy and Entropy
year: 1986
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-aadya_r_burli,fav-abdul_fattah398,fav-ambekar_dinesh,fav-amin_cheikhi,fav-antonio_m_rquez_romero,fav-carson_main,fav-ckd101,fav-emad_sadeghi,fav-emmierabbit,fav-floura28zz,fav-google_bond,fav-hello_world201,fav-ilem,fav-inky_doodle,fav-isomorphismes,fav-jeet_nani,fav-kimahelbey,fav-maarchive,fav-mahmoud_mahmoud918,fav-marcelo_dominguez,fav-matt_404,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-pjmm_,fav-raghu13957,fav-renormalizedquanta,fav-rvalter,fav-sawszebra,fav-sejtan,fav-slowread,fav-sureshpal360,fav-thf,fav-vignam

description:
With the discovery, between 1845 and 1847, of the principle of conservation of energy, the importance of energy for human life and progress was recognized, and scientists gave energy the romantic name of `The Queen of the Worldâ. Some twenty years later scientists discovered entropy, a measure of the dissipation of energy. This book outlines the history of the formulation of these two notions. Ideas and concepts that were crystallizing in the human mind for thousands of years as the result of observation, practical experience, and developments in technology are described, together with philosophers, scientists, engineers, and inventors who contributed to their formulation. Contents Introduction THE QUEEN OF THE WORLD AND HER SHADOW 7 THE INVISIBLE QUEEN 15 The Man of Reason Showed in the Mirror of the Universe 15 From the Forces of Gods to the Forces of Souls in Every Object 20 Energy and 2000 Years of Walking About 28 “Give Me a Place to Stand and I Will Move the World!” 36 The Birth of the ‘Motive Power of Fire’ 41 In the Gloom of Religious and Political Cataclysms 44 Renaissance. Gravitational, Magnetic, and Electric Forces 50 Celestial and Terrestrial Forces 60 “Let Us Laugh, My Kepler, at the Stupidity of Men!” 64 TRIUMVIRATE 72 Falsely Directed Efforts Multiply Errors 72 “No Forces Are Lost for Any Type of Motion of Bodies” 82 Animate and Inanimate, Active and Passive Forces 87 Innate and Impressed Forces 90 The Advent of the ‘Motive Power of Fire’ 98 Forces of ‘Imponderable’ Matter 106 Destruam et aedificabo 119 The Principle of Conservation and Conversion of ‘Forces’ (Energy) 125 THE MULTIFACETED QUEEN 136 How Many Faces Does Her Majesty Have? 136 The Distribution of Roles 145 The Interconversion of Faces 148 A ‘Shagreen Leather’ for Humanity 150 From a Splinter to a reactor and Further 154 Concentration, Transformation Accumulation 161 “Equations of the Motion of Energy in Bodies” 163 THE QUEEN’S FORMIDABLE SHADOW 167 Shadows Start Growing at Noon 167 Entropy, Probability, and the Universe 174 Is the Demon an Outlaw? 180 How Much Entropy Is Contained in a Scientific Paper? 183 Love, Cybernetics, and Entropy 185 Give Me a Plate of Negentropy! 187 The Queen of the World and Her Shadow in Time and Space 190 Entropy and … the Construction Industry 193 Conclusion. IS HUMANITY IN A STATE OF SIEGE. 196


btih: b1c6da135f7ddd3a01e1b3b983ca06279b6bb0dc
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: झिनैदा अलेक्सान्द्रोवा (Zinaida Alexandrova)
date: 1980-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: zinaida-alexandrova-my-bear-in-marathi-progress-1980
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: mar
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-06-15T16:32:23Z,2025-06-15T16:36:40Z
publicdate: 2025-06-15T16:32:23Z
publisher: Progress Publishers,प्रगती प्रकाशन
subject: soviet literature,children's literature,illustrated books,story books
title: माझे अस्वल (My Bear In Marathi)
year: 1980
description:
My Bear  (Russian:  Мой Мишка ) is a charming little children's poem about a girl’s loving routine with her teddy bear. The text offers a day-in-the-life portrayal as she plays mother to her plush companion. ही एक गोड आणि लाघवी बालकविता आहे, जिथे एक छोटी मुलगी आपल्या टेडी बेअरशी खेळते आणि त्याची मनापासून काळजी घेते. तिच्या कल्पनाविश्वात मिष्का केवळ खेळणे नाही, तर तिचं लाडकं बाळ आहे. अनुवाद : अनिल हवालदार चित्रकार - इरीना कोल्मोगोत्संवा

stripped_tags:
div style="margin-top:1.43em;margin-bottom:1.43em;margin-right:5rem;color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;",em style="color:rgb(0,0,0);",em,span style="color:rgb(0,0,0);font-family:'-webkit-standard';font-size:medium;",p style="color:rgb(0,0,0);"


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-lawrencedc,fav-nic962,fav-nikemaul,fav-pio07,fav-seafarer54
creator: Sergey Yunatov
date: 2024-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: sergey-yunatov-ocean-giants-malysh-mirtitles-2024
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-03-19T12:31:03Z,2026-02-05T23:13:22Z
publicdate: 2024-03-19T12:31:03Z
publisher: Malysh Publishers,Mir Titles
stripped_tags: a href="https://archive.org/details/giganty-okeanov/" rel="ugc nofollow"
title: Ocean Giants
year: 2024
description:
The water in the ocean is salty. Everyone knows that. Besides, it is very dense. It is easier to swim in such water than in fresh water. That is why huge animals can live in the ocean. They don't have to spend a lot of energy to move around in the water. There are no such giants on earth. This book is about some of these animals. FOR PRESCHOOL AGE Sergey Konstantinovich Yunatov OCEAN GIANTS Artist: A. Keleynikov Edi tor: N. Senderova Art editor: G. Kryukova Technical editor: T. Shchepteva Proof reader : N. Shadrina Russian Edi t ion Publ ishing House "Malysh” 1982 Original Scans by: That Black Lynx This English Edition Translator: Damitr Mazanav Mirtitles Project 2024

subject:
soviet literature,marine animals,ocean giants,sharks,whales,giant octopus,popular science,children's science


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-megmkg,fav-prasadam
creator: সের্গেই আন্তোনভ (Silvi Väljal)
date: 1976-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: seven-friends-of-jussike-sat-bandhu-iyusiker-silvi-valjal_202407
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: ben
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-07-05T10:34:19Z,2026-02-05T23:13:30Z
publicdate: 2024-07-05T10:34:19Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet,children's books,সোভিয়েত সাহিত্য,শিশুদের বই
title: সাত বন্ধু জুসিকার(Seven Friends of Jussike in Bengali)
year: 1976
description:
A picture story book for children. All credits to sovietbooksinbengali blog. রুশ থেকে অনুবাদ: হায়াৎ মামুদ ছবি এ'কেছেন লেখিকা


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-dr_forbin,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07
creator: Yu. Kozyrev
date: 1985-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: yu.-kozyrev-industrial-robots-handbook-mir-1985
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-08-05T15:13:15Z,2026-02-06T02:10:24Z
publicdate: 2022-08-05T15:13:15Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: Industrial Robots Handbook
year: 1985
description:
Translated from the Russian by P. S. Ivanov First published 1985 Revised from the 1983 Russian edition Industrial robots are being used more and more in many fields of industry where they are replacing human operators engaged in onerous, repetitive, or potentially hazardous jobs. A particular point in favor of robots is that they can be taught to do jobs which are not amenable to automation or mechaniza­tion through conventional approaches. Robot systems are certainly only one of the many possible means of automating and simplifying the production process. They pave the way to a qualitatively new stage of automation, namely, the development of production systems which would require a minimum human attendance. One of the main advantages of industrial robots is that they can be quickly reprogrammed to undertake tasks that differ in sequence and character of mani­pulation steps. Robots are therefore most cost-effective in conditions of frequent product changes and in automation of jobs requiring manual unskilled labor. A major share of the products of the metal-working and machine-building industries come in low-volume batches. It is essential to evolve automatic assembly machines suitable for short and medium production runs. Of no less importance is to ensure fast retooling of automatic lines and putting them on stream as fast as possible. Industrial robots can be harnessed to handle not only the main tasks but also auxiliary ones, which explains why they are generating ever greater in­ terest. From 1970 to 1980, the total world stock of machinery loosely called indu­strial robots increased 25-fold to number 25 000 units. The areas of application of robots extend with each passing year. Robots mostly service press-forging and foundry equipment, and also machine tools. The use of robots for welding, painting, and coating operations continues to extend. In the last few years the number of robots working at assembly jobs has increased. One of the main causes of the intensive development of robotics is the need to increase productivity in manufacturing. In comparison with conventional automatic means, robots offer greater flexibility in solving technical and orga­nizational problems and shorten the time needed to complete and adjust auto­matic systems, and put them into service. In deciding on whether to use robots, industrial safety and working conditions should be given prior consideration. This is particularly the case where condi­tions are harmful or hazardous to the health of workers. To sum up, industrial robots will most likely be used more and more to achieve the following: — raise the quality and volume of products, with a minimum of labor force employed, owing to a decrease in the production time and reproducible perfor­mance of robots which are not subject to fatigue; increase the life of the equip­ ment; improve the current production processes and create innovative high­ speed production processes and equipment; — improve working conditions by relieving people of stultifying, repetitive, tedious, hazardous tasks; increase the safety of industrial labor; decrease the loss in man-hours due to occupational trauma and industrial diseases; — decrease labour requirements. Science and technology are likely to find new ways of developing advanced robots and robotized systems to attain these goals.

subject:
robots,technology,soviet,control,Manual Manipulators,auto-operators,industrial robot design,robot applications,control systems,applications of robots,safety systems


creator: Z. Shunwu
date: 1985-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: z.-shunwu-astronomy-popular-science-booklet-series-cstp-1985
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-11-12T11:06:13Z,2026-02-06T02:11:02Z
publicdate: 2023-11-12T11:06:13Z
publisher: China Science and Technology Press
subject: popular science,astronomy,planets,stars,earth
title: Astronomy ( Popular Science Booklet Series)
year: 1985
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-dsa559library,fav-golgonooza,fav-measupe,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-ruijpt,fav-seafarer54,fav-vidyarathne

description:
The booklet, written in simple everyday language, could give the readers a preliminary but useful knowledge of the in­ finite universe and what exist in it, including especially our own Earth, her sisters in the solar system and her own satellite the moon. Within limited space the author also leads his readers into the mysteries concerning the galaxies and the stars, among which are our own sun and such mirac­ ulous heavenly bodies as pulsers and quasars. He goes on to tell how the world's researchers arc trying to find and to contact the living and intellectual beings that might exist elsewhere than the planet we ourselves inhabit. Con­ cise lile stories of some notable astronomers, either Chi­ nese or foreign, help to make this booklet more interesting to everyone who has had junior secondary education and many self-educators as well. The illustrations are as in­ formative as vivid. ASTRONOMY is one of the "Popular Science Book­ let Scries" which has a total of twelve booklets, namely: Mechanism, Sound, Heat, Electricity. Air and Water. Light, Astronomy, The Earth’s Crust, Meteorology, Animal, Plant and Hygiene. Translator: Du Youliang

stripped_tags:
div class="page" title="Page 3",div class="layoutArea",div class="column",span style="font-size:5pt;font-family:TimesNewRomanPSMT;"


btih: 327278d61375b9dbbe37e0c02f54279abad53c97
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-dan_chapman603,fav-insertcoffee,fav-jetmorgann,fav-marccic,fav-matt_404
creator: S. G. Aleksandrov,R. Ye. Federov
date: 1962-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: s.-g.-aleksandrov-r.-ye.-federov-soviet-satellites-and-space-ships-selected-articles-ftd-1962
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-01-15T11:28:42Z,2026-01-15T11:53:50Z
publicdate: 2026-01-15T11:28:42Z
publisher: FTD
stripped_tags: em
subject: soviet technology,space technology,space ship,rockets,satellite technology
title: Soviet Satellites And Space Ships ( Selected Articles)
year: 1962
description:
Soviet Satellites and Space Ships (Selected Articles)  is a collection of scientific and technical articles documenting the early achievements of the Soviet space programme. The volume covers the theoretical foundations of satellite motion, rocket propulsion, and orbital mechanics, alongside practical problems such as atmospheric drag, re-entry, and interplanetary navigation. Particular attention is given to pioneering missions to the Moon and Venus, reflecting the rapid expansion of space exploration during the formative years of the Space Age. In addition to engineering and physics, the book addresses atmospheric science, space radiation, geomagnetism, and biological research, including the medical challenges of human spaceflight. Together, these articles provide a systematic picture of how space science, technology, and human factors were integrated in early Soviet missions. The collection serves both as a historical record and as a technical introduction to the scientific questions that shaped the first era of artificial satellites and crewed space travel. Table of Contents Special Features of the Motion of Satellites Peculiarities of Motion of Space Vehicles in the Solar System Flights to the Moon, Mars, and Venus; Man-Made Planets Requirements on the Accuracy of the Motion Parameters at the End of the Ejection Phase Space Rockets and Carrier Rockets for Artificial Satellite Ejection into Orbit The Problem of Descent to the Surface of the Earth and Planets Artificial Satellites and the Problem of Interplanetary Flights Study of Interplanetary Gas Biological Investigations Second Soviet Cosmic Rocket, First Flight to the Moon Determining the Density of the Upper Atmosphere by Means of the Diffusion of Sodium Vapour Manometer Measurements of Density and Pressure Mass-Spectrometer Measurements of the Ion Composition of the Upper Atmosphere Investigation of the Ionosphere Determination of Concentration of Positive Ions in the Upper Atmosphere Detection of Electrons with an Energy of about 10 keV in the Upper Atmosphere A Study of Radiation Near the Earth and in Cosmic Space Studies of Interplanetary Gas Using Ion Traps Measurement of Magnetic Field Near the Earth and Moon Investigation of Micrometeors Biological Investigations First Photos of the Reverse Side of the Moon First Flight to Venus Flight of Interplanetary Station toward Venus Soviet Cosmic Ships — Satellites, First Soviet Ship-Satellite Second Soviet Ship-Satellite Arrangement of Ship-Satellite Flight of Ship and Its Return to Earth Medical-Biological Investigations Further Launchings of Ships-Satellites in the USSR Man’s First Flight into Cosmic Space Medical-Biological Problems of Man’s Flight into Cosmic Space Training of Cosmonauts First Cosmic Flight Conclusion Appendices Bibliography


btih: 902db05fcb0d73c8db038a634f3a0753eba5759f
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: వి. సూస్లొవ్ (V. Suslov)
date: 1988-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: v.-suslov-who-is-the-strongest-in-telugu-raduga-1988
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: tel
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-11-24T11:03:22Z,2025-11-24T11:09:31Z
publicdate: 2025-11-24T11:03:22Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
subject: soviet literature,popular science,children's literature
title: అన్నిటికంటే బలమైనదెవరు? (Who Is The Strongest In Telugu )
year: 1988
description:
A little book for children describing how humans use technology to do amazing feats of work, thus making us more powerful than other animals. ఎత్రాలు: వి.త్రు బ్కోవిచ్‌ అనువాదం: వుప్పల లక్ష్మణరావు రెండవ ముద్రణ Many thanks to Anil Battula garu for making this scan available.


avg_rating: 5
creator: A. G. Tsypkin,A. I. Pinsky,V. I. Blagodatskikh (Editor)
date: 1986-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: tsypkin-pinsky-methods-of-solving-problems-in-high-school-mathematics-mir
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
num_reviews: 1
oai_updatedate: 2022-08-05T12:45:05Z,2026-02-08T20:08:12Z,2022-08-13T19:53:14Z
publicdate: 2022-08-05T12:45:05Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
reviewdate: 2022-08-13T19:53:14Z
title: Methods Of Solving Problems In High School Mathematics
year: 1986
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-_superuser,fav-aadya_r_burli,fav-athena_17,fav-bacchus312,fav-botellitadejerez,fav-croissante_la,fav-cryyy_eee,fav-daud_arshad,fav-david_richards2,fav-ducbang,fav-felipe_figueroa884,fav-gerardo_gallegos_ochoa_gaog680518,fav-h22wang,fav-hello_world201,fav-henry_quinn861,fav-indira675,fav-integernumber,fav-jin_tao508,fav-karthik_1234,fav-kathali,fav-kaustubh_chakraborty,fav-kennedy_cajachagua,fav-krishana_bhai,fav-llahidee_koler,fav-luis_gordillo,fav-marco_longo,fav-mert_ege_nce,fav-milanigno,fav-mmzzwordy,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-quippy,fav-radio247,fav-roman_jarocki,fav-samatteb,fav-seafarer54,fav-shauhram,fav-the_big_l_s_pringle,fav-timomartin,fav-vatsu,fav-verante,fav-yogiberra

description:
Translated from the Russian by Irene Aleksanova First published 1986 Revised from the 1983 Russian edition From the Editor In this educational aid, intended for high-school students, an attempt has been made to classify the problems encountered in high-school mathematics by their solution methods. It was rather difficult to attain the aim the authors set for them­ selves. On one hand, a detailed classification of problems by methods of solution would require the consideration of a large number of con­ crete problems and, on the other hand, a schematic classification would not yield a useful aid for solving different kinds of problems. There­ fore, alongside a large number of worked problems, the book includes many problems (about 2500) for the reader to solve. In addition to the traditional problems from the course of high- school mathematics, the book includes methods for solving simple differential and integral calculus problems as well as problems which require the use of coordinates and vector algebra. These sections only include problems whose solutions require knowledge that is beyond the scope of high-school mathematics. Some problems in the book can only be solved by a combined application of the knowledge from the traditional and new divisions of mathematics. These include, for instance, problems connected with the calculation of limits, derivatives and antiderivatives of functions which must first be simplified by means of identity transformations. The authors consider all the most frequent methods of solving problems from the high-school course of mathematics. The fact that many problems are not followed by their solutions makes it possible to use the book for preparing for the entrance examinations to higher educational establishments. From the Authors Our aim when writing this book was to help students to systema­ tize their knowledge of problem solving. The structure of the book Follows from this aim, hence each section begins with some theory (definitions, principal theorems and formulas) which must be known in order to cope with the subsequent problems without resorting to textbooks. Next the method of solving a specific kind of problem is indicated, followed by an example showing how to use the method. The remaining problems are left for the reader to solve. We feel that this form of presentation is the best way of helping the student actively master the methods of problem solving. In a num­ ber of cases, the solution presented is not the briefest or most elegant. This is due, first of all, to our wish to give the most visual application to the method being suggested, rather than to demonstrate non- standard approaches. We arranged the problems not followed by answers or hints in order of increasing difficulty, fully realizing that every reader may want to change the sequence of the problems according to his knowl­edge or inclination. Plane geometry and solid geometry, the tradi­tional divisions of school mathematics, are, in the main, represented by problems on calculations. The material on solid geometry was not structured strictly in the way we explained above since, as distinct from problems in plane geometry, for which the solution methods can be neatly classified, any non-trivia1 problem in solid geometry may require the use of several different methods. Thus the problems considered in Chapter 12 are followed by quite detailed solutions, in which the techniques which reduce the original problem to simpler ones are emphasized. Chapters 6-9 contain problems in mathematical analysis. Many of these should be solved using traditional high-school mathematics. Chapter 13 includes some very difficult problems in geometry whose solution can be considerably simplified with the use of vectors and the method of coordinates. Since the theory of relativity and the related divisions of mathe­matics have drawn considerable attention lately, we deemed it neces­sary to include combinatorics and elements of relativity theory. We nave taken into account that this material is absolutely new to the majority of readers and so the theory part of the chapter is somewhat larger than those in the other chapters. A double numeration system was adopted for both the problems and examples. The first digit indicates the number of the section and the other digit, the number of the problem or example within the sec­tion. An asterisk indicates a difficult problem and two asterisks mean that the problem is followed by a complete solution (given in “Answers and Hints” at the end of the book). In conclusion, we wish to express our gratitude to all those who helped us to improve the structure and content of the book by their advice and remarks, especially to N. V. Reveruk who took part in writing Chapter 13 and who prepared some of the problems for it. Our thanks also go to K. K. Andreev who thoroughly studied the chapters on mathematical analysis and made valuable remarks. The authors are especially grateful to V. I. Blagodatskikh whose cordial attention was felt at every stage of writing this book.

subject:
mathematics,problem book,Algebraic Equations,Systems of Equations,Logarithms,Exponential equations,Logarithmic Equations,Inequalities,Equations with parameters,Inequalities with Parameters,Trigonometry,Complex Numbers,Sequences,Functions,Limit of a Function,Continuity of a Function,Derivative,Applications of the derivative,Antiderivative,Integral,Plane Geometry,Solid Geometry,The Method of Coordinates,vectors,analytic geometry,Combinatorics,Binomial Theorem,Theory of Probability


btih: 898691f7d3fbde736f87342760ff4d0e30b29ee3
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: వి. బీళొవ్‌ (Vasil Bykov)
date: 1983-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: vasil-bykov-alpine-ballad-in-telugu-raduga-1983
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: tel
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-07-01T03:37:57Z,2025-07-01T04:01:17Z
publicdate: 2025-07-01T03:37:57Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
subject: soviet literature,soviet novella,soviet realism,world war 2,nazi germany
title: అరోషపు అంచులో నవల (Alpine Ballad In Telugu)
year: 1983
description:
Alpine Ballad  by  Vasil Bykov  is a powerful novella set during World War II. It tells the story of two escapees from a Nazi concentration camp —  Ivan , a Belarusian soldier, and  Giulia , an Italian woman. As they flee through the treacherous Alpine terrain, their journey becomes not just one of physical survival, but also of emotional and human connection. The novella explores themes of courage, love, resilience, and the enduring human spirit in the face of war’s brutalities. వాసిల్ బైకవ్ రచించిన  ఆల్పైన్ బాలాడ్  రెండవ ప్రపంచ యుద్ధాన్ని నేపథ్యంగా తీసుకొని రచించబడిన శక్తివంతమైన నవల. ఇది నాజీ శిబిరం నుండి తప్పించుకున్న ఇద్దరి — బెలరూస్ సైనికుడు  ఇవాన్  మరియు ఇటలీకి చెందిన మహిళ  జూలియా  — కథ. వారు ఆల్ప్స్ పర్వతాల్లో తప్పించుకుంటూ జీవన్మరణ పోరాటం చేస్తారు. ఈ ప్రయాణం శారీరకంగా కాకుండా భావోద్వేగపూరితంగా కూడా మారుతుంది. ఈ కథ ధైర్యం, ప్రేమ, మానవత్వం మరియు యుద్ధం మధ్యలో మనుషుల ఆత్మబలాన్ని చిత్రిస్తుంది. అనువాదం: - నిడమర్తి. ఉమారాజేశ్వరరావు చితాలు:- ఎ. ఎరాసావ్‌.. Many thanks to Anil Battula Garu for the scans స్కాన్లు అందించిన అనిల్ బట్టుల గారికి హృదయపూర్వక కృతజ్ఞతలు.

stripped_tags:
em,strong,div style="color:rgb(44,44,44);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;"


creator: S. L. Sobolev
date: 1964-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: sobolev-partial-differential-equations-of-mathematical-physics
indexflag: index,nonoindex
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2021-12-15T12:25:47Z,2026-02-05T23:16:42Z
publicdate: 2021-12-15T12:25:47Z
title: Partial Differential Equations Of Mathematical Physics
year: 1964
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-dawood_arshad778,fav-nikemaul,fav-noearchive,fav-pio07,fav-ruffratseatcats,fav-timomartin

description:
T h e classical partial differential equations of mathematical physics, for­ mulated and intensively studied by the great mathematicians ofthe nineteenth century, remain the foundation of investigations into waves, heat conduction, hydrodynamics, and other physical problems. These equations, in the early twentieth century, prompted further mathematical researches, and in turn themselves benefited by the application of new methods in pure mathematics. The theories of sets and of Lebesgue integration enable us to state conditions and to characterize solutions in a much more precise fashion; a differential equation with the boundary conditions to be imposed on its solution can be absorbed into a single formulation as an integral equation; Green’s function permits a formal explicit solution; eigenvalues and eigenfunctions generalize Fourier’s analysis to a wide variety of problems. All these matters are dealt with in Sobolev’s book, without assumption of previous acquaintance. The reader has only to be familiar with element­ ary analysis; from there he is introduced to these more advanced concepts, which are developed in detail and with great precision as far as they are re­ quired for the main purposes of the book. Care has been taken to render the exposition suitable for a novice in this field: theorems are often approach­ ed through the study of special simpler cases, before being proved in their full generality, and are applied to many particular physical problems.

subject:
mathematical physics,boundary value problems,soviet,physics,differential equations,method of separation of variables,vibrations,hadamard's example,Ostrogradski’s Formula,d'alembert's method,riemann's method,lebesgue integration,equation of heat conduction,fourier series,green's formula,poisson's equation,dirichlet problem,potential problems,laplace's equation,integral equations,fouriers method,spherical functions


btih: dcda5d78df57494b562d157a76639dc0a10ed8ea
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-cctu_pico_sena
date: 1986-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: zheng-banqiao-tries-a-rock-chinese-story-morning-glory-1986
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-05-12T08:45:08Z,2026-05-12T08:52:04Z
publicdate: 2026-05-12T08:45:08Z
publisher: Morning Glory
subject: chinese literature,children's books,story books
title: Zheng Banqiao Tries A Rock - Chinese Story
year: 1986
description:
Zheng Bangiao (1693-1765) was a celebrated writer as well as painter and calligrapher of the Qing Dynasty. His painting and calligraphy were popular in his own time and greatly influenced later generations. He also served as a magistrate and always showed concern for the poor, upheld justice and was never subservient to high officials. Zheng Bangiao Tries a Rock is one of the many folk legends about him. Adapted by Huan Shiming  Illustrated by Wang Mengqi Designed by Zhang Xizhu


creator: B. Pavlov,A. Terentiev
date: 1975-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: pavlov-terentiev-chimie-organique-mir
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: fre
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-09-11T09:53:31Z,2026-02-27T01:19:20Z
publicdate: 2022-09-11T09:53:31Z
publisher: Éditions Mir
title: Chimie Organique
year: 1975
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-beck_apos_n_mambwe,fav-boris_nazarov,fav-floura28zz,fav-joseph_makileki,fav-michaellabarbosa,fav-neyerra,fav-oussama_lyoussi,fav-pio07,fav-verginiaa

description:
Un manuel de chimie organique. 2e ÉDITION REVUE Traduit du rosse par E. Authier Un grand merci à Henri Leveque pour le scan original.

subject:
chimie,chimie organique,théorie,hydrocarbures,halogènes,alcools,acides,bases,expériences,réactions chimiques,aldéhydes,acides carboniques,amines,composés aromatiques,monocycliques,hétérocycliques,polycycliques


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-pio07,fav-vignam
creator: P. Poloukhine,V. Tiourine,P. Davidkov,D. Vitanov
date: 1987-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: poloukhine-tiourine-davidkov-vitanov-traitemen-des-metaux-par-deformation-mir-1987
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: fre
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-07-22T10:03:51Z,2026-02-05T22:01:18Z
publicdate: 2023-07-22T10:03:51Z
publisher: Éditions Mir
subject: Bases théoriques,thermique de déformation,déformation,métaux par déformation
title: Traitemen Des Métaux Par Déformation
year: 1987
description:
Le présent ouvrage est le fruit des travaux des chercheurs soviétiques et bulgares dans le domaine du traitement des métaux par déformation dans les constructions mécaniques des deux pays: TU.R.S.S. et la République populaire de Bulgarie. Les auteurs se sont proposés de faire le choix et l’étude des procédés destinés à obtenir les éléments de machines et les ébauches des constructions mécaniques avec la précision requise de la forme et des dimensions. En même temps, les auteurs n’ont pas omis d’examiner les particularités métallurgiques propres à la production des pièces uniques à partir des lingots géants et à l’estampage du métal liquide. Or, les auteurs ont cherché à rédiger un ouvrage qui soit utile tant aux spécialistes travaillant dans l'industrie à production en grandes séries qu’à ceux qui ont affaire à la fabrication de faibles séries et de pièces uniques Traduit du russe par E. Bolachenko et V. Vinnik Un grand merci à Henri Leveque pour le livre


creator: E. P. Popov
date: 1962-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: popov-the-dynamics-of-automatic-control-systems
indexflag: index,nonoindex
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2021-11-07T08:24:55Z,2026-02-05T22:01:26Z
publicdate: 2021-11-07T08:24:55Z
title: The Dynamics Of Automatic Control Systems
year: 1962
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-bb1370,fav-jissica_122m,fav-jkreiser,fav-marcelo_dominguez,fav-mehran_ranjbar,fav-pio07,fav-the-redraven

description:
Peofessoe Popov’s book on the theory of servomechanisms and control systems will be of interest to English readers in showing the meticulous detail into which Russian engineers and students are led when discussing these subjects. A few standard and useful examples are taken and form the basis for discussion at all levels, from the most elementary to the most complete and advanced, so that a sense of continuity is preserved throughout the volume. The translation preserves much of the Russian sentence structure and the editor did not find it possible to alter this without a more or less complete rewriting of the translator’s manuscript. Neverthe­ less, it is hoped that a readable result has been obtained and that the spirit of the whole is faithful to that of the original. The wide study of the theory of automatic control in our insti­ tutions of higher education is a very recent development. Many engineers therefore have come to study it only when already engaged in practical work. The present book has the aim of assisting these broad circles of engineers and students to acquaint themselves in the most accessible form with the foundations of the theory of automatic control, in which the main role is played by the dynam­ ics of control systems. Following the aim of the most accessible development, the author has consciously tried to reduce to a minimum the use of operational calculus and the theory of functions of the complex variable and everywhere, where possible, to confine himself to the use of the symbolic operational method as a means of simplifying the notation and manipulation of differential equations. The book presents those theoretical methods of analysis and synthesis of automatic control systems common to systems of various physical natures and designs. The concrete examples presented in the book, therefore, by no means pretend to reproduce the designs of contemporary automatic control systems. They will be only the simplest functional circuits serving to illustrate the principal ideas in the construction of automatic control systems and the application of the theoretical methods developed here. By analogy, the reader may then apply these ideaB and methods to the concrete automatic control systems of interest to him. Attempting to describe in detail the fundamental results of the theory of automatic control, the author has been forced to limit himself to brief remarks on a number of special questions. Statistical methods and questions of representation of automatic control systems have been completely neglected here. Each of these important fields is so specialised that it may constitute the subject of separate books.

subject:
engineering,technology,automation,systems,design,servo mechnisms,mechanisms,physical mature,examples,ideas,differential equations,dynamics,mechanical,electrical,electronic,forms,transients,regulation processes,efficiency,problems,stability criteria,quality criteria,non-linear automatic regulation systems,self oscillations,approximations,analytic solutions,soviet


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-dahan_wang,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-pb_ess,fav-straycabbage,fav-user964685
creator: Lev Potkov
date: 1957-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: potkov-a-world-we-do-not-see.
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-02-27T07:10:34Z,2026-02-05T22:02:00Z
publicdate: 2022-02-27T07:10:34Z
title: A World We Do Not See.
year: 1957
description:
The reading public has always been keenly interested in the world of microscopic beings. And it is not difficult to explain why this is so, for the organisms which can be seen only through the microscope play an exceeding­ ly important role in Nature and in the life of man. It is micro-organisms that are responsible for the rotation of various substances in soil and to a great extent de­ termine its productivity. Therefore, it is only natural that microbes occupy such a prominent place i'n the works of the great Russian soil scientists V. Dokuchayev, P. Kostychev and V. Williams. The activity of microbes in water reservoirs is also very important as they are the direct producers of fodder for aquatic fauna. Today we know that a number of geological forma­ tions owe their existence to microbes, which, consequent­ ly, are a potent geological factor. Microbiological methods are now widely used in geological survey, par­ ticularly, in petroleum prospecting. Many industries, especially those dealing with fermen­ tation and food processing, are based on the action of micro-organisms. Further development of such industries is wholly dependent on the progress of microbiology. The readers hardly need being reminded of the fact that micro-organisms are the cause of various diseases of man, animals and plants. Mankind cannot success­ fully control disease without a thorough study of its agents.  Recently, microbes have been discovered which produce therapeutic substances—antibiotics—whose prac­ tical application has proved highly effective, so that a number of diseases formerlv considered incurable no longer constitute a threat to humanity. Antibiotics can be used for the treatment not only of humans, but also •J of animals and plants. The production of antibiotics is an extensive branch oF industrv. We could give many more examples illustrating the importance of microbes, but even the few already mem tioned are sufficient to draw attention to this group of organisms and make them the object of thorough study. Russian scientists have made a valuable contribution to microbiology, and the history of the science shall preserve for ever the names of I. Mechnikov, N. Gama- leya, I). Zabolotny, S. Vinogradsky, V. Omelyansky, B. Isachenko, and many other workers. Soviet microbiologists are today further developing the achievements of their teachers on the basis of up-to-date techniques. It is not easy to describe in popular form the develop­ment and successes of microbiology. The book by L. Potkov is an attempt to solve this task. The author had worked long and assiduously, and we hope his effort will not prove in vain and that the book will meet the requirements of the readers.

subject:
biology,microbiology,foreign languages publishing house,mycology,industry,useful microbes,disease causing microbes,agriculture,history of microbiology


date: 1966-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: vyazanitsyn-physics-of-the-solar-system
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-02-08T14:36:04Z,2026-02-06T01:53:54Z
publicdate: 2022-02-08T14:36:04Z
title: Physics Of The Solar System (Vol 3 of A Course in Astrophysics and Stellar Astronomy)
year: 1966
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-archiveuser096,fav-john_b858,fav-marcelo_dominguez,fav-theneonew,fav-worldbuggy

creator:
V.P. Vyazanitsyn, M.N. Gnevyshev, O.V. Dobrovol'skii, V.A. Krat, A.V. Markov, A.P. Molchanov, V.M. Sobolev, V.V. Sharonov and A.A. Mikhailov (Ed.)

description:
This third volume of "A Course in Astrophysics and Stellar Astronomy" deals with observational results and their interpretation. It is not the aim of this book either to present all existing astrophysical theories and hypo­ theses or to discuss systematically general problems in the modern theories of cosmogony and cosmology. Such subjects have been treated in special textbooks and monographs.* However, in all the astronomical literature so far there has been no book which gives a systematic presentation of observational results together with methods for their interpretation. This fact has determined the nature and the scope of this text. It mainly presents facts, and the principal theoretical studies related to an interpretation of the observational data are given only briefly (they are often just mentioned in the references). As far as possible, we have tried to avoid controversial theoretical questions for which no definite answers have yet been found, since this book does not represent a survey of astrophysics and stellar astronomy in the sense of the volumes edited by Kuiper on the sun and the solar system. Rather, it constitutes a textbook for young astronomers, both graduates and undergraduates. For this reason, it was impossible to include a systematic discussion of general and complex problems related to cosmology and cosmogony, the proper place for which is in more specialized monographs. For the teaching of astrophysics in a university, this book should be used in parallel with a course in theoretical astrophysics. Consequently, in our presentation it is assumed that the reader is already familiar with the rudiments of theory. This volume. Volume III, is divided into two parts: 1) The Sun, and 2) The Planetary System (planets, comets, and meteors). Part I mainly stresses so-called solar activity, that is, the processes occurring on the surface of the sun. These processes are inevitably interrelated, since they represent different stages in the development of large-scale motions on the solar surface. These motions produce so-called active regions, which in a certain sense may be compared with terrestrial cyclones and anticyclones.

subject:
astrophysics,planetary physics,planets,planet properties,solar data,the sun,solar spectrum,moon,physics of the planets,comets,meteors,zodiacal light,minor planets


btih: f6f28338f01c526f29039a9e44341a6b86e3d82d
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-beansa,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-the_bode,fav-yoshiyamadeep
creator: W. M. Thackeray
date: 1950-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: w.-m.-thackeray-the-book-of-snobs-flph-1950
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-01-19T12:37:57Z,2026-02-06T01:54:06Z
publicdate: 2025-01-19T12:37:57Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Publishing House
subject: literature
title: The Book Of Snobs
year: 1950
description:
In The Book of Snobs , William Makepeace Thackeray reveals the hollowness of the bourgeoisie and their endless pursuit of wealth and status. Through his sharp satire, he exposes the hypocrisy of those who idolise rank while trampling on the dignity of the common man. Thackeray does not spare any class but shows how all are ensnared by the false idols of privilege and vanity. This book, serves as a powerful reminder of the moral decay that arises from social inequality, urging us to seek a world where worth is measured by one’s deeds and not by one’s titles or possessions.


btih: 1aaaec214eb3e608e86b527740b80dc95e2fa67d
creator: Yang Yi,Liang Ke
date: 1981-01-01T00:00:00Z
description: A little story book for children. Illustrations by Gu Yin All credits to Guptaji
identifier: yang-yi-liang-ke-i-am-on-duty-today-foreign-languages-pres-beijing-1981
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-10-08T10:58:44Z,2026-02-06T02:07:57Z
publicdate: 2024-10-08T10:58:44Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Pres Beijing
subject: chinese literature,children's literature,children's stories,illustrated books,picture story books
title: I Am On Duty Today
year: 1981
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-ifndefine,fav-lukas_korso223,fav-mitlequiquiztle,fav-nikemaul,fav-pepiboo,fav-vidya_ashok


btih: 973df6bf155a6674e214e3d45e7671ab7e9fe467
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-lukas_korso223
creator: N. Sakonskaya
date: 2026-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: n.-sakonskaya-a-little-book-about-four-colours-mirtitles-2026
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
licenseurl: https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-05-22T11:36:25Z,2026-05-22T12:10:47Z
publicdate: 2026-05-22T11:36:25Z
publisher: The Mir Titles Project
subject: soviet literature,childrens literature,illustrated books
title: A Little Book About Four Colours
year: 2026
description:
A book about four colours: red, blue, green and yellow. Illustrations A. Brey Translated from the Russian and Typset in Scribus by  Damitr Mazanav


creator: Ya. S. Bugrov,S. M. Nikolski
date: 1984-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: ya.-s.-bugrov-s.-m.-nikolski-matematicas-superiores-elementos-de-algebra-lineal-
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: spa
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-06-06T06:21:44Z,2026-02-06T02:07:48Z
publicdate: 2022-06-06T06:21:44Z
publisher: Editorial Mir
title: Matematicas Superiores Elementos De Algebra Lineal Y Geometria Analitica
year: 1984
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-aaron_vila_a_moyon,fav-kennedy_cajachagua,fav-lucas_carughi,fav-mipenehueleacaca,fav-nicole_benedicto,fav-nikemaul,fav-osvaldorivfl1996,fav-pb_ess,fav-roberto_mart_nez718

description:
En el presente volumense desarrollan las cuestiones fundamentales de la teoría de los determinantes, de la teoría de los sistemas de ecuaciones lineales, del álgebra vectorial.  También se examinan las partes más importantes del álgebra lineal: operadores, lineales transformaciones ortogonales operadores autoconjugados  la forma cuadratica y su reducción a la forma canónica. So incluyen de la  geometria analitica: la linea recta, el plana, la recta en espacios, curvas y superficies de segundo orden. Por lo general los razonamientos van acompañados de demostraciónes exhaustiva. Las formas canónicas de curvas y superficies de segundo orden se desarrollan on este libro en forma muy breve, debido a que se supone que las mismas se estudiarán complementariamente en forma de ejercicios como métodos del análisis matemático. La forma cuadrática se estudia como métodos del análisis matemático o del análisis funcional. En este  volumen se exponen todos los temas que conforman el programa respectivo para los institutos de enseñanza técnica superior.

subject:
Algebra Lineal,Geometria Analitica,mathematicos,análisis matemático,curvas y superficies de segundo orden,ineal: operadores,lineales transformaciones,ortogonales operadores autoconjugados


btih: 1573cc2f1addde9b46ff02744c73344eeb971805
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: Hua Kuo-chang
date: 1977-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: young-riders-on-the-grassland-flp-1977
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-11-09T12:08:48Z,2025-11-09T12:14:06Z
publicdate: 2025-11-09T12:08:48Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Press
subject: chinese literature
title: Young Riders On The Grassland
year: 1977
description:
Young Riders on the Grassland tells about Patu and Szuchin, two Little Red Guards of China’s Inner Mongolia grassland. They take as model Comrade Lei Feng, a good PLA fighter cited by Chairman Mao, and act in the revolutionary spirit of class love and of helping others. With Mao Tsetung Thought providing their ideals, and the Great Proletarian Cultural Revolution their tempering, the children grow up wholesome and strong. Illustrations by Liu Ta-wei


backup_location: ia906803_28
creator: L. Tarasov
date: 2018-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: TarasovThisAmazinglySymmetricalWorld
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2018-11-04T13:41:40Z,2026-02-06T00:11:08Z
publicdate: 2018-11-04T13:41:40Z
title: This Amazingly Symmetrical World
year: 2018
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-blackaller,fav-dstev1,fav-hypercube8,fav-indira675,fav-kruyol,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-raghu13957,fav-verante

description:
Here is a fascinating and non-technical introduction to ubiquitous effects of symmetry. Starting with geometrical elements of symmetry, the author reveals the beauty of symmetry in the laws of physics, biology, astronomy and chemistry. He shows that symmetry and asymmetry form the foundations of relativity, quantum mechanics, solid-state physics, and atomic, sub-atomic and elementary particle physics and so on.  The author would like to attract the reader's attention to the very idea of symmetry and help him to discern a wide variety of the manifestations of symmetry in the surrounding world, and, above all, to demonstrate the most important role played by symmetry in the scientific comprehension of the world and in human creative effort.

stripped_tags:
span style="color:rgb(51,51,51);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;background-color:rgb(255,255,255);",br style="color:rgb(51,51,51);font-family:'Helvetica Neue', Helvetica, Arial, sans-serif;font-size:14px;background-color:rgb(255,255,255);" /

subject:
physics,geometry,mathematics,quantum mechanics,conservation laws,elementary particles,particle physics,symmetry,mir publishers


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-aghori_king,fav-h_k_rai
creator: अलेक्सान्द्र पुश्किन (Alexander Pushkin)
date: 1982-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: alexander-pushkin-collected-works-vol-1-poetry-hindi-progress-1982
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: hin
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-04-11T06:56:33Z,2026-02-03T21:34:33Z
publicdate: 2023-04-11T06:56:33Z
publisher: Progress Publishers,प्रगति प्रकाशन
subject: soviet literature,russian literature
title: चुनी हुई रचनाएं खण्ड १ - काव्य कानन ( Collected Works Vol 1 Poetry Hindi)
year: 1982
description:
पुश्किन महान रूसी जन-कवि, सुन्दरता और सूझ-बूझ , से मन मोह लेनेवाली कथाओं के स्रष्टा, प्रथम यथार्थवादी पद्य उपन्यास 'येव्गेनी ओनेगिन' के लेखक, हमारे सर्वश्रेष्ठ ऐतिहासिक नाटक 'बोरीस गोदुनोव' के रचयिता, ऐसे कवि थे, जिनसे अभी तक न तो कोई काव्य- सौन्दर्य और न ही भावनाओं- विचारों की अभिव्यक्ति की शक्ति की दृष्टि से बराबरी कर पाया है, पुश्किन ही महान रूसी साहित्य के आदि प्रवर्तक थे। म. गोर्की अलेक्सान्द्र पुश्किन चुनी हुई रचनाएं  खण्ड १ - काव्य कानन प्रगति प्रकाशन मास्को अनुवादक मदनलाल मधु Credits to the original uploader


btih: d14d264abea51a3389e321ab0f2bf86a524d3d66
creator: Alexander Kazantsev
date: 1989-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: alexander-kazantsev-the-destruction-of-faena-adventure-fantasy-raduga-1989
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-01-14T11:29:40Z,2026-06-20T10:19:46Z
publicdate: 2025-01-14T11:29:40Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
subject: soviet literature,soviet science fiction
title: The Destruction Of Faena ( Adventure & Fantasy)
year: 1989
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-jo_o_pedro470,fav-lukas_korso223,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-scott_landano,fav-stew312856,fav-theperegrine,fav-when_collective

description:
A Soviet science fiction story. Translated by Alex Miller Illustrated and designed by Mikhail Verkholantsev All credits to the original uploaders.

external-identifier:
urn:lcp:Alexander Kazantsev - The Destruction of Faena - (Adventure & Fantasy) - Raduga- 1989:epub:af60895e-da6d-4008-a488-7565deb3f5fe


btih: 6a6780694711ccd07ff36e3608c9f934f06f2867
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-aghori_king
creator: अलेक्सान्द्र फदेयेवव (Alexander Fadeev)
date: 1988-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: alexander-fadeev-metelista-goes-on-reconnaissance-in-hindi-a-chapter-from-the-rout-raduga-1983
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: hin
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-09-06T16:02:23Z,2026-05-10T06:21:04Z
publicdate: 2024-09-06T16:02:23Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
title: मेटेलिस्ता टोह पर Metelista Goes On Reconnaissance In Hindi ( A Chapter From The Rout) Raduga 1983
year: 1988
description:
In the chapter "Metelista Goes on Reconnaissance" from  The Rout  by Fadeev, the character Metelista is sent on a reconnaissance mission during the tumultuous period of the Russian Civil War. The chapter details his journey as he gathers crucial information about enemy positions and movements. Metelista's mission is vital for the strategic planning of his forces. The chapter highlights his resourcefulness, bravery, and the dangerous conditions he faces. As he navigates through enemy territory, Metelista encounters various challenges but remains determined to complete his task. His observations and the intelligence he collects play a crucial role in the overall strategy and effectiveness of his side's operations. The chapter serves as a tense and dramatic depiction of wartime reconnaissance, emphasizing the risks and importance of gathering accurate information in a conflict-ridden environment. अनुवादक योगेन्द्र नागपाल The Rout  के अध्याय "मेटेलिस्ता टोह पर" में, चरित्र मेटेलिस्ता को रूसी गृहयुद्ध के उथल-पुथल भरे समय में गुप्तचर मिशन पर भेजा जाता है। इस अध्याय में उसकी यात्रा का वर्णन किया गया है जब वह दुश्मन की स्थितियों और चालों के बारे में महत्वपूर्ण जानकारी एकत्र करता है। मेटेलिस्ता का मिशन उसके बलों की रणनीतिक योजना के लिए अत्यंत महत्वपूर्ण है। यह अध्याय उसकी चतुराई, बहादुरी और उन खतरनाक परिस्थितियों को उजागर करता है जिनका वह सामना करता है। दुश्मन के क्षेत्र में यात्रा करते हुए, मेटेलिस्ता विभिन्न चुनौतियों का सामना करता है लेकिन अपनी जिम्मेदारी पूरी करने के लिए दृढ़ रहता है। उसने जो अवलोकन और जानकारी एकत्र की, वह उसकी ओर की संचालन की रणनीति और प्रभावशीलता में महत्वपूर्ण भूमिका निभाती है। यह अध्याय युद्धकालीन गुप्तचर कार्य की तनावपूर्ण और नाटकीय चित्रण करता है, जिसमें एक संघर्षपूर्ण वातावरण में सटीक जानकारी एकत्र करने के जोखिम और महत्व पर जोर दिया गया है।

stripped_tags:
em,div class="flex-shrink-0 flex flex-col relative items-end",div class="pt-0",div class="gizmo-bot-avatar flex h-8 w-8 items-center justify-center overflow-hidden rounded-full",div class="relative p-1 rounded-sm flex items-center justify-center bg-token-main-surface-primary text-token-text-primary h-8 w-8",div class="group/conversation-turn relative flex w-full min-w-0 flex-col agent-turn",div class="flex-col gap-1 md:gap-3",div class="flex max-w-full flex-col flex-grow",div class="min-h-[20px] text-message flex w-full flex-col items-end gap-2 whitespace-normal break-words [.text-message+&]:mt-5 overflow-x-auto",div class="flex w-full flex-col gap-1 empty:hidden first:pt-[3px]",div class="markdown prose w-full break-words dark:prose-invert dark"

subject:
soviet literature,children's literature,illustrated books,story books,सोवियत साहित्य,बच्चों का साहित्य,सचित्र किताबें,कहानी की किताबें,adventure stories,war stories,साहसिक कहानियां,युद्ध कहानियां


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-pio07,fav-zulfiqar_ali254
creator: Alexei Tolstoy
date: 1949-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: alexei-tolstoy-selected-stories-flph-1949
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
licenseurl: https://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/mark/1.0/
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-02-09T13:42:41Z,2026-02-03T21:34:42Z
publicdate: 2023-02-09T13:42:41Z
publisher: Foreign Languages Publishing House
subject: Russian literature,Russian novel,soviet literature,short stories
title: Selected Stories
year: 1949
description:
A collection of stories by Soviet author Alexei Tolstoy.  Book designed by E. Kogan. Stories in the collection include THE COCKALORUM (A Week in Turenevo)  MISHUKA NALYMOV &lt;A Tale of the Trans-Volga) THE LAME PRINCE THE GULLIES ARKHIP NIKITA’S CHILDHOOD  A TALE OF THE TIME OF TROUBLES LOVELY LADY WIDER WATER THE MAN IN PINCE-NEZ THE ANCIENT ROUTE IVAN SUDAREV’S TALES NOCTURNAL SOLILOQUY  IN THE HAY HOW IT BEGAN THE SEVEN GRIMY ONES  NINA  A STRANGE STORY MOTHER AND DAUGHTER


btih: c59b33d093bea5710231e26368b8bebef237f5bb
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
creator: Anton Makarenko
date: 1976-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: anton-makarenko-his-life-and-his-work-in-education-progress-1976
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-01-30T14:12:02Z,2026-01-30T16:26:57Z
publicdate: 2026-01-30T14:12:02Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet literature,soviet education,soviet schools,teachers,students
title: Anton Makarenko: His Life And His Work In Education
year: 1976
description:
The Work Of The Well Known Soviet Educator And Writer Anton Makarenko Is Universally Acknowledged In The Soviet Union And Has Aroused Widespread Interest Abroad. His Demanding Love For Children, His Subtle Understanding Of Their Psychology, And His Deep Concern For Their Future Enabled Anton Makarenko To Become An Outstanding Educator. The Fruit Of His Research Was A Comprehensive System For The Upbringing Of Children Within A Collective. The Upbringing Of The Individual Is The Principal Theme Of Anton Makarenko’s Literary Works. The English Reader Will Be Familiar With Road To Life, Learning To Live, And Book For Parents, Which Have Been Published In English In Moscow. The Aim Of This Book Is To Continue Acquainting The Reader With Anton Makarenko And To Shed Further Light On The Life And Work Of This Remarkable Educator. Translated From The Russian By Katharine Judelson Designed By Vadim Kuleshov Compiled By Valentin Kumarin All Credits To Guptaji Contents I V V Kumarin Teacher, Writer, Citizen Page 7 II Makarenko On His Own Life Page 63 III Reminiscences About Anton Makarenko Page 101 M Gorky An Excerpt From “Across The Soviet Union” Page 103 L Stepanchenko Makarenko As I Remember Him Page 117 G Makarenko Reminiscences Page 129  N Fere My Teacher Page 143 S Kalabalin How Anton Makarenko Prepared Us For Life Page 164 V Fink Restless Happiness Page 183  K Chukovsky Encounters With Makarenko Page 193 IV Makarenko On Education Page 207 Lectures On Child Education Page 221 The Family And Child Care Page 291 Education At Home And At School Page 321 On My Experience Page 339 Experience Gleaned From My Work Page 377


creator: D. O. Shklyarsky, N. N. Chentsov, I. M. Yaglom
date: 1979-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: selected-problems-and-theorems-in-elementary-mathematics
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2020-09-08T07:30:37Z,2026-02-05T23:12:11Z
publicdate: 2020-09-08T07:30:37Z
stripped_tags: blockquote,em
title: Selected Problems And Theorems In Elementary Mathematics
year: 1979
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-ahylla,fav-awhitehorse,fav-babelaru,fav-carson_main,fav-dawid_mazur830,fav-dterblanche,fav-ducbang,fav-fernando_mora_hern_ndez,fav-francisco_said,fav-giovy64,fav-jin_tao508,fav-jv9876,fav-kennedy_cajachagua,fav-leonardo662020,fav-liebchenn,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-ronbuntaro,fav-shauhram,fav-tay123840,fav-terralucida,fav-timomartin

description:
This book contains the conditions of problems, the answers and hints  to them and the solutions of the problems. The conditions of the most difficult problems are marked by stars. We recommend the reader to start with trying to solve without assistance the problem he is interested in. In case this attempt fails he can read the hint or the answer to the problem, which may facilitate the solution, Finally, if this does not help, the solution of the problem given in the book should be studied. However, for the starred problems it may turn out to be appropriate to begin with reading the hints or the answers before proceeding to solve the problems. Most of the problems in the book are independent of one another except those in the last two sections ("Complex Numbers" and "Several Problems in Number Theory") where the problems are more  closely interrelated. It is advisable to choose a definite section ot the book and to spend some time on solving the problems of that section. Only alter that (this does not of course mean that all the problems or most of the problems must necessarily be solved) should the reader pass to another section and so on. However, the order in which the sections are arranged in the book may not be followed. The solutions of some problems include indications concerning possible generalisations of the conditions of the problems. The reader is advised to think of similar generalizations for other problems; it is also interesting to try to state new problems akin to those collected in this book. This book was translated from the Russian by V. M. Volosov and I. G. Volosova . The book was published by first Mir Publishers in 1978.

format:
Abbyy GZ,Daisy,DjVuTXT,Djvu XML,EPUB,Item Tile,Metadata,OCR Page Index,OCR Search Text,Page Numbers JSON,Scandata,Single Page Processed JP2 ZIP,Text PDF,Unknown,chOCR,hOCR

subject:
mirtitles,mir publishers,mathematics,soviet,problems books,elementary mathematics,geometry,algebra,numbers,artihmetic,polynomials,complex numbers


btih: 258477f8eacdc5bc28fa0707a8ff059357599fff
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan
date: 1985-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: socialism-in-the-ussr-how-was-it-built-in-hindi-progress-1985
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: hin
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-11-22T14:20:00Z,2025-11-22T15:19:19Z
publicdate: 2025-11-22T14:20:00Z
publisher: Progress Publishers,प्रगति प्रकाशन
subject: soviet literature,सोवियत साहित्य
title: सोवियत संघ मैं समाजवाद का निमाण कैसे हुआ (Socialism In The USSR How Was It Built In Hindi)
year: 1985
description:
पूंजीवाद से समाजदवाद में संक्ररण विश्व इतिहास में एक सर्वाधिक जटिल य॒ग है। यह संक्रमण सबसे पहले सोवियत जनता ने ही पूरा फिया। इसके दौरान उसे कैसी कठिनाइयां स्हेलनी पड़ीं और कैसी विजये पायी गयीं, प्रस्तुत पुस्तक इसका वर्णन करती है। पुस्तक में सोवियत संघ के इतिहास में संक्रमणकालीन दौर - अक्तूबर १६१७ की समाजवादी क्रांति से चौथे ददाक के अंत तक, जब देश में समाजवादी समाज मुख्यतया पूरा हो खका था - की आधारभूत समस्याओं का सुबोध विवरण दिया गया हे। अनुवादक : दंदन उपाध्याय लेखकगण : प्रो० अ० बबायान्त्स - अध्याय ६, ७ प्रो० ब० कोन्युखोव्स्की - अध्याय १,. २ डा० ग० पोजिदायेब - अध्याय ४, ८ प्रो०ण अ० उम्रयूमोव - अध्याय ३, ५ ब० फ़िलातोब - भूमिका और उपसंहार संपादक - प्रो ० ब० कोनन्‍्युखोव्स्की


creator: A. A. Andronow,C. E. Chaikin
date: 1949-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: andronow-chaikin-theory-of-oscillations-1949
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-01-27T14:10:25Z,2026-02-03T22:35:36Z
publicdate: 2023-01-27T14:10:25Z
subject: mathematics,physics,oscillations,approximations,non-linear differential equations
title: Theory Of Oscillations
year: 1949
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-19omhs72,fav-carajava32,fav-croissante_la,fav-floura28zz,fav-fredorm2017,fav-hewurfeljr,fav-jwile62,fav-kcw1939,fav-marcelo_dominguez,fav-matt_404,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-prabhatlucky,fav-qr4,fav-raghu13957,fav-reuben_visuals,fav-sal_olivares,fav-seafarer54,fav-theneonew,fav-timomartin,fav-vignam,fav-wez_eulenstein

description:
The present work is a condensed version of one of the same title, published in 1937 in Russian and containing the first extensive treat­ ment of non-linear oscillations. Messrs. Andronow and Chaikin are both members of the Institute of Oscillations founded about a decade and a half ago by the late Soviet physicist L. I. Mandelstam. The work of this Institute has become known to the world at large through Dr. N. Minorsky’s Introduction to Non-Linear Mechanics recently issued by the David Taylor Model Basin. The great interest evoked by this excellent report provided a strong incentive for making available to the scientific and technical public the text of Andronow and Chaikin. This has been made possible with the aid of the Office of Naval Research as part of the project on Non-Linear Differential Equations which it is sponsoring at Princeton University. The theory of harmonic oscillations, or oscillations of sinusoidal type, is well known. It is also quite elementary, since it is based upon linear differential equations whose explicit solutions are readily obtained. Unfortunately nature refuses to remain linear and repeat­ edly presents us with non-linear oscillations, that is to say with oscilla­ tions based upon non-linear differential equations. It is often possible to linearize a problem, i.e. to modify the operating assumptions so as to have a linear situation without causing important deviations. Thus the true equation of the pendulum is never linear, but for very small deviations (a few degrees) it may be satisfactorily replaced by a linear equation. In other words for small deviations the pendulum may be replaced by a harmonic oscillator. This ceases to hold however for large deviations, and in dealing with these one must consider the non-linear equation itself and not merely a linear substitute. There are then valid practical reasons for an extensive study of non-linear oscillations. Since their equations rarely admit an explicit solution, one will be forced to have recourse to various mathematical doctrines to obtain all possible information. The text of this book aims precisely to provide an introduction to this general subject. English Language Edition edited under direction of Solomon Lefschetz


btih: 688e26a512ead193ab8dec68b949f19b34649c6b
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-donatella_soul,fav-emad_sadeghi,fav-rohit_gupta696,fav-sureshpal360
creator: Anatoly Ivanov
date: 1979-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: anatoly-ivanov-the-eternal-call-progres-1979
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-08-28T06:30:03Z,2026-02-03T21:48:07Z
publicdate: 2024-08-28T06:30:03Z
publisher: Progres Publishers
subject: soviet literature,progress soviet authors library,russian novel
title: The Eternal Call
year: 1979
description:
Anatoly Ivanov (b. 1928), State Prize winner and editor-in-chief of Molodaya Gvardia magazine, has been writing for over twenty years. Alka's Songs, his first collection of short stories, was published in Novosibirsk in 1956. This was followed by three novels: Morning Glory (1958), Shadows Disappear at Noon (1964), and The Eternal Call (1969), which have won acclaim both in the Soviet Union and abroad. Anatoly Ivanov writes of Siberia, its past and present. Most of his books have been filmed and serialized. The action of The Eternal Call covers nearly fifty years, from the turn of the century to the Great Patriotic War against fascism. The book's characters are peasants, workers, revolutionaries, Party functionaries, and Red Army men and officers. As one of the main characters says: "Sooner or later the man'll begin thinking about the meaning of life.... And what forces him to do this is a powerful, compelling eternal call to life, an eternal desire to find his own place in life...." These words provide the key to all of Anatoly Ivanov's work. Translated from the Russian by Fainna Glagoleva Illustrated by Peter Pinkisevich FOREWORD. 7 PROLOGUE. 15 Part one. THE BROTHERS 93 Part two. A RIP IN TIME BECOMES A HOLE. 241 Part three.THE GREAT OPPOSITION.507


creator: M. Postnikov
date: 1982-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: postnikov-lectures-in-geometry-semester-ii-linear-algebra-and-differential-geometry
indexflag: index,nonoindex
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2021-09-27T07:40:18Z,2026-02-05T22:01:55Z
publicdate: 2021-09-27T07:40:18Z
title: Lectures In Geometry: Semester II - Linear Algebra And Differential Geometry
year: 1982
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-ahylla,fav-daud_arshad,fav-gawkingon,fav-jason_munoz810,fav-kaustubh_chakraborty,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nikemaul,fav-pio07,fav-raghu13957,fav-shauhram,fav-testudineu

description:
 This textbook directly continues the first volume of a course of geometry (M . M, Postnikov. Lectures in Geometry: Semester t Analytic Geometry. Moscow, Mir Publishers, 1981) based on lectures read by the author at Moscow University for students specializing in mathematics. It contains 27 lectures, each a nearly exact reproduction of an original lecture. It treats linear algebra, with elementary differential geometry of curves and surfaces in three- dimensional space added to pave the way for further discussions.

subject:
geometry,soviet,mathematics,differential geometry,linear algebra,vector spaces,matrix rank theorem,subspaces,annulet,tensors,multilinear functionals,cartan's divisibility theorem,symmetric bilinear functionals,jacobi theorem,hypersurfaces,linear operators,unitary spaces,smooth functions,curves,indicatrix of Dupin,surfaces of revolution,isometry,Weingarten’s derivation formulas,gauss's theorem


btih: e142ac3753357424210a70293f3865977570a991
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-kheru69
date: 1990-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: anthology-of-soviet-short-stories-in-gujarathi-raduga-1990
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: guj
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-06-16T07:42:28Z,2025-06-16T08:38:43Z
publicdate: 2025-06-16T07:42:28Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
stripped_tags: strong
subject: soviet literature,soviet short stories,soviet novellas
title: વીણેલો સોવિયેત વાર્તાઓ (Anthology Of Soviet Short Stories In Gujarati)
year: 1990
description:
સોવિયેત યુગમાં લખાયેલી ટૂંકી વાર્તાઓ રશિયા અને સમગ્ર માનવ સમાજના આધુનિક પરિપ્રેક્ષ્યને સમજવા માટે ખૂબ જ મહત્વપૂર્ણ રહી છે. મહાન ઓક્ટોબર ક્રાંતિ પછીના સમયમાં નમ્ર જીવનનું ચિત્રણ કરવા માટે લેખકોની નવી પેઢી સાહિત્યમાં પ્રવેશી. તેમની વાર્તાઓમાં સામાજિક પરિવર્તન, વ્યકિતગત અનુભવ અને વિજ્ઞાન-ટેક્નોલોજીના યુગમાં માનવતાનું મૂલ્ય દેખાય છે. લેખકો જેવી કે બાબેલ, ગ્રીન, બુલ્ગાકોવ, અને ઝોશ્ચેન્કો એ વાર્તામાં નવું ચિંતન લાવ્યું અને અલગ-અલગ શૈલીઓ વિકસાવી. વિશ્વયુદ્ધના વર્ષો દરમિયાન ટૂંકી વાર્તાઓમાં દેશપ્રેમ, વ્યક્તિગત આઘાતો અને સમાજ પર પડતા અસરોની અભિવ્યક્તિ જોવા મળી. યુદ્ધ દરમિયાન લખાયેલી વાર્તાઓ માત્ર યોધ્ધાઓની બહાદુરીઓને નહીં પણ સામાન્ય માણસની લાગણીઓ, આઘાત અને હિંસાની દુહખદ સ્થિતિઓ પણ દર્શાવે છે. બોગોમોલોવ, બીકોવ, બાકલાનોવ જેવા યુદ્ધના લડવૈયા લેખકોએ ટૂંકી વાર્તાને અત્યંત ઘન અને તીવ્ર બનાવ્યું. પછીની પેઢીના લેખકોએ જુદા જુદા સમયનાં વિષયો પર લખ્યું – ગ્રામ્ય જીવન, આધુનિક બુદ્ધિજીવીઓના પ્રશ્નો, યુદ્ધ પછીની પેઢીની શોધખોળ વગેરે. નવો પ્રયોગ, વ્યક્તિત્વશીલ શૈલી અને આધુનિક જીવનના પ્રતીબિંબને લઇને અનેક કૃતિઓ રચાયેલી છે. ટૂંકી વાર્તા એક જીવંત સાહિત્ય શૈલી તરીકે સતત વિકાસ પામી રહી છે અને આજ પણ તેમાં નવા સ્વરૂપોની શોધ ચાલુ છે. આમુખ--એન. યાકશિન અનુવાદ --શ્રૂતિ મહેતા જ સજાવટ --સેર્ગેય સેમ્યોનોવ અનુક્રમણિકા આમુખ મક્સીમ ગોર્કી વ્લાદિમિર ઇલિચ લેનિન અલેક્સાન્ડર માલિશ્કિન  – દક્ષિણ તરફ ગાડી અંદ્રેઈ પ્લાતોનોવ  – ઠંડી અલેક્સેઈ તોલ્સ્તોય  – રશિયન ચારિત્ર્ય કોન્સ્તાન્તીન સીમોનોવ  – ત્રીજો મદદનીશ અમલદાર મિખાઈલ શોલોખોવ  – ઘ્રણા વિજ્ઞાન વ્લાદિમિર બોગોમોલોવ  – પહેલો પ્રેમ કોન્સ્તાન્તીન પાઉસ્તોવ્સ્કી  – હિમ વિક્તોર અસ્તાફયેવ  – પત્નીના હાથ વાલેન્ટીન રસ્પૂતીન  – દુંચ ભાષાના પાઠ યૂરી નગીબિન  – જવાન પતિ અરી કાઝ્યકોવ  – ડિસેમ્બરમાં બે વ્લાદીમિર સોલોઉખિન  – વાર્વારા ઇવાનોવના વિશે વાસીલી બેલોવ  – ટેકરીઓ વાસીલી શુકશીન  – એક માટીના માનવી ફ્યોદોર અબ્રામોવ  – નસીબંધાર સ્ત્રી યેવ્ગેની નોસોવ  – જીવંત જ્યોત


btih: 65f596363886a2842e2906ae87af037d3abf831d
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-sureshpal360
creator: एन्टन चेखव (Anton Chekhov)
date: 1958-01-01T00:00:00Z
external-identifier: urn:lcp:Anton Chekhov - Three Plays in Hindi - 1958:epub:26e30661-318a-4f2a-8d7d-781d69be5bbd
identifier: anton-chekhov-three-plays-in-hindi-1958
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: hin
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-03-03T14:41:54Z,2026-02-03T22:45:21Z
publicdate: 2025-03-03T14:41:54Z
title: तीन नाटक (Three Plays In Hindi )
year: 1958
description:
A collection three plays by Anton Chekhov translated to Hindi by Rajendra Yadav. अनुवादक राजेन्द्र यादव सीगल  चेरीका बगीचा तीन-बहनें 


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-bittycar,fav-elv_mi
creator: Anton Chekov
date: 1986-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: anton-chekov-patch-raduga-1986
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2023-04-10T18:03:53Z,2026-02-03T22:45:21Z
publicdate: 2023-04-10T18:03:53Z
publisher: Raduga Publishers
title: Patch
year: 1986
description:
A small picture story book about a dog pup named Patch who has an encounter with a she-wolf and her cubs. Drawings by Svetozar Ostrov  Translated from the Russian by James Riordan

subject:
soviet,children's literature,illustrated books,picture books,animal babies,animal stoies,dogs,wolves


backup_location: ia906806_17
creator: Arkady Strugatsky and Boris Strugatsky (Eds.)
date: 1968-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: StrugatskyStrugatskyMolecularCafeSovietScienceFictionStoriesMir1968
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: English
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2019-01-12T17:43:22Z,2026-02-06T00:05:25Z
publicdate: 2019-01-12T17:43:22Z
subject: soviet,literature,mir publishers,science fiction,short stories,philosophy
title: The Molecular Cafe (Soviet Science Fiction Stories)
year: 1968
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-artursz,fav-danilohora,fav-dstev1,fav-ethelbrown12345,fav-geoff_stark,fav-herfinangle,fav-ilem,fav-kristiina_kompus,fav-margaret_barbosa,fav-maru_p485,fav-munif_muttafik,fav-nkatw,fav-pb_ess,fav-pio07,fav-vapourlux

description:
 The book contains stories pub­lished by Soviet science-fiction wri­ters in the last three or tour years. Ot course, neither the selection of the authors in this little book, nor the stories themselves can offer a com­prehensive idea ot Soviet Science fiction, which is so diverse and multiform. At present, more than a hundred Soviet writers are working in the field. Several large story col­lections, novels and serial books are published each year. Science, philos­ophy, sociology, humour, satire are some ot their topics. We hope that this book will ap­peal to the foreign reader and will promote understanding between our nations. The book was published by Mir in 1968. Contents PREFACE THE MOLECULAR CAFE by Ilya Varshavsky 10  WANDERERS AND TRAVELLERS by Arkady and Boris Strugatsky 14 CRABS ON THE ISLAND by Anatoly Dneprov 29  THE SECRET OF HOMER by Alexander Poleshchuk 59  I’M GOING TO MEET MY BROTHER by Vitaly Krapivin 76 Watch for the "Magellan" Journey by Night The Fourth Sun GOODBY, MARTIAN! by Romen Yarov 118 THE BLACK PILLAR by Evgeny Voiskunsky and Isai Lukodyanov 126


avg_rating: 4
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-boris_nazarov,fav-pio07,fav-slumj
creator: D. Sivoukhine
date: 1984-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: sivoukhine-cours-de-physique-generale-04-optique-2-eme-partie-mir-1982
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: fre
mediatype: texts
num_reviews: 1
oai_updatedate: 2022-10-03T05:27:23Z,2026-02-06T01:25:21Z,2024-09-18T22:16:32Z
publicdate: 2022-10-03T05:27:23Z
publisher: Éditions Mir
reviewdate: 2024-09-18T22:16:32Z
title: Sivoukhine Cours De Physique Générale - Tome 04 - Optique 2 Ème Partie
year: 1984
description:
Le quatrième tome (en deux parties) du Cours de physique générale est consacré à l’Optique physique dont l’étude succède à celle de l’Electricité et du Magnétisme exposés dans le troisième tome. L’optique physique est envisagée du point de vue ondulatoire (électromagnétique) mais l ’optique quantique n’y occupe qu'une place assez restreinte. On introduit la notion de photon et on interprète le processus de rayonnement comme résultant des transitions quantiques des systèmes atomiques entre des états énergétiques différents afin d’introduire la notion de rayonnement induit et d’expliquer le principe de fonctionnement des lasers. Mais ce n’est que dans le cinquième tome consacré à la physique atomique qu’on donnera un exposé systématique des fondements de l’optique quantique et de différents phénomènes quantiques qui s’y rattachent (effet photoélectrique, effet Compton, lois spectrales, luminescence, effet Zeeman, effet Stark, etc.). L’optique géométrique est exposée dans les deux premiers chapitres et sert de base à l’étude des phénomènes d’interférences, de diffraction et des autres questions de l’optique physique. L'optique géométrique est présentée sous son aspect physique, i.e. comme un cas limite approché de l ’optique ondulatoire, afin de préciser ses limites de validité. Afin de simplifier l’étude de l’optique géométrique, on prend pour point de départ l’équation d’onde sous sa forme scalaire. Quoique cette équation ne soit pas vérifiée pour les milieux non homogènes, elle conduit même dans ce cas à des résultats corrects lorsqu’on passe à la limite de l’optique géométrique. Il est évident que l’équation scalaire ne permet pas d’expliquer la rotation du plan de polarisation des rayons lumineux dans un milieu non homogène puisqu’il faudrait utiliser alors les équations vectorielles de Maxwell. Or cela impliquerait des calculs assez laborieux, tandis que l'équation d’onde scalaire décrit correctement les principaux aspects de la propagation des ondes dans les milieux homogènes et non homogènes. L’optique géométrique découle de cette équation en envisageant des ondes de longueurs négligeables par rapport aux dimensions caractéristiques déterminant la propagation de la lumière dans un milieu donné. D’ailleurs quelle que soit l’importance de la justification de l’optique géométrique le lecteur peut sans inconvénient n’aborder cette question qu’en seconde lecture. Après l'exposé des bases de l'optique géométrique on expose la théorie géométrique des images optiques en s'attachant surtout aux questions de principe. Le lecteur peut se contenter d'assimiler la théorie de la formation des images optiques dans l'approximation des rayons paraxiaux et les notions de photométrieet ne revenir aux autres questions traitées ici que dans la mesure où il en sentira le besoin pour bien saisir l’optique physique. Pour l'essentiel ce volume est consacré à l’optique physique dont l’étude commence au chapitre III. On y trouve aussi un exposé de la théorie de la relativité, des principes de fonctionnement des lasers et quelques éléments d’optique non linéaire. Comme dans les tomes précédents, l’auteur s’est fixé pour tâche de mettre en évidence la signification physique des phénomènes optiques et leurs relations avec les principes physiques généraux. Les questions de l'histoire de l’Optique, de la justification expérimentale de ses lois, de ses applications dans les techniques et les sciences ne sont abordées que lorsqu’elles aident à mieux comprendre les principaux phénomènes et principes de l’optique. Par manque de place, il y a dans ce tome moins de descriptions des expériences de démonstration que dans les tomes précédents. Nous devons noter que les expériences de démonstration qui accompagnent nos cours à l’Institut de Physique technique de Moscou et qui ont été conçues et réalisées par nos assistants E. Morozov, M. Maklakov, V. Moltchanov, V. Kouznetsova, ont joué un rôle positif dans la préparation de ce cours d’optique. Le manuscrit de ce volume a été revu par les professeurs S. Guerstein et I. Gorbagne et leurs collaborateurs de la Chaire de physique expérimentale de l’Université de Kiev, ainsi que par le docteur ès sciences physiques G. Péka. Nous avons tenu compte de leurs remarques et nous les en remercions. Traduit du russe par Sergueï Medvédev Un grand merci à Henri Leveque pour le scan original.

subject:
réfraction de la lumière,réflexion de la lumière,les formules de Fresnel,equations de Maxwell,cristaux,dispersion de la lumière,effet Stark,polarisation rotatoire,théorie de la relativité,formule de Kirchhoff-Clausius,loi de Stefan-Boltzmann,théorème et loi du déplacement de Wien,formule de Rayleigh-Jeans,formule de planck,loi de Kirchhof,lasers,optique non linéaire,physique


collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-ali_ebrahimi458,fav-jkeen07,fav-luisa_roba
creator: Svyatoslav Sakharnov
date: 1981-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: sakharnov-wondorous-ships-progress-1981
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2022-06-13T06:07:52Z,2026-02-05T23:08:11Z
publicdate: 2022-06-13T06:07:52Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: illustrated books,children's books,soviet children's literature,ships,sail ships,ship stories
title: Wondrous Ships
year: 1981
description:
Ships ply the seven sea. They puff and chug, and the waves slap against their sides as they hurry on their different ways. One has a tall smokestack, another has a squat one. Some can pull three barges along easily, while others can barely get themselves moving. Each one is different. Their stories are different, too. Ships are like people, each one wondrous and like no other. Translated from the Russian by Fainna Solasko Drawings by Vladimir Surikov


btih: e11e26d9e19ec6b2a0faed201335cb399d5a7616
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-andres_caballero803,fav-anthonyg9914,fav-natrea
creator: N.F. Potapova
date: 1960-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: n.-f.-potapova-learning-russian-1-progress-1960
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng,Russian
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-05-21T12:59:43Z,2026-05-23T03:54:44Z
publicdate: 2026-05-21T12:59:43Z
publisher: Progress Publishers
subject: soviet literature,learning russian,russian language,russian grammar,russian speaking
title: Learning Russian 1
year: 1960
description:
Learning Russian  is a structured course designed primarily for adult learners, though it may also be used with older school students. Its aim is to develop a working knowledge of Russian pronunciation, grammar, spelling, vocabulary, and reading comprehension through a progressive and carefully graded approach. The course consists of four books. Books One and Two introduce the foundations of Russian phonetics and grammar through a large number of structured lessons with exercises, gradually building the ability to form and understand everyday sentences. Book Three shifts towards reading and understanding authentic literary texts from Soviet authors, with a stronger focus on vocabulary, phraseology, and developing fluent comprehension of unadapted material. Book Four serves as a reference volume, containing grammatical tables, vocabulary lists, answer keys, and a grammar index for revision and systematic consultation. Across the complete course, learners acquire approximately 2,200–2,300 words along with the essential grammatical framework needed for everyday communication and comprehension of simple Russian texts. Book 1  https://archive.org/details/n.-f.-potapova-learning-russian-1-progress-1960 Book 2  https://archive.org/details/n.-f.-potapova-learning-russian-2-progress-1960.pdf Book 3  https://archive.org/details/n.-f.-potapova-learning-russian-3-progress-1960.pdf Book 4  https://archive.org/details/n.-f.-potapova-learning-russian-4-progress-1960.pdf

stripped_tags:
em,a href="https://archive.org/details/n.-f.-potapova-learning-russian-1-progress-1960" rel="ugc nofollow",a href="https://archive.org/details/n.-f.-potapova-learning-russian-2-progress-1960.pdf" rel="ugc nofollow",a href="https://archive.org/details/n.-f.-potapova-learning-russian-3-progress-1960.pdf" rel="ugc nofollow",a href="https://archive.org/details/n.-f.-potapova-learning-russian-4-progress-1960.pdf" rel="ugc nofollow"


btih: 1e115c406da57b840d9cf08305865846445ebc01
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-andres_caballero803,fav-croissante_la,fav-pio07
creator: V.P. Isachenko,V.A. Osipova,A.S. Sukomel
date: 1977-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: v.-p.-isachenko-v.-a.-osipova-a.-s.-sukomel-heat-transfer-mir-1977
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-05-26T12:07:48Z,2026-05-26T13:38:50Z
publicdate: 2026-05-26T12:07:48Z
publisher: Mir Publishers
title: Heat Transfer
year: 1977
description:
This book, now in English translation from the 3rd revised and supplemented Russian edition, is written by members of the staff of the Moscow Power Institute, and sets out the fundamentals of the theory of heat transfer, the science that is gaining ever greater importance in many engineering fields. The book contains an analysis of the main modes of heat transfer: conduction, natural and forced convection, radiation heat transfer, processes of heat transfer in boiling and condensation. A separate part is devoted to the design of various types of heat exchangers. Outlining the physical phenomena of the processes, the authors give practical solutions of typical problems of heat transfer. The analytical treatment of the subject is well confirmed by experimental results obtained by the authors and other investigators. References to the specialist literature are given at the end of each chapter of the book. The book is written as a text-book for students of heat-engineering departments. It is also of interest as a reference work to engineers and technicians engaged in design and operation of all kinds of heat-transfer equipment. Translated from the Russian by S. Semyonov Associated problem book Problems In Heat Transfer by E. Krasnoshchekov; A. Sukomel

stripped_tags:
a href="https://archive.org/details/e.-krasnoshchekov-a.-sukomel-problems-in-heat-transfer-mir-1977" rel="ugc nofollow"

subject:
soviet literature,engineering,thermal systems,radiation,conduction convection,heat exchangers,heat engineering,thermal engineering


btih: 257b694ef1ffaec6bd25d10318c2d1717c8a0b3a
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-sureshpal360
creator: सेर्गेइ अन्तोनोव (Sergei Antonov)
date: 2026-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: sergei-antonov-rain-hindi
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: hin
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2026-01-27T12:51:47Z,2026-01-27T12:59:48Z
publicdate: 2026-01-27T12:51:47Z
title: बरसात (Rain in Hindi)
year: 2026
description:
A quiet story using rain as a backdrop for human interaction and reflection. Mood and atmosphere dominate. वर्षा की पृष्ठभूमि में मानवीय संबंधों और भावनाओं की कथा। वातावरण कहानी का मुख्य तत्व है।


btih: 3433cf74b54fc3806b5dd99e6162c955087dfa41
collection: mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-sureshpal360
creator: सर्जेई मिखालोव (Sergei Mikhailov)
date: 2007-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: sergei-mikhailov-manmani-ke-maze-in-hindi-2007
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: hin
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-06-12T12:22:14Z,2025-06-12T12:28:41Z
publicdate: 2025-06-12T12:22:14Z
title: मनमानी के मजे (Manmani Ke Maze In Hindi )
year: 2007
description:
एक अद्भुत किस्सा बच्चों और उनके अभिभावकों के लिए) इसे गढ़ा और रूसी भोषा में लिखा सर्जेई मिखालोव ने और अंग्रेजी में पढ़कर इसे हिन्दी भाषा दी सोमदत्त ने।

subject:
soviet literature,russian literature,russian stories,russian novels,सोवियत साहित्य,रूसी साहित्य,रूसी कहानियां,रूसी उपन्यास,childrens literature


creator: N. G. Chetayev
date: 1961-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: n.-g.-chetayev-the-stability-of-motion-1961
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: eng
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2024-02-03T06:38:38Z,2026-02-05T20:41:07Z
publicdate: 2024-02-03T06:38:38Z
subject: physics,Lyapunov systems,integrals of motion,classical mechanics,dynamic equilibrium
title: The Stability Of Motion
year: 1961
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-arthurpariz,fav-carajava32,fav-dstev1,fav-emad_sadeghi,fav-luis_gordillo,fav-navix,fav-nikemaul,fav-pio07

description:
Questions of stability are important in both theory and practice. The stability problems, which are becoming more and more frequent in engineering and physics, require Lyapunov's exact methods, because more approximate methods are unsatisfactory. So, a study of Lyapunov's methods and their application is becoming increasingly necessary for ordinary engineering practice. From this arises one of the basic aims of this book, in which I present those investigations of Lyapunov's which appear to me to have the most bearing on applied problems in the stability of motion. However, I have not attempted in this book to make a complete presentation of all the results obtained. I have tried to present Lyapunov's results in a simple manner, without false modernizations; I have taken the information required from the theory of systems of linear differential equations with constant coefficients and presented certain of the results. Some of the examples (on the longitudinal stability of aircraft, etc.) proceed from the familiar modeling of systems with an infinite number of degrees of freedom and are presented without discussion of the validity or otherwise of the model. Where, in this book, references are made to Lyapunov's monograph on the general problem of stability of motion, the paragraph number in the text is followed by square brackets containing the number of the corresponding paragraph in the monograph and the letter "L". In this, the second edition, certain examples have been replaced by others. Foreword CHAPTER ONE  The Problem of Stability     Introductory Remarks     Statement of the Problem     The Equations of Perturbed Motions CHAPTER TWO  General Theorems of Lyapunov's Direct Method     Definitions     Lyapunov's Stability Theorem     Instability Theorem CHAPTER THREE  Stability of Equilibrium in the Presence of Conservative Forces     Lagrange's Theorem     Poincaré's Stability Coefficients     Criteria for the Quadratic Form to be Sign-Definite     Bifurcation of Equilibrium CHAPTER FOUR  Linear Differential Equations with Constant Coefficients     Particular Solutions     Elementary Divisors     Canonical Form of the First Approximation     Hurwitz's Theorem CHAPTER FIVE  The Effect of Perturbation Forces on Equilibrium     Normal Coordinates     The Effect of a New Constraint     The Effect of Dissipative Forces     Influence of Gyroscopic Forces     Certain Forced Motions CHAPTER SIX  First Approximations Stability     Fundamental Theorem     Critical Cases CHAPTER SEVEN  The Case of a Single Zero Root     Auxiliary Transformation     Analysis of Various Cases CHAPTER EIGHT  The Case of a Pair of Purely Imaginary Roots     Transformation of the Equations     Criteria of Stability and Instability CHAPTER NINE  Transient Motion     The Characteristic Numbers of Functions     Characteristic Numbers of Solutions     Regular Systems     On First-Approximation Stability CHAPTER TEN  Periodic Motions     The Invariant Substitution and the Form of Particular Solutions     Approximate Methods of Determining the Characteristic Equation     Lyapunov's Method Name Index 198 Subject Index 199 Translated by Morton Nadler Translation Editors A. W. Babister J. Burlak


btih: 79c123e56244486b92b36782e0e0d2d5b716b2c5
creator: G.B. Shulpîn
date: 1990-01-01T00:00:00Z
identifier: shulpin-quimica-para-todos
indexflag: index,nonoindex
language: spa
mediatype: texts
oai_updatedate: 2025-01-24T06:31:19Z,2026-02-05T23:14:22Z
publicdate: 2025-01-24T06:31:19Z
publisher: Editorial Mir
title: Química Para Todos (Ciencia Popular)
year: 1990
collection:
mir-titles,JaiGyan,fav-b74rem,fav-emmanuel_nu_ez_ruiz,fav-javier_david_morales_guerrero,fav-pb_ess,fav-quiral2,fav-roberto_mart_nez718,fav-simsek835

description:
Este libro ofrece un relato sobre la química moderna, una de las ciencias más importantes, cuyo desarrollo comenzó en el siglo XVIII con el derrumbe de la teoría del flogisto y avanzó significativamente en el siglo XIX con el descubrimiento de los átomos, la Ley Periódica de los elementos y la teoría de la estructura de los compuestos orgánicos. Hoy, la química es una ciencia sólida y bien desarrollada, con aplicaciones en campos como la medicina y la biología molecular. El autor, G. B. Shulpín, estructura el libro en capítulos independientes que exploran diversos campos de la química, desde la orgánica e inorgánica hasta la química física y biológica, acompañados de experimentos sencillos que los lectores pueden realizar en casa con materiales accesibles. El libro no solo describe conceptos teóricos, sino que también incluye cálculos matemáticos y principios de la mecánica cuántica, permitiendo a los lectores comprender cómo se predicen las propiedades de compuestos no sintetizados. A través de experimentos y modelos, el autor busca que los lectores participen activamente en el proceso creativo de la química. Aunque no cubre todos los campos de la química debido a limitaciones de espacio y seguridad, el libro aborda la mayoría de las ramas modernas, incluyendo la estereoquímica, las proteínas, los hidrocarburos y los medicamentos. Dirigido a aficionados, maestros y estudiantes, este libro combina teoría y práctica para ofrecer una visión profunda y accesible de la química. Traducido del ruso por K. G. Steinberg Todos los créditos a los uploaders originales.

subject:
literatura soviética,química-moderna,experimentos-químicos,divulgación-científica,teoría-química,ciencia-práctica


